not in 3.11

38 files changed, 0 insertions, 30312 deletions

diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/dir b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/dir
deleted file mode 100644
index b690556131f..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/dir
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-$Id: dir,v 1.1 1996/12/15 21:37:56 downsj Exp $
-This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the
-Info hierarchy.  The first time you invoke Info you start off
-looking at that node, which is (dir)Top.
-
-File: dir	Node: Top	This is the top of the INFO tree
-
-  This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics. 
-  Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
-  "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
-  "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc.
-
-  In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
-  to select it.
-
-* Menu: 
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el
deleted file mode 100644
index fda99091c49..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-;;; Here is a handy keybinding: 
-
-(global-set-key "\C-x\\" 'detexinfo)
-
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
-;;;
-;;; Remove Texinfo commands from a Texinfo source file.
-;;;
-;;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation
-;;; Robert J. Chassell
-;;; bugs to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu
-;;;
-;;; ==> test version <==
-;;; Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors.
-;;; 
-;;; Version 0.05 -  3 Jun 1992
-;;; Add to list of removed commands.  Improve messages.
-;;;
-;;; Version 0.04 - 27 Jan 1992
-;;; Rewrite to insert detexinfo'd text into a temporary buffer.
-;;; 
-;;; Version 0.03 - 27 Dec 1991
-;;; Improved messages.
-;;;
-;;; Version 0.02 - 13 Nov 1991
-;;; detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd, detexinfo-syntax-table: Handle 
-;;;          nested commands.  
-;;; detexinfo: Handle nested @'s, eg @samp{@}} and @samp{@@};
-;;;          replace @TeX{} with TeX.
-;;; 
-;;; Version 0.01 - 13 Nov 1991
-;;;
-;;; Based on detex.el, by Bengt Martensson, 4 Oct 1987
-;;;
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
-
-(defvar detexinfo-buffer-name "*detexinfo*"
-  "*Name of the temporary buffer used by \\[detexinfo].")
-
-(defvar detexinfo-syntax-table nil)
-
-(if detexinfo-syntax-table
-    nil
-  (setq detexinfo-syntax-table (make-syntax-table))
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\] "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\" "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?\) "." detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" detexinfo-syntax-table)
-  (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" detexinfo-syntax-table))
-
-(defun detexinfo ()
-  "Remove Texinfo commands from current buffer, copying result to new buffer.
-BUG: Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors."
-  (interactive)
-  (let ((input-buffer (current-buffer)))
-    ;; Find a buffer to use.
-    (switch-to-buffer (get-buffer-create detexinfo-buffer-name))
-    (setq major-mode 'detexinfo-mode)
-    (set-syntax-table detexinfo-syntax-table)
-    (erase-buffer)
-    (insert-buffer-substring input-buffer)
-    
-    ;; Replace @{ and @} with %#* and *#% temporarily, so @samp{@{} works.
-    ;; What is a better way of doing this??
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "@{" nil t)  ; e.g., @samp{@{}
-      (replace-match "%#*"))
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "@}" nil t)
-      (forward-char -3)                 ; e.g.,  @samp{@@}
-      (if (looking-at "@")              ; Two @@ in a row
-          (progn
-            (delete-char 2)
-            (insert "%&%#"))
-        (forward-char 1)
-        (delete-char 2)
-        (insert "*#%")))
-    
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    ;; Remove @refill, the only inline command without braces.
-    (while (search-forward "@refill" nil t)
-      (replace-match ""))
-    ;; Replace @TeX{} with TeX
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "@TeX{}" nil t) (replace-match "TeX" t t))
-    
-    (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg)
-    (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg)
-    (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg)
-    (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg)
-    (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg)
-    (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg)
-    
-    ;; Now replace %#*, *#%, and %&%#  with {,  }, and @@.
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "%#*" nil t)
-      (replace-match "{"))
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "*#%" nil t)
-      (replace-match "}"))
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "%&%#" nil t)
-      (replace-match "@@"))
-    
-    ;; Scan for remaining two character @-commands
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (search-forward "@" nil t)
-      (cond ((looking-at "[*:]")
-             (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))))
-            ((looking-at "[{}^@.'`]\"?!")
-             (delete-region (1- (point)) (point)))))
-    
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (message "Done...removed Texinfo commands from buffer. You may save it.")))
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-whole-line (cmd)
-  "Delete Texinfo line command CMD at beginning of line and rest of line."
-  (goto-char (point-min))
-  (while
-      (re-search-forward
-       (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t)
-    (goto-char (match-beginning 0))
-    (delete-region
-     (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (1+ (point))))))
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd (cmd)
-  "Delete Texinfo inline command CMD, eg. @point, @code."
-  (goto-char (point-min))
-  (while
-      (re-search-forward (concat "@" cmd "{") (point-max) t)
-    (save-excursion
-      (forward-char -1)
-      (forward-sexp 1)
-      (delete-char -1))                 ; delete right brace
-    (delete-region (point) (match-beginning 0)))) 
-
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; 
-
-;;; 1. @setfilename and other line commands with args to delete
-
-(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg
-  '("enumerate" "ftable" "vtable" "itemize" "table"
-    "setfilename" "settitle" "setchapternewpage" 
-    "footnotestyle" "paragraphindent"
-    "include" "need" "sp" 
-    "clear" "ifclear" "ifset"  "set"
-    "defcodeindex" "defindex" "syncodeindex" "synindex")
-  "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments should be deleted.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg ()
-  "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their args, eg @setfilename."
-  (message "Removing commands such as @enumerate...with their arguments...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line
-          detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg))
-
-;;; 2. @cindex and other cmds with args that may be deleted
-;;;    This list is here just to make it easier to revise the
-;;;    categories.  In particular, you might want to keep the index entries.
-
-(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg
-   '("cindex" "findex" "kindex" "pindex" "tindex" "vindex" "node"
-     "c" "comment" "end" "headings"  "printindex" "vskip" 
-     "evenfooting"  "evenheading" "everyfooting" "everyheading" 
-     "oddfooting" "oddheading")
-  "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments may possibly be deleted.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg ()
-  "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their arguments, eg, @cindex."
-  (message "Removing commands such as @cindex...with their arguments...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line
-          detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg))
-
-;;; 3. @chapter and other line cmds with args to keep.
-
-(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg
-   '("top" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection" 
-     "unnumbered" "unnumberedsec" "unnumberedsubsec" "unnumberedsubsubsec" 
-     "majorheading" "chapheading" "heading" "subheading" "subsubheading" 
-      "appendix" "appendixsec" "appendixsubsec" "appendixsubsubsec" 
-     "item" "itemx"
-     "title" "subtitle" "center" "author" "exdent"  
-     "defcv" "deffn" "defivar" "defmac" "defmethod" "defop" "defopt" 
-     "defspec" "deftp" "deftypefn" "deftypefun" "deftypvr"
-     "deftypevar" "defun" "defvar" "defvr")
-  "List of Texinfo line commands whose arguments should be kept.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg ()
-  "Delete Texinfo line commands but keep their arguments, eg @chapter."
-  (message "Removing commands such as @chapter...but not their arguments...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg
-          detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg))
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg (cmd)
-  "Delete Texinfo line command CMD but keep its argument, eg @chapter."
-  (goto-char (point-min))
-  (while
-      (re-search-forward
-       (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t)
-    (delete-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0))))
-
-;;; 4. @bye and other line commands without args.
-
-(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg
-  '("bye" "contents" "display" "example" "finalout" 
-    "flushleft" "flushright" "format" "group" "ifhtml" "ifinfo" "iftex" 
-    "ignore" "lisp" "menu" "noindent" "page" "quotation"  
-    "shortcontents" "smallbook" "smallexample" "smalllisp" 
-    "summarycontents" "tex" "thischapter" "thischaptername" 
-    "thisfile" "thispage" "thissection" "thistitle" "titlepage")
-  "List of Texinfo commands without arguments that should be deleted.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg ()
-  "Delete line Texinfo commands that lack args, eg. @example."
-  (message "Removing commands such as @example...that lack arguments...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line
-          detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg))
-
-;;; 5. @equiv and other inline cmds without args.
-
-(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg
-  '("equiv" "error" "expansion" "point" "print" "result"
-    "asis"  "br" "bullet" "dots" "minus" "today")
-  "List of Texinfo inline commands without arguments that should be deleted.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg ()
-  "Delete Texinfo inline commands in that lack arguments."
-  (message "Removing within line commands such as @result...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd
-          detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg))
-
-;;; 6. @code and other inline cmds with args to keep
-
-(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg
-  '("b" "cartouche" "cite" "code" "copyright" "ctrl" "dfn" "dmn"
-    "emph" "file" "footnote" "i" "inforef"
-    "kbd" "key" "pxref" "r" "ref" "samp" "sc" "titlefont" 
-    "strong" "t" "var" "w" "xref")
-  "List of Texinfo inline commands with arguments that should be kept.")
-
-(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg ()
-  "Delete Texinfo inline commands but keep its arg, eg. @code."
-  (message
-   "Removing within line commands such as @code...but not their arguments...")
-  (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd
-          detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg))
-
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d419f289f7f..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
-;;;; texnfo-tex.el
-
-;;; Texinfo mode TeX and hardcopy printing commands.
-
-;; These commands are for running TeX on a region of a Texinfo file in
-;; GNU Emacs, or on the whole buffer, and for printing the resulting
-;; DVI file.
-
-;;; Version 2.07    22 October 1991
-;;; Robert J. Chassell      
-;;; Please send bug reports to:  bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu
-
-;;; Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-
-;;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-
-;;; The Texinfo mode TeX related commands are:
-
-; texinfo-tex-region        to run tex on the current region.
-; texinfo-tex-buffer        to run tex on the current buffer.
-; texinfo-texindex          to sort unsorted index files.
-; texinfo-tex-print         to print the .dvi file made by tex.
-; texinfo-kill-tex-job      to kill the currently running tex job.
-; texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer    to redisplay tex output buffer.
-; texinfo-show-tex-print-queue          to show the print queue.
-
-
-;;; Keys common both to Texinfo mode and to TeX shell.
-
-;; Defined in `texinfo.el'
-; (defun texinfo-define-common-keys (keymap)
-;   "Define the keys both in Texinfo mode and in the texinfo-tex-shell."
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-k"    'texinfo-kill-tex-job)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-x"    'texinfo-quit-tex-job)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-l"    'texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-d"    'texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-q"    'texinfo-show-tex-print-queue)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-p"    'texinfo-tex-print)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-i"    'texinfo-texindex)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-r"    'texinfo-tex-region)
-;   (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-b"    'texinfo-tex-buffer))
-
-;; See also texinfo-tex-start-shell. 
-;; The following is executed in the `texinfo.el' file
-;(texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-mode-map)
-
-
-;;; Variable definitions:
-
-(require 'shell)
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command "cd"
-  "Command to give to shell running TeX to change directory.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-command "tex"
-  "*Command used by  texinfo-tex-region  to run tex on a region.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-texindex-command "texindex"
-  "*Command used by  texinfo-texindex  to sort unsorted index files.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d"
-  "*Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "lpq"
-  "*Command string used to show the Texinfo TeX print queue.
-Command is used by \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] and it
-should show the queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] puts jobs on.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm"
-  "*Command string used to delete a job from the line printer queue.
-Command is used by \\[texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue] based on
-number provided by a previous \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue]
-command.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye"
-  "String appended after a region sent to TeX by texinfo-tex-region.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-original-file ""
-  "Original name of file on which to run TeX.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-temp-file nil
-  "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.")
-
-(defvar texinfo-tex-root-temp-file nil
-  "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.")
-
-
-;;; Texinfo TeX main functions
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-region (beginning end)
-  "Run tex on the current region. 
-
-A temporary file is written in the default directory, and tex is run
-in that directory.  The first line of the file is copied to the
-temporary file; and if the buffer has a header, it is written to the
-temporary file before the region itself.  The buffer's header is all
-lines between the strings defined by texinfo-start-of-header and
-texinfo-end-of-header inclusive.  The header must start in the first 100
-lines.  The value of texinfo-tex-trailer is appended to the temporary file
-after the region."
-  
-  (interactive "r")
-  (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")
-      (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t)
-    (texinfo-tex-start-shell))
-  
-  (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file
-        (expand-file-name 
-         (make-temp-name
-          (prin1-to-string (read (buffer-name))))))
-  
-  (let ((texinfo-tex-temp-file (concat texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".tex")))
-    (save-excursion
-      (save-restriction
-        (widen)
-        (goto-char (point-min))
-        (forward-line 100)
-        (let ((search-end (point))
-              (header-beginning (point-min)) (header-end (point-min)))
-          (goto-char (point-min))
-          ;; Copy first line, the `\input texinfo' line, to temp file
-          (write-region (point) 
-                        (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))
-                        texinfo-tex-temp-file nil nil)
-          ;; Don't copy first line twice if region includes it.
-          (forward-line 1)
-          (if (< beginning  (point)) (setq beginning  (point)))
-          ;; Initialize the temp file with either the header or nothing
-          (if (search-forward texinfo-start-of-header search-end t)
-              (progn
-                (beginning-of-line)
-                (setq header-beginning (point)) ; Mark beginning of header.
-                (if (search-forward texinfo-end-of-header nil t)
-                    (progn (beginning-of-line)
-                           (setq header-end (point)))   ; Mark end of header.
-                  (setq header-beginning (point-min))))) ; Else no header.
-          ;; Copy  header  to temp file.
-          (write-region
-           (min header-beginning beginning )
-           header-end
-           texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil)
-          ;; Copy  region  to temp file.
-          (write-region
-           (max beginning  header-end)
-           end
-           texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil)
-          ;; This is a kludge to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer into the
-          ;; texinfo-tex-temp-file.  We have to create a special buffer
-          ;; in which to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer first because there is
-          ;; no function with which to append a literal string directly
-          ;; to a file.
-          (let ((local-tex-trailer texinfo-tex-trailer)
-                (temp-buffer (get-buffer-create " texinfo-trailer-buffer")))
-            (set-buffer temp-buffer)
-            (erase-buffer)
-            ;; make sure trailer isn't hidden by a comment
-            (insert-string "\n")
-            (if local-tex-trailer (insert local-tex-trailer))
-            (write-region (point-min) (point-max) 
-                          texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil)))
-        (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") 
-                              'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel)
-        (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-                     (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command " "
-                             default-directory "\n"))
-        (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-                     (concat texinfo-tex-command " "
-                             texinfo-tex-temp-file "\n  "))
-        (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0)))))
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-buffer (buffer)
-  "Run TeX on current buffer.
-After running TeX the first time, you may have to run \\[texinfo-texindex]
-and then \\[texinfo-tex-buffer] again."
-  (interactive 
-   (list
-    ;; Sometimes you put point into *texinfo-tex-shell*; this prompts
-    ;; you for the correct file regardless.
-    (if (and 
-         (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*")
-         texinfo-tex-root-temp-file)
-        (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ")
-                     texinfo-tex-original-file)
-      (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ") (buffer-name (current-buffer))))))
-  
-  ;; Set to original buffer if in *texinfo-tex-shell*; otherwise,
-  ;; record name of current buffer.
-  (if (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*")
-      (set-buffer buffer)
-    (setq texinfo-tex-original-file
-           (buffer-name (current-buffer))))
-
-  (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")
-      (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t)
-    (texinfo-tex-start-shell))
-  (cond ((null buffer-file-name)
-         (error "Buffer not visiting any file!"))
-        ((buffer-modified-p)
-         (error "Buffer has been modified since last saved!"))
-        (t (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") 
-                                 'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel)
-           (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-                        (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command 
-                                " "
-                                (file-name-directory
-                                 (buffer-file-name
-                                  (get-buffer buffer)))
-                                "\n"))
-           (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-                        (concat texinfo-tex-command " " buffer "\n  "))
-           
-           ;; so the texinfo-tex-print command works
-           (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file
-                 (substring buffer 0
-                            (or (string-match "\\.tex" buffer)
-                                (length buffer))))
-           
-           (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0))))
-
-(defun texinfo-texindex ()
-  "Run texindex on unsorted index files.
-The index files are made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer].
-Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-texindex-command."
-  (interactive)
-  (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-               (concat texinfo-texindex-command
-                       " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".??" "\n"))
-  (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil))
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-print ()
-  "Print .dvi file made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer].
-Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command."
-  (interactive)
-  (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-               (concat texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command
-                       " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".dvi" "\n"))
-  (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil))
-
-
-;;; Texinfo TeX utility functions
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-start-shell ()
-  (save-excursion
-    (require 'texinfo)
-    (set-buffer (make-shell "texinfo-tex-shell" "/bin/sh" nil "-v"))
-    (setq texinfo-tex-shell-map (copy-keymap shell-mode-map))
-    (texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-tex-shell-map)
-    (use-local-map texinfo-tex-shell-map)
-    (run-hooks 'texinfo-tex-shell-hook)
-    (if (zerop (buffer-size))
-        (sleep-for 1))))
-
-(defun texinfo-quit-tex-job ()
-  "Quit currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it."
-  (interactive)
-  (if (not (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell"))
-      (error "No TeX shell running."))
-  (save-excursion
-    (set-buffer (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*"))
-    (goto-char (point-max))
-    (insert "x")
-    (shell-send-input)))
-
-(defun texinfo-kill-tex-job ()
-  "Kill the currently running TeX job."
-  (interactive)
-  (if (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")
-        ;; Use `texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel' to restart
-        ;; texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed.
-        (kill-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell"))))
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel (process event)
-  "Restart texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed."
-  (if (equal event "killed\n")
-      (save-excursion
-        (set-buffer  "*texinfo-tex-shell*")
-        (insert "\n")
-        (texinfo-tex-start-shell))))
-
-(defun texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer (linenum)
-  "Redisplay buffer of TeX job output so that most recent output can be seen.
-The last line of the buffer is displayed on
-line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil."
-  (interactive "P")
-  (let ((texinfo-tex-shell (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*"))
-        (old-buffer (current-buffer)))
-    (if (null texinfo-tex-shell)
-        (message "No TeX output buffer")
-      (pop-to-buffer texinfo-tex-shell)
-      (bury-buffer texinfo-tex-shell)
-      (goto-char (point-max))
-      (recenter (if linenum
-                    (prefix-numeric-value linenum)
-                  (/ (window-height) 2)))
-      (pop-to-buffer old-buffer)
-      )))
-
-(defun texinfo-show-tex-print-queue ()
-  "Show the print queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] put your job on.
-Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-show-tex-queue-command."
-  (interactive)
-  (if (not (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p))
-      (texinfo-tex-start-shell))
-  (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-               (concat texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "\n"))
-  (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil))
-
-(defun texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue (job-number)
-  "Delete job from the line printer spooling queue.
-You are prompted for the job number (shown by a previous
-\\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] command."
-  (interactive "nPrinter job number for deletion: ")
-  (if (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p)
-      (texinfo-kill-tex-job)
-    (texinfo-tex-start-shell))
-  (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell"
-               (concat 
-                texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command
-                " "
-                job-number"\n"))
-  (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil))
-
-(defun texinfo-tex-shell-running-p ()
-  (and (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")
-       (eq (process-status (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")) 'run)))
-
-
-;;; Place `provide' at end of file.
-(provide 'texnfo-tex)
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end texnfo-tex.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/NEWS b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index b13fb1531b5..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-This release of Info is version 2.11.  Please read the file README.
-
-Version 2.11,     Sat Apr  1 09:15:21 1995
-
-Changes since 2.7 beta:
-
-Although the basic code remains the same, there are numerous nits
-fixed, including some display bugs, and a memory leak.  Some changes
-that have taken place with larger impact include the way in which the
-(dir) node is built; I have added in support for "localdir"
-directories among other things.  Info files may be stored in
-compressed formats, and in their own subdirectories; menu items which
-do not explicitly name the node to which they are attached have the
-menu item name looked up as an Info file if it is not found within the
-current document.  This means that the menu item:
-
-* Info::		The Info documentation reader.
-
-in (dir) refers to the info node "(info)Top".
-
-Please see the ChangeLog and documentation for details on other
-changes.
-
-Version 2.7 beta, Wed Dec 30 02:02:38 1992
-Version 2.6 beta, Tue Dec 22 03:58:07 1992
-Version 2.5 beta, Tue Dec  8 14:50:35 1992
-Version 2.4 beta, Sat Nov 28 14:34:02 1992
-Version 2.3 beta, Fri Nov 27 01:04:13 1992
-Version 2.2 beta, Tue Nov 24 09:36:08 1992
-Version 2.1 beta, Tue Nov 17 23:29:36 1992
-
-Changes since 2.5 beta:
-
-Note that versions 2.6 and 2.7 Beta were only released to a select group.
-
-* "info-" removed from the front of M-x commands.
-
-* Automatic footnote display.  When you enter a node which contains
-  footnotes, and the variable "automatic-footnotes" is "On", Info pops
-  up a window containing the footnotes.  Likewise, when you leave that
-  node, the window containing the footnotes goes away.
-
-* Cleaner built in documentation, and documentation functions.
-
-  Use:
-    o `M-x describe-variable' to read a variable's documenation
-    o `M-x describe-key' to find out what a particular keystroke does.
-    o `M-x describe-function' to read a function's documentation.
-    o `M-x where-is' to find out what keys invoke a particular function.
-
-* Info can "tile" the displayed windows (via "M-x tile-windows").  If
-  the variable "automatic-tiling" is "On", then splitting a window or
-  deleting a window causes the remaining windows to be retiled.
-
-* You can save every keystroke you type in a "dribble file" by using the
-  `--dribble FILENAME' option.  You can initially read keystrokes from an
-  alternate input stream with `--restore FILENAME', or by redirecting
-  input on the command line `info < old-dribble'.
-
-* New behaviour of menu items.  If the label is the same as the
-  target node name, and the node couldn't be found in the current file,
-  treat the label as a file name.  For example, a menu entry in "DIR"
-  might contain:
-
-    * Emacs::		Cool text-editor.
-
-  Info would not find the node "(dir)Emacs", so just plain "(emacs)"
-  would be tried.
-
-* New variable "ISO-Latin" allows you to use European machines with
-  8-bit character sets.
-
-* Cleanups in echo area reading, and redisplay.  Cleanups in handling the
-  window which shows possible completions.
-
-* Info can now read files that have been compressed.  An array in filesys.c
-  maps extensions to programs that can decompress stdin, and write the results
-  to stdout.  Currently, ".Z"/uncompress, ".z"/gunzip, and ".Y"/unyabba are
-  supported.  The modeline for a compressed file shows "zz" in it.
-
-* There is a new variable "gc-compressed-files" which, if non-zero, says
-  it is okay to reclaim the file buffer space allocated to a file which
-  was compressed, if, and only if, that file's contents do not appear in
-  any history node.
-
-* New file `nodemenu.c' implements a few functions for manipulating
-  previously visited nodes.  `C-x C-b' (list-visited-nodes) produces a
-  menu of the nodes that could be reached by info-history-node in some
-  window.  `C-x b' (select-visited-node) is similar, but reads one of
-  the node names with completion.
-
-* Keystroke `M-r' (move_to_screen_line) allows the user to place the cursor at
-  the start of a specific screen line.  Without a numeric argument, place the
-  cursor on the center line; with an arg, place the cursor on that line.
-
-* Interruptible display implemented.  Basic display speedups and hacks.
-* The message "*** Tags Out of Date ***" now means what it says.
-* Index searching with `,' (info-index-next) has been improved.
-* When scrolling with C-v, C-M-v, or M-v, only "Page Only" scrolling
-  will happen.
-
-* Continous scrolling (along with `]' (info-global-next) and `['
-  (info-global-prev) works better.  `]' and `[' accept numeric
-  arguments, moving that many nodes in that case.
-
-* `C-x w' (info-toggle-wrap) controls how lines wider than the width
-  of the screen are displayed.  If a line is too long, a `$' is
-  displayed in the rightmost column of the window.
-
-* There are some new variables for controlling the behaviour of Info
-  interactively.  The current list of variables is as follows:
-
-  Variable Name      Default Value  Description
-  -------------      -------------  -----------
-  `automatic-footnotes' On	    When "On", footnotes appear and
-				    disappear automatically.
-
-  `automatic-tiling'    Off	    When "On", creating of deleting a
-				    window resizes other windows.
-
-  `visible-bell'        Off	    If non-zero, try to use a visible bell.
-
-  `errors-ring-bell'    On	    If non-zero, errors cause a ring.
-
-  `show-index-match'    On	    If non-zero, the portion of the string
-				    matched is highlighted by changing its
-				    case.
-
-  `scroll-behaviour'    Continuous  One of "Continuous", "Next Only", or
-				    "Page Only".  "Page Only" prevents you from
-				    scrolling past the bottom or top of a node.
-				    "Next Only" causes the Next or Prev node to
-				    be selected when you scroll past the bottom
-				    or top of a node.  "Continous" moves
-				    linearly through the files hierchichal
-				    structure.
-
-  `scroll-step'	        0	    Controls how scrolling is done for you when
-				    the cursor moves out of the current window.
-				    Non-zero means it is the number of lines
-				    you would like the screen to shift.  A
-				    value of 0 means to center the line
-				    containing the cursor in the window.
-
-  `gc-compressed-files' Off	    If non-zero means it is okay to reclaim the
-				    file buffer space allocated to a file which
-				    was compressed, if, and only if, that
-				    file's contents do not appear in the node
-				    list of any window.
-
-  `ISO-Latin'	        Off	    Non-zero means that you are using an ISO
-				    Latin character set.  By default, standard
-				    ASCII characters are assumed.
-________________________________________
-This release of Info is version 2.5 beta.
-
-Changes since 2.4 beta:
-
-* Index (i) and (,) commands fully implemented.
-* "configure" script now shipped with Info.
-* New function "set-variable" allows users to set various variables.
-* User-settable behaviour on end or beginning of node scrolling.  This
-  supercedes the SPC and DEL changes in 2.3 beta.
-
-________________________________________
-This release of Info is version 2.4 beta.
-
-Changes since 2.3 beta:
-
-* info-last-node now means move to the last node of this info file.
-* info-history-node means move backwards through this window's node history.
-* info-first-node moves to the first node in the Info file.  This node is
-  not necessarily "Top"!
-* SPC and DEL can select the Next or Prev node after printing an informative
-  message when pressed at the end/beg of a node.
-
-----------------------------------------
-This release of Info is version 2.3 beta.
-
-Changes since 2.2 beta:
-
-* M-x command lines if NAMED_COMMANDS is #defined.  Variable in Makefile.
-* Screen height changes made quite robust.
-* Interactive function "set-screen-height" implements user height changes.
-* Scrolling on some terminals is faster now.
-* C-l with numeric arguement is fixed.
-
-----------------------------------------
-This release of Info is version 2.2 beta.
-
-Changes since 2.0:
-
-* C-g can now interrupt multi-file searches.
-* Incremental search is fully implemented.
-* Loading large tag tables is much faster now.
-* makedoc.c replaces shell script, speeding incremental builds.
-* Scrolling in redisplay is implemented.
-* Recursive uses of the echo area made more robust.
-* Garbage collection of unreferenced nodes.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 733342c2e50..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/* clib.c: Functions which we normally expect to find in the C library. */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/errno.h>
-
-extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
-#include "general.h"
-
-#if !defined (errno)
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRDUP)
-char *
-strdup (string)
-     char *string;
-{
-  char *result;
-
-  result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
-  strcpy (result, string);
-  return (result);
-}
-#endif /* !HAVE_STRDUP */
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR)
-extern char *sys_errlist[];
-extern int sys_nerr;
-
-char *
-strerror (num)
-     int num;
-{
-  if (num >= sys_nerr)
-    return ("");
-  else
-    return (sys_errlist[num]);
-}
-#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
-/* This Unix doesn't have the strcasecmp () function. */
-int
-strcasecmp (string1, string2)
-     char *string1, *string2;
-{
-  char ch1, ch2;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      ch1 = *string1++;
-      ch2 = *string2++;
-
-      if (!(ch1 | ch2))
-	return (0);
-
-      ch1 = info_toupper (ch1);
-      ch2 = info_toupper (ch2);
-
-      if (ch1 != ch2)
-	return (ch1 - ch2);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2.  Case
-   doesn't matter. */
-int
-strncasecmp (string1, string2, count)
-     char *string1, *string2;
-     int count;
-{
-  register char ch1, ch2;
-
-  while (count)
-    {
-      ch1 = *string1++;
-      ch2 = *string2++;
-
-      ch1 = info_toupper (ch1);
-      ch2 = info_toupper (ch2);
-
-      if (ch1 == ch2)
-	count--;
-      else
-	break;
-    }
-  return (count);
-}
-#endif /* !STRCASECMP */
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.h b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c559fe51b60..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/clib.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/* clib.h: Declarations of functions which appear in clib.c (or libc.a). */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#if !defined (_CLIB_H_)
-#define _CLIB_H_
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRDUP)
-extern char *strdup ();
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR)
-extern char *strerror ();
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
-extern int strcasecmp ();
-extern int strncasecmp ();
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !_CLIB_H_ */
-
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/diffs b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/diffs
deleted file mode 100644
index ff866daa836..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/diffs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-*** indices.c.~1~	Tue Oct 26 16:36:35 1993
---- indices.c	Sat Nov 20 14:00:46 1993
-***************
-*** 253,259 ****
-      else
-        index_offset = -1;
-  
-!     old_offset == index_offset;
-  
-      /* The "last" string searched for is this one. */
-      index_search = line;
---- 253,259 ----
-      else
-        index_offset = -1;
-  
-!     old_offset = index_offset;
-  
-      /* The "last" string searched for is this one. */
-      index_search = line;
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/dribble b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/dribble
deleted file mode 100644
index 99d3a844815..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/dribble
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-mfoo
-em
-buffers


-	
-ââ
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 265e9880425..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1508 +0,0 @@
-/* echo_area.c -- How to read a line in the echo area. */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#include "info.h"
-
-#if defined (FD_SET)
-#  if defined (hpux)
-#    define fd_set_cast(x) (int *)(x)
-#  else
-#    define fd_set_cast(x) (fd_set *)(x)
-#  endif /* !hpux */
-#endif /* FD_SET */
-
-/* Non-zero means that C-g was used to quit reading input. */
-int info_aborted_echo_area = 0;
-
-/* Non-zero means that the echo area is being used to read input. */
-int echo_area_is_active = 0;
-
-/* The address of the last command executed in the echo area. */
-VFunction *ea_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL;
-
-/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input
-   killed some text. */
-int echo_area_last_command_was_kill = 0;
-
-/* Variables which hold on to the current state of the input line. */
-static char input_line[1 + EA_MAX_INPUT];
-static char *input_line_prompt;
-static int input_line_point;
-static int input_line_beg;
-static int input_line_end;
-static NODE input_line_node = {
-  (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, input_line, EA_MAX_INPUT, 0
-};
-
-static void echo_area_initialize_node ();
-static void push_echo_area (), pop_echo_area ();
-static int echo_area_stack_depth (), echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p ();
-
-static void ea_kill_text ();
-
-/* Non-zero means we force the user to complete. */
-static int echo_area_must_complete_p = 0;
-static int completions_window_p ();
-
-/* If non-null, this is a window which was specifically created to display
-   possible completions output.  We remember it so we can delete it when
-   appropriate. */
-static WINDOW *echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-
-/* Variables which keep track of the window which was active prior to
-   entering the echo area. */
-static WINDOW *calling_window = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-static NODE *calling_window_node = (NODE *)NULL;
-static long calling_window_point = 0;
-static long calling_window_pagetop = 0;
-
-/* Remember the node and pertinent variables of the calling window. */
-static void
-remember_calling_window (window)
-     WINDOW *window;
-{
-  /* Only do this if the calling window is not the completions window, or,
-     if it is the completions window and there is no other window. */
-  if (!completions_window_p (window) ||
-      ((window == windows) && !(window->next)))
-    {
-      calling_window = window;
-      calling_window_node = window->node;
-      calling_window_point = window->point;
-      calling_window_pagetop = window->pagetop;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Restore the caller's window so that it shows the node that it was showing
-   on entry to info_read_xxx_echo_area (). */
-static void
-restore_calling_window ()
-{
-  register WINDOW *win, *compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-
-  /* If the calling window is still visible, and it is the window that
-     we used for completions output, then restore the calling window. */
-  for (win = windows; win; win = win->next)
-    {
-      if (completions_window_p (win))
-	compwin = win;
-
-      if (win == calling_window && win == compwin)
-	{
-	  window_set_node_of_window (calling_window, calling_window_node);
-	  calling_window->point = calling_window_point;
-	  calling_window->pagetop = calling_window_pagetop;
-	  compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Delete the completions window if it is still present, it isn't the
-     last window on the screen, and there aren't any prior echo area reads
-     pending which created a completions window. */
-  if (compwin)
-    {
-      if ((compwin != windows || windows->next) &&
-	  !echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p ())
-	{
-	  WINDOW *next;
-	  int pagetop, start, end, amount;
-
-	  next = compwin->next;
-	  if (next)
-	    {
-	      start = next->first_row;
-	      end = start + next->height;
-	      amount = - (compwin->height + 1);
-	      pagetop = next->pagetop;
-	    }
-
-	  info_delete_window_internal (compwin);
-
-	  /* This is not necessary because info_delete_window_internal ()
-	     calls echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (), which does the
-	     right thing. */
-#if defined (UNNECESSARY)
-	  echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-#endif /* UNNECESSARY */
-
-	  if (next)
-	    {
-	      display_scroll_display (start, end, amount);
-	      next->pagetop = pagetop;
-	      display_update_display (windows);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Set up a new input line with PROMPT. */
-static void
-initialize_input_line (prompt)
-     char *prompt;
-{
-  input_line_prompt = prompt;
-  if (prompt)
-    strcpy (input_line, prompt);
-  else
-    input_line[0] = '\0';
-
-  input_line_beg = input_line_end = input_line_point = strlen (prompt);
-}
-
-static char *
-echo_area_after_read ()
-{
-  char *return_value;
-
-  if (info_aborted_echo_area)
-    {
-      info_aborted_echo_area = 0;
-      return_value = (char *)NULL;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (input_line_beg == input_line_end)
-	return_value = strdup ("");
-      else
-	{
-	  int line_len = input_line_end - input_line_beg;
-	  return_value = (char *) xmalloc (1 + line_len);
-	  strncpy (return_value, &input_line[input_line_beg], line_len);
-	  return_value[line_len] = '\0';
-	}
-    }
-  return (return_value);
-}
-
-/* Read a line of text in the echo area.  Return a malloc ()'ed string,
-   or NULL if the user aborted out of this read.  WINDOW is the currently
-   active window, so that we can restore it when we need to.  PROMPT, if
-   non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */
-char *
-info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt)
-     WINDOW *window;
-     char *prompt;
-{
-  char *line;
-
-  /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */
-  if (echo_area_is_active)
-    push_echo_area ();
-
-  /* Initialize our local variables. */
-  initialize_input_line (prompt);
-
-  /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */
-  echo_area_initialize_node ();
-
-  /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself,
-     so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */
-  remember_calling_window (window);
-
-  /* Let the rest of Info know that the echo area is active. */
-  echo_area_is_active++;
-  active_window = the_echo_area;
-
-  /* Read characters in the echo area. */
-  info_read_and_dispatch ();
-
-  echo_area_is_active--;
-
-  /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */
-  active_window = calling_window;
-  restore_calling_window ();
-  display_cursor_at_point (active_window);
-  fflush (stdout);
-
-  /* Get the value of the line. */
-  line = echo_area_after_read ();
-
-  /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */
-  if (echo_area_is_active)
-    pop_echo_area ();
-
-  /* Return the results to the caller. */
-  return (line);
-}
-
-/* (re) Initialize the echo area node. */
-static void
-echo_area_initialize_node ()
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  for (i = input_line_end; i < sizeof (input_line); i++)
-    input_line[i] = ' ';
-
-  input_line[i - 1] = '\n';
-  window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, &input_line_node);
-  input_line[input_line_end] = '\n';
-}
-
-/* Prepare to read characters in the echo area.  This can initialize the
-   echo area node, but its primary purpose is to side effect the input
-   line buffer contents. */
-void
-echo_area_prep_read ()
-{
-  if (the_echo_area->node != &input_line_node)
-    echo_area_initialize_node ();
-
-  the_echo_area->point = input_line_point;
-  input_line[input_line_end] = '\n';
-  display_update_one_window (the_echo_area);
-  display_cursor_at_point (active_window);
-}
-
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*		     Echo Area Movement Commands		    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward, "Move forward a character")
-{
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_backward (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      input_line_point += count;
-      if (input_line_point > input_line_end)
-	input_line_point = input_line_end;
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward, "Move backward a character")
-{
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_forward (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      input_line_point -= count;
-      if (input_line_point < input_line_beg)
-	input_line_point = input_line_beg;
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_beg_of_line, "Move to the start of this line")
-{
-  input_line_point = input_line_beg;
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_end_of_line, "Move to the end of this line")
-{
-  input_line_point = input_line_end;
-}
-
-#define alphabetic(c) (islower (c) || isupper (c) || isdigit (c))
-
-/* Move forward a word in the input line. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward_word, "Move forward a word")
-{
-  int c;
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_backward_word (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      while (count--)
-	{
-	  if (input_line_point == input_line_end)
-	    return;
-
-	  /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one.
-	     Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */
-	  c = input_line[input_line_point];
-
-	  if (!alphabetic (c))
-	    {
-	      while (++input_line_point < input_line_end)
-		{
-		  c = input_line[input_line_point];
-		  if (alphabetic (c))
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (input_line_point == input_line_end)
-	    return;
-
-	  while (++input_line_point < input_line_end)
-	    {
-	      c = input_line[input_line_point];
-	      if (!alphabetic (c))
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_word, "Move backward a word")
-{
-  int c;
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_forward_word (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      while (count--)
-	{
-	  if (input_line_point == input_line_beg)
-	    return;
-
-	  /* Like ea_forward_word (), except that we look at the
-	     characters just before point. */
-
-	  c = input_line[input_line_point - 1];
-
-	  if (!alphabetic (c))
-	    {
-	      while ((--input_line_point) != input_line_beg)
-		{
-		  c = input_line[input_line_point - 1];
-		  if (alphabetic (c))
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  while (input_line_point != input_line_beg)
-	    {
-	      c = input_line[input_line_point - 1];
-	      if (!alphabetic (c))
-		break;
-	      else
-		--input_line_point;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_delete, "Delete the character under the cursor")
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_rubout (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      if (input_line_point == input_line_end)
-	return;
-
-      if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1)
-	{
-	  int orig_point;
-
-	  orig_point = input_line_point;
-	  ea_forward (window, count, key);
-	  ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point);
-	  input_line_point = orig_point;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  for (i = input_line_point; i < input_line_end; i++)
-	    input_line[i] = input_line[i + 1];
-
-	  input_line_end--;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_rubout, "Delete the character behind the cursor")
-{
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_delete (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      int start;
-
-      if (input_line_point == input_line_beg)
-	return;
-
-      start = input_line_point;
-      ea_backward (window, count, key);
-
-      if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1)
-	ea_kill_text (start, input_line_point);
-      else
-	ea_delete (window, count, key);
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_abort, "Cancel or quit operation")
-{
-  /* If any text, just discard it, and restore the calling window's node.
-     If no text, quit. */
-  if (input_line_end != input_line_beg)
-    {
-      terminal_ring_bell ();
-      input_line_end = input_line_point = input_line_beg;
-      if (calling_window->node != calling_window_node)
-	restore_calling_window ();
-    }
-  else
-    info_aborted_echo_area = 1;
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_newline, "Accept (or force completion of) this line")
-{
-  /* Stub does nothing.  Simply here to see if it has been executed. */
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_quoted_insert, "Insert next character verbatim")
-{
-  unsigned char character;
-
-  character = info_get_another_input_char ();
-  ea_insert (window, count, character);
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_insert, "Insert this character")
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  if ((input_line_end + 1) == EA_MAX_INPUT)
-    {
-      terminal_ring_bell ();
-      return;
-    }
-
-  for (i = input_line_end + 1; i != input_line_point; i--)
-    input_line[i] = input_line[i - 1];
-
-  input_line[input_line_point] = key;
-  input_line_point++;
-  input_line_end++;
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_tab_insert, "Insert a TAB character")
-{
-  ea_insert (window, count, '\t');
-}
-
-/* Transpose the characters at point.  If point is at the end of the line,
-   then transpose the characters before point. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_transpose_chars, "Transpose characters at point")
-{
-  /* Handle conditions that would make it impossible to transpose
-     characters. */
-  if (!count || !input_line_point || (input_line_end - input_line_beg) < 2)
-    return;
-
-  while (count)
-    {
-      int t;
-      if (input_line_point == input_line_end)
-	{
-	  t = input_line[input_line_point - 1];
-
-	  input_line[input_line_point - 1] = input_line[input_line_point - 2];
-	  input_line[input_line_point - 2] = t;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  t = input_line[input_line_point];
-
-	  input_line[input_line_point] = input_line[input_line_point - 1];
-	  input_line[input_line_point - 1] = t;
-
-	  if (count < 0 && input_line_point != input_line_beg)
-	    input_line_point--;
-	  else
-	    input_line_point++;
-	}
-
-      if (count < 0)
-	count++;
-      else
-	count--;
-    }
-}
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*		     Echo Area Killing and Yanking		    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-static char **kill_ring = (char **)NULL;
-static int kill_ring_index = 0;	/* Number of kills appearing in KILL_RING. */
-static int kill_ring_slots = 0;	/* Number of slots allocated to KILL_RING. */
-static int kill_ring_loc = 0;	/* Location of current yank pointer. */
-
-/* The largest number of kills that we remember at one time. */
-static int max_retained_kills = 15;
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank, "Yank back the contents of the last kill")
-{
-  register int i;
-  register char *text;
-
-  if (!kill_ring_index)
-    {
-      inform_in_echo_area ("Kill ring is empty");
-      return;
-    }
-
-  text = kill_ring[kill_ring_loc];
-
-  for (i = 0; text[i]; i++)
-    ea_insert (window, 1, text[i]);
-}
-
-/* If the last command was yank, or yank_pop, and the text just before
-   point is identical to the current kill item, then delete that text
-   from the line, rotate the index down, and yank back some other text. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank_pop, "Yank back a previous kill")
-{
-  register int len;
-
-  if (((ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank) &&
-       (ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank_pop)) ||
-      (kill_ring_index == 0))
-    return;
-
-  len = strlen (kill_ring[kill_ring_loc]);
-
-  /* Delete the last yanked item from the line. */
-  {
-    register int i, counter;
-
-    counter = input_line_end - input_line_point;
-    
-    for (i = input_line_point - len; counter; i++, counter--)
-      input_line[i] = input_line[i + len];
-
-    input_line_end -= len;
-    input_line_point -= len;
-  }
-
-  /* Get a previous kill, and yank that. */
-  kill_ring_loc--;
-  if (kill_ring_loc < 0)
-    kill_ring_loc = kill_ring_index - 1;
-
-  ea_yank (window, count, key);
-}
-
-/* Delete the text from point to end of line. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_line, "Kill to the end of the line")
-{
-  if (count < 0)
-    {
-      ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg);
-      input_line_point = input_line_beg;
-    }
-  else
-    ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end);
-}
-
-/* Delete the text from point to beg of line. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_line,
-		      "Kill to the beginning of the line")
-{
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end);
-  else
-    {
-      ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg);
-      input_line_point = input_line_beg;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Delete from point to the end of the current word. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_word, "Kill the word following the cursor")
-{
-  int orig_point = input_line_point;
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_backward_kill_word (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      ea_forward_word (window, count, key);
-
-      if (input_line_point != orig_point)
-	ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point);
-
-      input_line_point = orig_point;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Delete from point to the start of the current word. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_word,
-		      "Kill the word preceding the cursor")
-{
-  int orig_point = input_line_point;
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    ea_kill_word (window, -count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      ea_backward_word (window, count, key);
-
-      if (input_line_point != orig_point)
-	ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point);
-    }
-}
-
-/* The way to kill something.  This appends or prepends to the last
-   kill, if the last command was a kill command.  If FROM is less
-   than TO, then the killed text is appended to the most recent kill,
-   otherwise it is prepended.  If the last command was not a kill command,
-   then a new slot is made for this kill. */
-static void
-ea_kill_text (from, to)
-     int from, to;
-{
-  register int i, counter, distance;
-  int killing_backwards, slot;
-  char *killed_text;
-
-  killing_backwards = (from > to);
-
-  /* If killing backwards, reverse the values of FROM and TO. */
-  if (killing_backwards)
-    {
-      int temp = from;
-      from = to;
-      to = temp;
-    }
-
-  /* Remember the text that we are about to delete. */
-  distance = to - from;
-  killed_text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + distance);
-  strncpy (killed_text, &input_line[from], distance);
-  killed_text[distance] = '\0';
-
-  /* Actually delete the text from the line. */
-  counter = input_line_end - to;
-
-  for (i = from; counter; i++, counter--)
-    input_line[i] = input_line[i + distance];
-
-  input_line_end -= distance;
-
-  /* If the last command was a kill, append or prepend the killed text to
-     the last command's killed text. */
-  if (echo_area_last_command_was_kill)
-    {
-      char *old, *new;
-
-      slot = kill_ring_loc;
-      old = kill_ring[slot];
-      new = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (old) + strlen (killed_text));
-
-      if (killing_backwards)
-	{
-	  /* Prepend TEXT to current kill. */
-	  strcpy (new, killed_text);
-	  strcat (new, old);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Append TEXT to current kill. */
-	  strcpy (new, old);
-	  strcat (new, killed_text);
-	}
-
-      free (old);
-      free (killed_text);
-      kill_ring[slot] = new;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Try to store the kill in a new slot, unless that would cause there
-	 to be too many remembered kills. */
-      slot = kill_ring_index;
-
-      if (slot == max_retained_kills)
-	slot = 0;
-
-      if (slot + 1 > kill_ring_slots)
-	kill_ring = (char **) xrealloc
-	  (kill_ring,
-	   (kill_ring_slots += max_retained_kills) * sizeof (char *));
-
-      if (slot != kill_ring_index)
-	free (kill_ring[slot]);
-      else
-	kill_ring_index++;
-
-      kill_ring[slot] = killed_text;
-
-      kill_ring_loc = slot;
-    }
-
-  /* Notice that the last command was a kill. */
-  echo_area_last_command_was_kill++;
-}
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*			Echo Area Completion			    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-/* Pointer to an array of REFERENCE to complete over. */
-static REFERENCE **echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-
-/* Sorted array of REFERENCE * which is the possible completions found in
-   the variable echo_area_completion_items.  If there is only one element,
-   it is the only possible completion. */
-static REFERENCE **completions_found = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-static int completions_found_index = 0;
-static int completions_found_slots = 0;
-
-/* The lowest common denominator found while completing. */
-static REFERENCE *LCD_completion;
-
-/* Internal functions used by the user calls. */
-static void build_completions (), completions_must_be_rebuilt ();
-
-/* Variable which holds the output of completions. */
-static NODE *possible_completions_output_node = (NODE *)NULL;
-
-static char *compwin_name = "*Completions*";
-
-/* Return non-zero if WINDOW is a window used for completions output. */
-static int
-completions_window_p (window)
-     WINDOW *window;
-{
-  int result = 0;
-
-  if (internal_info_node_p (window->node) &&
-      (strcmp (window->node->nodename, compwin_name) == 0))
-    result = 1;
-
-  return (result);
-}
-
-/* Workhorse for completion readers.  If FORCE is non-zero, the user cannot
-   exit unless the line read completes, or is empty. */
-char *
-info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, force)
-     WINDOW *window;
-     char *prompt;
-     REFERENCE **completions;
-     int force;
-{
-  char *line;
-
-  /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */
-  if (echo_area_is_active)
-    push_echo_area ();
-
-  echo_area_must_complete_p = force;
-
-  /* Initialize our local variables. */
-  initialize_input_line (prompt);
-
-  /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */
-  echo_area_initialize_node ();
-
-  /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself,
-     so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */
-  remember_calling_window (window);
-
-  /* Save away the list of items to complete over. */
-  echo_area_completion_items = completions;
-  completions_must_be_rebuilt ();
-
-  active_window = the_echo_area;
-  echo_area_is_active++;
-
-  /* Read characters in the echo area. */
-  while (1)
-    {
-      info_read_and_dispatch ();
-
-      line = echo_area_after_read ();
-
-      /* Force the completion to take place if the user hasn't accepted
-	 a default or aborted, and if FORCE is active. */
-      if (force && line && *line && completions)
-	{
-	  register int i;
-
-	  build_completions ();
-
-	  /* If there is only one completion, then make the line be that
-	     completion. */
-	  if (completions_found_index == 1)
-	    {
-	      free (line);
-	      line = strdup (completions_found[0]->label);
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* If one of the completions matches exactly, then that is okay, so
-	     return the current line. */
-	  for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++)
-	    if (strcasecmp (completions_found[i]->label, line) == 0)
-	      {
-		free (line);
-		line = strdup (completions_found[i]->label);
-		break;
-	      }
-
-	  /* If no match, go back and try again. */
-	  if (i == completions_found_index)
-	    {
-	      inform_in_echo_area ("Not complete");
-	      continue;
-	    }
-	}
-      break;
-    }
-  echo_area_is_active--;
-
-  /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */
-  active_window = calling_window;
-  restore_calling_window ();
-  display_cursor_at_point (active_window);
-  fflush (stdout);
-
-  echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-  completions_must_be_rebuilt ();
-
-  /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */
-  if (echo_area_is_active)
-    pop_echo_area ();
-
-  return (line);
-}
-  
-/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS. */
-char *
-info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, completions)
-     WINDOW *window;
-     char *prompt;
-     REFERENCE **completions;
-{
-  return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 1));
-}
-
-/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but
-   not requiring it. */
-char *
-info_read_maybe_completing (window, prompt, completions)
-     WINDOW *window;
-     char *prompt;
-     REFERENCE **completions;
-{
-  return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 0));
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_possible_completions, "List possible completions")
-{
-  if (!echo_area_completion_items)
-    {
-      ea_insert (window, count, key);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  build_completions ();
-
-  if (!completions_found_index)
-    {
-      terminal_ring_bell ();
-      inform_in_echo_area ("No completions");
-    }
-  else if ((completions_found_index == 1) && (key != '?'))
-    {
-      inform_in_echo_area ("Sole completion");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      register int i, l;
-      int limit, count, max_label = 0;
-
-      initialize_message_buffer ();
-      printf_to_message_buffer
-	("There %s %d ", completions_found_index == 1 ? "is" : "are",
-	 completions_found_index);
-      printf_to_message_buffer
-	("completion%s:\n", completions_found_index == 1 ? "" : "s");
-
-      /* Find the maximum length of a label. */
-      for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++)
-	{
-	  int len = strlen (completions_found[i]->label);
-	  if (len > max_label)
-	    max_label = len;
-	}
-
-      max_label += 4;
-
-      /* Find out how many columns we should print in. */
-      limit = calling_window->width / max_label;
-      if (limit != 1 && (limit * max_label == calling_window->width))
-	limit--;
-
-      /* Avoid a possible floating exception.  If max_label > width then
-	 the limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
-      if (limit == 0)
-	limit = 1;
-
-      /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
-      count = (completions_found_index + (limit - 1)) / limit;
-
-      /* Watch out for special case.  If the number of completions is less
-	 than LIMIT, then just do the inner printing loop. */
-      if (completions_found_index < limit)
-	count = 1;
-
-      /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically. */
-      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	{
-	  register int j;
-
-	  for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
-	    {
-	      if (l >= completions_found_index)
-		break;
-	      else
-		{
-		  char *label;
-		  int printed_length, k;
-
-		  label = completions_found[l]->label;
-		  printed_length = strlen (label);
-		  printf_to_message_buffer ("%s", label);
-
-		  if (j + 1 < limit)
-		    {
-		      for (k = 0; k < max_label - printed_length; k++)
-			printf_to_message_buffer (" ");
-		    }
-		}
-	      l += count;
-	    }
-	  printf_to_message_buffer ("\n");
-	}
-
-      /* Make a new node to hold onto possible completions.  Don't destroy
-	 dangling pointers. */
-      {
-	NODE *temp;
-
-	temp = message_buffer_to_node ();
-	add_gcable_pointer (temp->contents);
-	name_internal_node (temp, compwin_name);
-	possible_completions_output_node = temp;
-      }
-
-      /* Find a suitable window for displaying the completions output.
-	 First choice is an existing window showing completions output.
-	 If there is only one window, and it is large, make another
-	 (smaller) window, and use that one.  Otherwise, use the caller's
-	 window. */
-      {
-	WINDOW *compwin;
-
-	compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name);
-
-	if (!compwin)
-	  {
-	    /* If we can split the window to display most of the completion
-	       items, then do so. */
-	    if (calling_window->height > (count * 2))
-	      {
-		int start, end, pagetop;
-
-		active_window = calling_window;
-
-		/* Perhaps we can scroll this window on redisplay. */
-		start = calling_window->first_row;
-		pagetop = calling_window->pagetop;
-
-		compwin =
-		  window_make_window (possible_completions_output_node);
-		active_window = the_echo_area;
-		window_change_window_height
-		  (compwin, -(compwin->height - (count + 2)));
-
-		window_adjust_pagetop (calling_window);
-		remember_calling_window (calling_window);
-
-#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE)
-		/* If the pagetop hasn't changed, scrolling the calling
-		   window is a reasonable thing to do. */
-		if (pagetop == calling_window->pagetop)
-		  {
-		    end = start + calling_window->height;
-		    display_scroll_display
-		      (start, end, calling_window->prev->height + 1);
-		  }
-#else /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */
-		/* If the pagetop has changed, set the new pagetop here. */
-		if (pagetop != calling_window->pagetop)
-		  {
-		    int newtop = calling_window->pagetop;
-		    calling_window->pagetop = pagetop;
-		    set_window_pagetop (calling_window, newtop);
-		  }
-#endif /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */
-
-		echo_area_completions_window = compwin;
-		remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node);
-	      }
-	    else
-	      compwin = calling_window;
-	  }
-
-	if (compwin->node != possible_completions_output_node)
-	  {
-	    window_set_node_of_window
-	      (compwin, possible_completions_output_node);
-	    remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node);
-	  }
-
-	display_update_display (windows);
-      }
-    }
-}
-
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_complete, "Insert completion")
-{
-  if (!echo_area_completion_items)
-    {
-      ea_insert (window, count, key);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* If KEY is SPC, and we are not forcing completion to take place, simply
-     insert the key. */
-  if (!echo_area_must_complete_p && key == SPC)
-    {
-      ea_insert (window, count, key);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (ea_last_executed_command == ea_complete)
-    {
-      /* If the keypress is a SPC character, and we have already tried
-	 completing once, and there are several completions, then check
-	 the batch of completions to see if any continue with a space.
-	 If there are some, insert the space character and continue. */
-      if (key == SPC && completions_found_index > 1)
-	{
-	  register int i, offset;
-
-	  offset = input_line_end - input_line_beg;
-
-	  for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++)
-	    if (completions_found[i]->label[offset] == ' ')
-	      break;
-
-	  if (completions_found[i])
-	    ea_insert (window, 1, ' ');
-	  else
-	    {
-	      ea_possible_completions (window, count, key);
-	      return;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  ea_possible_completions (window, count, key);
-	  return;
-	}
-    }
-
-  input_line_point = input_line_end;
-  build_completions ();
-
-  if (!completions_found_index)
-    terminal_ring_bell ();
-  else if (LCD_completion->label[0] == '\0')
-    ea_possible_completions (window, count, key);
-  else
-    {
-      register int i;
-      input_line_point = input_line_end = input_line_beg;
-      for (i = 0; LCD_completion->label[i]; i++)
-	ea_insert (window, 1, LCD_completion->label[i]);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Utility REFERENCE used to store possible LCD. */
-static REFERENCE LCD_reference = { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL };
-
-static void remove_completion_duplicates ();
-
-/* Variables which remember the state of the most recent call
-   to build_completions (). */
-static char *last_completion_request = (char *)NULL;
-static REFERENCE **last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-
-/* How to tell the completion builder to reset internal state. */
-static void
-completions_must_be_rebuilt ()
-{
-  maybe_free (last_completion_request);
-  last_completion_request = (char *)NULL;
-  last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-}
-
-/* Build a list of possible completions from echo_area_completion_items,
-   and the contents of input_line. */
-static void
-build_completions ()
-{
-  register int i, len;
-  register REFERENCE *entry;
-  char *request;
-  int informed_of_lengthy_job = 0;
-
-  /* If there are no items to complete over, exit immediately. */
-  if (!echo_area_completion_items)
-    {
-      completions_found_index = 0;
-      LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Check to see if this call to build completions is the same as the last
-     call to build completions. */
-  len = input_line_end - input_line_beg;
-  request = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
-  strncpy (request, &input_line[input_line_beg], len);
-  request[len] = '\0';
-
-  if (last_completion_request && last_completion_items &&
-      last_completion_items == echo_area_completion_items &&
-      (strcmp (last_completion_request, request) == 0))
-    {
-      free (request);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  maybe_free (last_completion_request);
-  last_completion_request = request;
-  last_completion_items = echo_area_completion_items;
-
-  /* Always start at the beginning of the list. */
-  completions_found_index = 0;
-  LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL;
-
-  for (i = 0; entry = echo_area_completion_items[i]; i++)
-    {
-      if (strncasecmp (request, entry->label, len) == 0)
-	add_pointer_to_array (entry, completions_found_index,
-			      completions_found, completions_found_slots,
-			      20, REFERENCE *);
-
-      if (!informed_of_lengthy_job && completions_found_index > 100)
-	{
-	  informed_of_lengthy_job = 1;
-	  window_message_in_echo_area ("Building completions...");
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (!completions_found_index)
-    return;
-
-  /* Sort and prune duplicate entries from the completions array. */
-  remove_completion_duplicates ();
-
-  /* If there is only one completion, just return that. */
-  if (completions_found_index == 1)
-    {
-      LCD_completion = completions_found[0];
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Find the least common denominator. */
-  {
-    long shortest = 100000;
-
-    for (i = 1; i < completions_found_index; i++)
-      {
-	register int j;
-	int c1, c2;
-
-	for (j = 0;
-	     (c1 = info_tolower (completions_found[i - 1]->label[j])) &&
-	     (c2 = info_tolower (completions_found[i]->label[j]));
-	     j++)
-	  if (c1 != c2)
-	    break;
-
-	if (shortest > j)
-	  shortest = j;
-      }
-
-    maybe_free (LCD_reference.label);
-    LCD_reference.label = (char *)xmalloc (1 + shortest);
-    strncpy (LCD_reference.label, completions_found[0]->label, shortest);
-    LCD_reference.label[shortest] = '\0';
-    LCD_completion = &LCD_reference;
-  }
-
-  if (informed_of_lengthy_job)
-    echo_area_initialize_node ();
-}
-
-/* Function called by qsort. */
-static int
-compare_references (entry1, entry2)
-     REFERENCE **entry1, **entry2;
-{
-  return (strcasecmp ((*entry1)->label, (*entry2)->label));
-}
-
-/* Prune duplicate entries from COMPLETIONS_FOUND. */
-static void
-remove_completion_duplicates ()
-{
-  register int i, j;
-  REFERENCE **temp;
-  int newlen;
-
-  if (!completions_found_index)
-    return;
-
-  /* Sort the items. */
-  qsort (completions_found, completions_found_index, sizeof (REFERENCE *),
-	 compare_references);
-
-  for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < completions_found_index - 1; i++)
-    {
-      if (strcmp (completions_found[i]->label,
-		  completions_found[i + 1]->label) == 0)
-	completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL;
-      else
-	newlen++;
-    }
-
-  /* We have marked all the dead slots.  It is faster to copy the live slots
-     twice than to prune the dead slots one by one. */
-  temp = (REFERENCE **)xmalloc ((1 + newlen) * sizeof (REFERENCE *));
-  for (i = 0, j = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++)
-    if (completions_found[i])
-      temp[j++] = completions_found[i];
-
-  for (i = 0; i < newlen; i++)
-    completions_found[i] = temp[i];
-
-  completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL;
-  completions_found_index = newlen;
-  free (temp);
-}
-
-/* Scroll the "other" window.  If there is a window showing completions, scroll
-   that one, otherwise scroll the window which was active on entering the read
-   function. */
-DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_scroll_completions_window, "Scroll the completions window")
-{
-  WINDOW *compwin;
-  int old_pagetop;
-
-  compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name);
-
-  if (!compwin)
-    compwin = calling_window;
-
-  old_pagetop = compwin->pagetop;
-
-  /* Let info_scroll_forward () do the work, and print any messages that
-     need to be displayed. */
-  info_scroll_forward (compwin, count, key);
-}
-
-/* Function which gets called when an Info window is deleted while the
-   echo area is active.  WINDOW is the window which has just been deleted. */
-void
-echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (window)
-     WINDOW *window;
-{
-  /* If this is the calling_window, forget what we remembered about it. */
-  if (window == calling_window)
-    {
-      if (active_window != the_echo_area)
-	remember_calling_window (active_window);
-      else
-	remember_calling_window (windows);
-    }
-
-  /* If this window was the echo_area_completions_window, then notice that
-     the window has been deleted. */
-  if (window == echo_area_completions_window)
-    echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-}
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*		   Pushing and Popping the Echo Area		    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-/* Push and Pop the echo area. */
-typedef struct {
-  char *line;
-  char *prompt;
-  REFERENCE **comp_items;
-  int point, beg, end;
-  int must_complete;
-  NODE node;
-  WINDOW *compwin;
-} PUSHED_EA;
-
-static PUSHED_EA **pushed_echo_areas = (PUSHED_EA **)NULL;
-static int pushed_echo_areas_index = 0;
-static int pushed_echo_areas_slots = 0;
-
-/* Pushing the echo_area has a side effect of zeroing the completion_items. */
-static void
-push_echo_area ()
-{
-  PUSHED_EA *pushed;
-
-  pushed = (PUSHED_EA *)xmalloc (sizeof (PUSHED_EA));
-  pushed->line = strdup (input_line);
-  pushed->prompt = input_line_prompt;
-  pushed->point = input_line_point;
-  pushed->beg = input_line_beg;
-  pushed->end = input_line_end;
-  pushed->node = input_line_node;
-  pushed->comp_items = echo_area_completion_items;
-  pushed->must_complete = echo_area_must_complete_p;
-  pushed->compwin = echo_area_completions_window;
-
-  add_pointer_to_array (pushed, pushed_echo_areas_index, pushed_echo_areas,
-			pushed_echo_areas_slots, 4, PUSHED_EA *);
-
-  echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-pop_echo_area ()
-{
-  PUSHED_EA *popped;
-
-  popped = pushed_echo_areas[--pushed_echo_areas_index];
-
-  strcpy (input_line, popped->line);
-  free (popped->line);
-  input_line_prompt = popped->prompt;
-  input_line_point = popped->point;
-  input_line_beg = popped->beg;
-  input_line_end = popped->end;
-  input_line_node = popped->node;
-  echo_area_completion_items = popped->comp_items;
-  echo_area_must_complete_p = popped->must_complete;
-  echo_area_completions_window = popped->compwin;
-  completions_must_be_rebuilt ();
-
-  /* If the completion window no longer exists, forget about it. */
-  if (echo_area_completions_window)
-    {
-      register WINDOW *win;
-
-      for (win = windows; win; win = win->next)
-	if (echo_area_completions_window == win)
-	  break;
-
-      /* If the window wasn't found, then it has already been deleted. */
-      if (!win)
-	echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL;
-    }
-
-  free (popped);
-}
-
-static int
-echo_area_stack_depth ()
-{
-  return (pushed_echo_areas_index);
-}
-
-/* Returns non-zero if any of the prior stacked calls to read in the echo
-   area produced a completions window. */
-static int
-echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p ()
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < pushed_echo_areas_index; i++)
-    if (pushed_echo_areas[i]->compwin)
-      return (1);
-
-  return (0);
-}
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*	       Error Messages While Reading in Echo Area	    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
-#  include <sys/time.h>
-#  define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL
-#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
-
-static void
-pause_or_input ()
-{
-#if defined (FD_SET)
-  struct timeval timer;
-  fd_set readfds;
-  int ready;
-
-  FD_ZERO (&readfds);
-  FD_SET (fileno (stdin), &readfds);
-  timer.tv_sec = 2;
-  timer.tv_usec = 750;
-  ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer);
-#endif /* FD_SET */
-}
-
-/* Print MESSAGE right after the end of the current line, and wait
-   for input or 2.75 seconds, whichever comes first.  Then flush the
-   informational message that was printed. */
-void
-inform_in_echo_area (message)
-     char *message;
-{
-  register int i;
-  char *text;
-
-  text = strdup (message);
-  for (i = 0; text[i] && text[i] != '\n'; i++);
-  text[i] = '\0';
-
-  echo_area_initialize_node ();
-  sprintf (&input_line[input_line_end], "%s[%s]\n",
-	   echo_area_is_active ? " ": "", text);
-  free (text);
-  the_echo_area->point = input_line_point;
-  display_update_one_window (the_echo_area);
-  display_cursor_at_point (active_window);
-  fflush (stdout);
-  pause_or_input ();
-  echo_area_initialize_node ();
-}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.h b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09c2bc7e22e..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/echo_area.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* echo_area.h -- Functions used in reading information from the echo area. */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#if !defined (_ECHO_AREA_H_)
-#define _ECHO_AREA_H_
-
-#define EA_MAX_INPUT 256
-
-extern int echo_area_is_active, info_aborted_echo_area;
-
-/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input
-   killed some text. */
-extern int echo_area_last_command_was_kill;
-
-extern void inform_in_echo_area (), echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window ();
-extern void echo_area_prep_read ();
-extern VFunction *ea_last_executed_command;
-
-/* Read a line of text in the echo area.  Return a malloc ()'ed string,
-   or NULL if the user aborted out of this read.  WINDOW is the currently
-   active window, so that we can restore it when we need to.  PROMPT, if
-   non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */
-extern char *info_read_in_echo_area ();
-
-/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS.
-   Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, a REFERENCE **. */
-char *info_read_completing_in_echo_area ();
-
-/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but
-   not requiring it.  Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS,
-   a REFERENCE **. */
-extern char *info_read_maybe_completing ();
-
-extern void ea_insert (), ea_quoted_insert ();
-extern void ea_beg_of_line (), ea_backward (), ea_delete (), ea_end_of_line ();
-extern void ea_forward (), ea_abort (), ea_rubout (), ea_complete ();
-extern void ea_newline (), ea_kill_line (), ea_transpose_chars ();
-extern void ea_yank (), ea_tab_insert (), ea_possible_completions ();
-extern void ea_backward_word (), ea_kill_word (), ea_forward_word ();
-extern void ea_yank_pop (), ea_backward_kill_word ();
-extern void ea_scroll_completions_window ();
-
-#endif /* _ECHO_AREA_H_ */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/general.h b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/general.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b97dc8d8da..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/general.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/* general.h -- Some generally useful defines. */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#if !defined (_GENERAL_H_)
-#define _GENERAL_H_
-
-extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
-
-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#  include <unistd.h>
-#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
-#  include <string.h>
-#else
-#  include <strings.h>
-#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
-
-#include "clib.h"
-
-#define info_toupper(x) (islower (x) ? toupper (x) : x)
-#define info_tolower(x) (isupper (x) ? tolower (x) : x)
-
-#if !defined (whitespace)
-#  define whitespace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t'))
-#endif /* !whitespace */
-
-#if !defined (whitespace_or_newline)
-#  define whitespace_or_newline(c) (whitespace (c) || (c == '\n'))
-#endif /* !whitespace_or_newline */
-
-#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF)
-#  define __FUNCTION_DEF
-typedef int Function ();
-typedef void VFunction ();
-typedef char *CFunction ();
-#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */
-
-/* Add POINTER to the list of pointers found in ARRAY.  SLOTS is the number
-   of slots that have already been allocated.  INDEX is the index into the
-   array where POINTER should be added.  GROW is the number of slots to grow
-   ARRAY by, in the case that it needs growing.  TYPE is a cast of the type
-   of object stored in ARRAY (e.g., NODE_ENTRY *. */
-#define add_pointer_to_array(pointer, idx, array, slots, grow, type) \
-  do { \
-    if (idx + 2 >= slots) \
-      array = (type *)(xrealloc (array, (slots += grow) * sizeof (type))); \
-    array[idx++] = (type)pointer; \
-    array[idx] = (type)NULL; \
-  } while (0)
-
-#define maybe_free(x) do { if (x) free (x); } while (0)
-
-#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_MEMSET)
-#  define zero_mem(mem, length) memset (mem, 0, length)
-#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_MEMSET */
-
-#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_BZERO)
-#  define zero_mem(mem, length) bzero (mem, length)
-#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_BZERO */
-
-#if !defined (zero_mem)
-#  define zero_mem(mem, length) \
-  do {					\
-	register int zi;		\
-	register unsigned char *place;	\
-					\
-	place = (unsigned char *)mem;	\
-	for (zi = 0; zi < length; zi++)	\
-	  place[zi] = 0;		\
-      } while (0)
-#endif /* !zero_mem */
-
-#endif /* !_GENERAL_H_ */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index bd5ac7d081a..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1359 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename info-stnd.info
-@settitle GNU Info
-@set InfoProgVer 2.11
-@paragraphindent none
-@footnotestyle end
-@synindex vr cp
-@synindex fn cp
-@synindex ky cp
-@comment %**end of header
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted
-versions of Texinfo files.  This documentation is different from the
-documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs.  If you do
-not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you should
-read that documentation first.
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-@end ignore
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title GNU Info User's Guide
-@subtitle For GNU Info version @value{InfoProgVer}
-@author Brian J. Fox (bfox@@ai.mit.edu)
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, What is Info, (dir), (dir)
-@top The GNU Info Program
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}.  This
-documentation is different from the documentation for the Info reader
-that is part of GNU Emacs.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* What is Info::                
-* Options::                     Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::             Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::          Commands for moving the node around 
-                                  in a window.
-* Node Commands::               Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::          Commands for searching an Info file.
-* Xref Commands::               Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::             Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::              How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::      A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::                   How to change the default behavior of Info.
-* GNU Info Global Index::       Global index containing keystrokes, 
-                                  command names, variable names, 
-                                  and general concepts.
-@end menu
-
-@node What is Info, Options, Top, Top
-@chapter What is Info?
-
-@iftex
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted
-versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}.
-@end iftex
-
-@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII
-terminal.  @dfn{Info files} are the result of processing Texinfo files
-with the program @code{makeinfo} or with one of the Emacs commands, such
-as @code{M-x texinfo-format-buffer}.  Texinfo itself is a documentation
-system that uses a single source file to produce both on-line
-information and printed output.  You can typeset and print the
-files that you read in Info.@refill
-
-@node Options, Cursor Commands, What is Info, Top
-@chapter Command Line Options
-@cindex command line options
-@cindex arguments, command line
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-@example
-info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from
-the shell:
-
-@table @code
-@cindex directory path
-@item --directory @var{directory-path}
-@itemx -d @var{directory-path}
-Add @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when
-Info needs to find a file.  You may issue @code{--directory} multiple
-times; once for each directory which contains Info files.
-Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of
-@code{INFOPATH} is used.  The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon
-separated list of directory names.  If you do not supply @code{INFOPATH}
-or @code{--directory-path}, Info uses a default path.
-
-@item --file @var{filename}
-@itemx -f @var{filename}
-@cindex Info file, selecting
-Specify a particular Info file to visit.  By default, Info visits
-the file @code{dir}; if you use this option, Info will start with
-@code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first file and node.
-
-@item --node @var{nodename}
-@itemx -n @var{nodename}
-@cindex node, selecting
-Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info
-loads.  This is especially useful in conjunction with
-@code{--file}@footnote{Of course, you can specify both the file and node
-in a @code{--node} command; but don't forget to escape the open and
-close parentheses from the shell as in: @code{info --node
-"(emacs)Buffers"}}.  You may specify @code{--node} multiple times; for
-an interactive Info, each @var{nodename} is visited in its own window,
-for a non-interactive Info (such as when @code{--output} is given) each
-@var{nodename} is processed sequentially.
-
-@item --output @var{filename}
-@itemx -o @var{filename}
-@cindex file, outputting to
-@cindex outputting to a file
-Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to which to direct output.
-Each node that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of
-interactively viewed.  A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies
-the standard output.
-
-@item --subnodes
-@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option
-This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-@code{--output}.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are
-members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-@item --help
-@itemx -h
-Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options.
-
-@item --version
-@cindex version information
-Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-@item @var{menu-item}
-@cindex menu, following
-Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items.  The
-first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, while
-the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's node.
-You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu
-names which describe the path to that node.  For example,
-
-@example
-info emacs buffers
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top},
-and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node
-@samp{(emacs)Top}.
-@end table
-
-@node Cursor Commands, Scrolling Commands, Options, Top
-@chapter Moving the Cursor
-@cindex cursor, moving
-
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  @xref{Characters, , Character
-Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamiliar with the
-notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it
-invokes @code{execute-extended-command}.  @xref{M-x, , Executing an
-extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed
-information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short
-description of what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands
-can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands,
-@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them.  With a
-numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that
-many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to
-@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines.  With a
-negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4
-given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move
-@emph{up} 4 lines.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line})
-@kindex C-n
-@findex next-line
-Move the cursor down to the next line.
-
-@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line})
-@kindex C-p
-@findex prev-line
-Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in Info windows
-@findex beginning-of-line
-Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in Info windows
-@findex end-of-line
-Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char})
-@kindex C-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-char
-Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char})
-@kindex C-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-char
-Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-word
-Move the cursor forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-word
-Move the cursor backward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node})
-@itemx @code{b}
-@kindex b, in Info windows
-@kindex M-<
-@findex beginning-of-node
-Move the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node})
-@kindex M->
-@findex end-of-node
-Move the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line})
-@kindex M-r
-@findex move-to-window-line
-Move the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a numeric
-argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the
-center of the window.  With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r}
-moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window.
-@end table
-
-@node Scrolling Commands, Node Commands, Cursor Commands, Top
-@chapter Moving Text Within a Window
-@cindex scrolling
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward})
-@itemx @code{C-v}
-@kindex SPC, in Info windows
-@kindex C-v
-@findex scroll-forward
-Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node which
-is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric argument,
-show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric
-argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines
-(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom
-of the window.  Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom
-two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window,
-redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward})
-@itemx @code{M-v}
-@kindex DEL, in Info windows
-@kindex M-v
-@findex scroll-backward
-Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-@code{scroll-forward}.
-@end table
-
-@cindex scrolling through node structure
-The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also
-move forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If
-you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while
-viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the
-variable @code{scroll-behavior}.  @xref{Variables,
-@code{scroll-behavior}}, for more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display})
-@kindex C-l
-@findex redraw-display
-Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor
-to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears
-the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a numeric
-argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that
-it is on the @var{n}th line of the window.
-
-@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap})
-@kindex C-w
-@findex toggle-wrap
-Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.  Normally,
-lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are
-continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing
-in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can cause such lines to be
-terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line
-wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}.  When a line which needs more
-space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears
-in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is
-invisible.
-@end table
-
-@node Node Commands, Searching Commands, Scrolling Commands, Top
-@chapter Selecting a New Node
-@cindex nodes, selection of
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and
-@samp{l}.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes
-are.  Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file
-when you use the following commands:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{n} (@code{next-node})
-@kindex n
-@findex next-node
-Select the `Next' node.  
-
-@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node})
-@kindex p
-@findex prev-node
-Select the `Prev' node.
-
-@item @code{u} (@code{up-node})
-@kindex u
-@findex up-node
-Select the `Up' node.
-@end table
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and
-actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this
-window.  @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through
-the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between
-two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{l} (@code{history-node})
-@kindex l
-@findex history-node
-Select the most recently selected node in this window.
-@end table
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{t} (@code{top-node})
-@kindex t
-@findex top-node
-Select the node @samp{Top} in the current Info file.
-
-@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node})
-@kindex d
-@findex dir-node
-Select the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}).
-@end table
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{<} (@code{first-node})
-@kindex <
-@findex first-node
-Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is most
-often @samp{Top}, but it does not have to be.
-
-@item @code{>} (@code{last-node})
-@kindex >
-@findex last-node
-Select the last node which appears in this file.
-
-@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node})
-@kindex ]
-@findex global-next-node
-Move forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected.  If
-there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the
-@samp{Up} node of this node.
-
-@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-@kindex [
-@findex global-prev-node
-Move backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected,
-and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-@end table
-
-You can get the same behavior as @code{global-next-node} and
-@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with
-@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behavior}}, for
-more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node})
-@kindex g
-@findex goto-node
-Read the name of a node and select it.  No completion is done while
-reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate
-file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the Info file.  A
-file name may be included as with any node specification, for example
-
-@example
-@code{g(emacs)Buffers}
-@end example
-
-finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the Info file @file{emacs}.
-
-@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node})
-@kindex C-x k
-@findex kill-node
-Kill a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a
-default of the current node.  @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries
-hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept
-for the window where that node is found.  Another node is selected in
-the window which contained the killed node.
-
-@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file})
-@kindex C-x C-f
-@findex view-file
-Read the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-@example
-@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}}
-@end example
-is equivalent to typing
-@example
-@code{g(@var{filename})*}
-@end example
-
-@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes})
-@kindex C-x C-b
-@findex list-visited-nodes
-Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes.
-This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard
-Info commands within it.
-
-@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node})
-@kindex C-x b
-@findex select-visited-node
-Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window.
-This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is
-created.
-@end table
-
-@node Searching Commands, Xref Commands, Node Commands, Top
-@chapter Searching an Info File
-@cindex searching
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find
-areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{s} (@code{search})
-@kindex s
-@findex search
-Read a string in the echo area and search for it.
-
-@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward})
-@kindex C-s
-@findex isearch-forward
-Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as you
-type it.
-
-@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward})
-@kindex C-r
-@findex isearch-backward
-Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as
-you type it.
-
-@item @code{i} (@code{index-search})
-@kindex i
-@findex index-search
-Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a node
-where the found index entry points to.
-
-@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match})
-@kindex ,
-@findex next-index-match
-Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the last
-@samp{i} command.
-@end table
-
-The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}).  The
-@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then
-searches the remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string.
-If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the
-cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent
-@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and
-@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the
-default search string.
-
-@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the
-string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until
-the entire search string has been specified.
-
-@node Xref Commands, Window Commands, Searching Commands, Top
-@chapter Selecting Cross References
-
-We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up}
-pointers which appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these
-pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a
-different node, perhaps in another Info file.  Such pointers are called
-@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short.
-
-@menu
-* Parts of an Xref::            What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::             Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-@end menu
-
-@node Parts of an Xref, Selecting Xrefs,  , Xref Commands
-@section Parts of an Xref
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of
-the node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the
-label appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu
-cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the
-target.
-
-@example
-* Foo Label: Foo Target.        More information about Foo.
-@end example
-
-Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target.  The @samp{.} is
-not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target
-name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-@example
-* Foo Commands::                Commands pertaining to Foo.
-@end example
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes:
-@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references.  Menu references
-appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning
-of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which
-describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references
-can point to any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place
-where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject.
-Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross
-references.
-
-@node Selecting Xrefs,  , Parts of an Xref, Xref Commands
-@section Selecting Xrefs
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit})
-@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9}
-@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@findex menu-digit
-Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}),
-selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the
-@emph{last} item in the node's menu.
-
-@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item})
-@kindex 0, in Info windows
-@findex last-menu-item
-Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item})
-@kindex m
-@findex menu-item
-Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node.
-Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-@item @code{M-x find-menu}
-@findex find-menu
-Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-@end table
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item})
-@itemx @code{r}
-@kindex f
-@kindex r
-@findex xref-item
-Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects
-its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross reference
-label.
-@end table
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref})
-@kindex TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-next-xref
-Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-reference in this node.  You can then use @key{RET}
-(@code{select-reference-this-line}) to select the menu or note reference.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref})
-@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-prev-xref
-Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-reference in this node.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line})
-@kindex RET, in Info windows
-@findex select-reference-this-line
-Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-@end table
-
-@node Window Commands, Printing Nodes, Xref Commands, Top
-@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows
-@cindex windows, manipulating
-
-A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a
-view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated
-@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-@menu
-* The Mode Line::               What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::               Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::               Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-@end menu
-
-@node The Mode Line, Basic Windows,  , Window Commands
-@section The Mode Line
-
-A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom
-of an Info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above
-it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}.
-
-@example
-@group
------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-            ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-          (file)Node #lines    where
-@end group
-@end example
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s.  In addition, if
-the Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name
-of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-@example
---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-@end example 
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(@samp{*}).  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window
-are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node
-showing possible completions:
-
-@example
------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-@end example
-
-@node Basic Windows, The Echo Area, The Mode Line, Window Commands
-@section Window Commands
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}.  Each window has its
-own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}).
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window})
-@cindex windows, selecting
-@kindex C-x o
-@findex next-window
-Select the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can only be
-selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily.
-Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on
-the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first
-window on the screen.  Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over
-that many windows.  A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select
-the previous window on the screen.
-
-@item @code{M-x prev-window}
-@findex prev-window
-Select the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument.
-
-@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window})
-@cindex windows, creating
-@kindex C-x 2
-@findex split-window
-Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same node.
-Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor
-remains in the original window.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling}
-can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you
-automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more
-information.
-
-@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window})
-@cindex windows, deleting
-@kindex C-x 0
-@findex delete-window
-Delete the current window from the screen.  If you have made too many
-windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of
-some of them.
-
-@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window})
-@kindex C-x 1
-@findex keep-one-window
-Delete all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows
-@findex scroll-other-window
-Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might
-scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, scroll the
-"other" window backward.
-
-@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window})
-@kindex C-x ^
-@findex grow-window
-Grow (or shrink) the current window.  Given a numeric argument, grow
-the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument,
-shrink the window instead.
-
-@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows})
-@cindex tiling
-@kindex C-x t
-@findex tile-windows
-Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display
-its contents.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause
-@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}.
-@end table
-
-@node The Echo Area,  , Basic Windows, Window Commands
-@section The Echo Area
-@cindex echo area
-
-The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of
-the screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward})
-@kindex C-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward
-Move forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward})
-@kindex C-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward
-Move backward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-beg-of-line
-Move to the start of the input line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-end-of-line
-Move to the end of the input line.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward-word
-Move forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-word
-Move backward a word.
-
-@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete})
-@kindex C-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-delete
-Delete the character under the cursor.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout})
-@kindex DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-rubout
-Delete the character behind the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort})
-@kindex C-g, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-abort
-Cancel or quit the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-completion.  If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling
-function.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline})
-@kindex RET, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-newline
-Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert})
-@kindex C-q, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-quoted-insert
-Insert the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert control
-characters into a search string, for example.
-
-@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert})
-@kindex printing characters, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-insert
-Insert the character.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert})
-@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-tab-insert
-Insert a TAB character.
-
-@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars})
-@kindex C-t, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-transpose-chars
-Transpose the characters at the cursor.
-@end table
-
-The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking}
-text.  For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking,
-@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word})
-@kindex M-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-word
-Kill the word following the cursor.
-
-@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word})
-@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word
-Kill the word preceding the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line})
-@kindex C-k, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-line
-Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line})
-@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line
-Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank})
-@kindex C-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank
-Yank back the contents of the last kill.
-
-@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop})
-@kindex M-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank-pop
-Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-@end table
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one
-of them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make,
-Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this
-is called @dfn{completion}.
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete})
-@itemx @code{SPC}
-@kindex TAB, in the echo area
-@kindex SPC, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-complete
-Insert as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions})
-@kindex ?, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-possible-completions
-Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of what
-you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices are:
-
-@example
-@group
-bar
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible
-completions would contain:
-
-@example
-@group
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}.  Pressing @key{SPC}
-or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since
-all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}.
-Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate}
-appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins
-with @samp{fol}.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window
-Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-window if not.
-@end table
-
-@node Printing Nodes, Miscellaneous Commands, Window Commands, Top
-@chapter Printing Out Nodes
-@cindex printing
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the
-document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the Texinfo
-source file.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x print-node}
-@findex print-node
-@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable
-Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the
-environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}.  If the variable does not
-exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}.
-@end table
-
-@node Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, Printing Nodes, Top
-@chapter Miscellaneous Commands
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x describe-command}
-@cindex functions, describing
-@cindex commands, describing
-@findex describe-command
-Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display a
-brief description of what that command does.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-key}
-@cindex keys, describing
-@findex describe-key
-Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and
-documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-
-@item @code{M-x where-is}
-@findex where-is
-Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display
-a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window})
-@itemx @code{?}
-@kindex C-h
-@kindex ?, in Info windows
-@findex get-help-window
-Create (or Move into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and place
-a node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window displays
-the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node})
-@kindex h
-@findex get-info-help-node
-Try hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}.  The Info file
-@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then
-placed into the location of your Info directory.
-@end table
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument})
-@cindex numeric arguments
-@kindex C-u
-@findex universal-argument
-Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument.  @samp{C-u} is
-a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg})
-@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9}
-@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9
-@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg
-Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type
-the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For example, you
-might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-@example
-@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or
-
-@example
-@kbd{M-3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-@end table
-
-@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key
-sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and
-to cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key})
-@cindex cancelling typeahead
-@cindex cancelling the current operation
-@kindex C-g, in Info windows
-@findex abort-key
-Cancel current operation.
-@end table
-
-The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{q} (@code{quit})
-@cindex quitting
-@kindex q
-@findex quit
-Exit GNU Info.
-@end table
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-screen-height}
-@findex set-screen-height
-@cindex screen, changing the height of
-Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the
-displayed screen to that value.
-@end table
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes})
-@kindex ESC C-f
-@findex show-footnotes
-@cindex footnotes, displaying
-Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another
-window.  You can have Info automatically display the footnotes
-associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable
-@code{automatic-footnotes}.  @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}.
-@end table
-
-@node Variables, GNU Info Global Index, Miscellaneous Commands, Top
-@chapter Manipulating Variables
-
-GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by
-various Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables,
-and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your
-environment and Info file reading manner.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-variable}
-@cindex variables, setting
-@findex set-variable
-Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and
-then set the variable to that value.  Completion is available when
-reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading
-the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable
-itself.  If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to
-complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-@cindex variables, describing
-@findex describe-variable
-Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-@end table
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-@table @code
-@item automatic-footnotes
-@vindex automatic-footnotes
-When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-This variable is @code{On} by default.  When a node is selected, a
-window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created,
-and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.  The window that
-Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}.  If
-a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*}
-window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted.
-Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so
-that they can use as little of the display as is possible.
-
-@item automatic-tiling
-@vindex automatic-tiling
-When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other
-windows.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Normally, typing
-@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are
-resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the
-windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not}
-resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size.
-
-@item visible-bell
-@vindex visible-bell
-When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-ringing the bell.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Of course,
-Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case
-that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no
-effect.  However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the
-@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}.
-
-@item errors-ring-bell
-@vindex errors-ring-bell
-When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-setting of this variable is @code{On}.
-
-@item gc-compressed-files
-@vindex gc-compressed-files
-When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be
-uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is @code{Off}.
-Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that node
-is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes
-contained in that file.  Once the tags information is read by Info, it
-is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of the nodes does not need
-to remain in core unless a particular Info window needs it.  For
-non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when
-it is no longer in use.  But de-compressing a file can be a time
-consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice.
-@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the
-text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk.
-
-@item show-index-match
-@vindex show-index-match
-When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is
-highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-string was found.  The default value of this variable is @code{On}.
-When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the
-string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse
-case from its surrounding characters.
-
-@item scroll-behavior
-@vindex scroll-behavior
-Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of
-a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a
-node.  The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}.  There
-are three possible values for this variable:
-
-@table @code
-@item Continuous
-Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the
-@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}.
-This behavior is identical to using the @samp{]}
-(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-commands.
-
-@item Next Only
-Only try to get the @samp{Next} node.
-
-@item Page Only
-Simply give up, changing nothing.  If @code{scroll-behavior} is
-@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being
-viewed.
-@end table
-
-@item scroll-step
-@vindex scroll-step
-The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window.
-Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the
-visible portion of the node text when it is time to display.  Usually
-the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the
-current window.  However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a
-nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines;
-if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what
-is done.  The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the
-cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window.
-Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which
-some people prefer.
-
-@item ISO-Latin
-@cindex ISO Latin characters
-@vindex ISO-Latin
-When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  @code{ISO-Latin} tells
-Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard
-character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to
-Info, as well as display them.
-@end table
-
-
-
-@c the following is incomplete
-@ignore
-@c node Info for Sys Admins
-@c chapter Info for System Administrators
-
-This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info hierarchy
-from scratch, and details the various options that are available when
-installing Info.  This text is designed for the person who is installing
-GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present
-in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to
-use GNU Info.
-
-@menu
-* Setting the INFOPATH::        Where are my Info files kept?
-* Editing the DIR node::        What goes in `DIR', and why?
-* Storing Info files::          Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups.
-* Using `localdir'::            Building DIR on the fly.
-* Example setups::              Some common ways to organize Info files.
-@end menu
-
-@c node Setting the INFOPATH
-@c section Setting the INFOPATH
-
-Where are my Info files kept?
-
-@c node Editing the DIR node
-@c section Editing the DIR node
-
-What goes in `DIR', and why?
-
-@c node Storing Info files
-@c section Storing Info files
-
-Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups.
-
-@c node Using `localdir'
-@c section Using `localdir'
-
-Building DIR on the fly.
-
-@c node Example setups
-@c section Example setups
-
-Some common ways to organize Info files.
-@end ignore
-
-@node GNU Info Global Index,  , Variables, Top
-@appendix Global Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@contents
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f95687303d2..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-.TH info 1 "7th December 1990"
-.SH NAME
-info \- GNU's hypertext system
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B info
-[
-.B \-\-option-name option-value
-]
-.B \menu-item...
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-.if n Copyright (C) 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.if t Copyright \(co 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-The GNU project has a hypertext system called
-.I Info
-which allows the same source file to be either printed as a
-paper manual, or viewed using
-.B info.
-It is possible to use the
-.B info
-program from inside Emacs, or to use the stand-alone version described here.
-This manual page gives a brief summary of its capabilities.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-\-directory directory-path
-Add 
-.B directory-path 
-to the list of directory paths searched when
-.B info
-needs to find a file.  You may issue 
-.B \-\-directory 
-multiple times.
-Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-.B INFOPATH;
-if 
-.B \-\-directory
-is not given, the value of 
-.B INFOPATH
-is used.  The value of 
-.B INFOPATH 
-is a colon separated list of directory names.  If you do not supply either
-.B INFOPATH
-or
-.B \-\-directory-path,
-.B info
-uses a default path.
-.TP
-.B \-f filename
-Specify a particular 
-.B info
-file to visit.  By default,
-.B info
-visits
-the file 
-.B dir;
-if you use this option, 
-.B info
-will start with
-.B (FILENAME)Top 
-as the first file and node.
-.TP
-.B \-n nodename
-Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that 
-.B info
-loads.  This is especially useful in conjunction with 
-.B \-\-file.
-You may specify 
-.B \-\-node
-multiple times.
-.TP
-.B -o file
-Direct output to
-.B file
-instead of starting an interactive
-.B info
-session.
-.TP
-.B \-h
-Produce a relatively brief description of the available 
-.B info
-options.
-.TP
-.B \-\-version
-Print the version information of 
-.B info
-and exit.
-.TP
-.B menu-item
-.B info
-treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items.
-The first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited,
-while the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's
-node.  You can easily move to the node of your choice by
-specifying the menu names which describe the path to that node.
-For example,
-
-.B       info emacs buffers
-
-first selects the menu item 
-.B emacs 
-in the node 
-.B (dir)Top,
-and then selects the menu item 
-.B buffers
-in the node 
-.B (emacs)Top.
-.SH COMMANDS
-When in
-.B info
-the following commands are available:
-.TP
-.B h
-Invoke the Info tutorial.
-.TP
-.B ?
-Get a short summary of
-.B info
-commands.
-.TP
-.B h
-Select the
-.B info
-node from the main directory; this is much more complete than just
-using 
-.B ?.
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-g
-Abort whatever you are doing.
-.TP
-.B Ctrl-l
-Redraw the screen.
-.PP
-Selecting other nodes:
-.TP
-.B n
-Move to the "next" node of this node.
-.TP
-.B p
-Move to the "previous" node of this node.
-.TP
-.B u
-Move to this node's "up" node.
-.TP
-.B m
-Pick a menu item specified by name. Picking a menu item causes another
-node to be selected. You do not need to type a complete nodename; if
-you type a few letters and then a space or tab
-.B info
-will will try to fill in the rest of the nodename. If you ask for further
-completion without typing any more characters you'll be given a list
-of possibilities; you can also get the list with 
-.B ?. 
-If you type a few characters and then hit return
-.B info
-will try to do a completion, and if it is ambigous use the first possibility.
-.TP
-.B f
-Follow a cross reference. You are asked for the name of the reference,
-using command completion as for
-.B m.
-.TP
-.B l
-Move to the last node you were at.
-.PP
-Moving within a node:
-.TP
-.B Space
-Scroll forward a page.
-.TP
-.B DEL
-Scroll backward a page.
-.TP
-.B b
-Go to the beginning of this node.
-.PP
-Advanced commands:
-.TP
-.B q
-Quit 
-.B info.
-.TP
-.B 1
-Pick first item in node's menu.
-.TP
-.B 2 \-\- 5
-Pick second ... fifth item in node's menu.
-.TP
-.B g
-Move to node specified by name.	You may include a filename as well,
-as 
-.B (FILENAME)NODENAME.
-.TP
-.B s
-Search through this 
-.B info
-file for a specified string, and select the node in which 
-the next occurrence is found.
-.TP
-.B M-x print-node
-Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the
-environment variable 
-.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND.
-If the variable does not exist, the node is simply piped to 
-.B lpr.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.B INFOPATH
-A colon-separated list of directories to search for 
-.B info
-files.  Used if 
-.B \-\-directory
-is not given.
-.TP
-.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND
-The command used for printing.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR emacs (1)
-.SH AUTHOR
-.RS
-Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
-.br
-bfox@ai.mit.edu
-.SH MANUAL AUTHOR
-.RS
-Robert Lupton; updated by Robert J. Chassell.
-.br
-rhl@astro.princeton.edu; bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdb71c710d..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,915 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header 
-@setfilename info.info
-@settitle Info 1.0
-@comment %**end of header 
-
-@iftex
-@finalout
-@end iftex
-
-@ifinfo
-This file describes how to use Info, 
-the on-line, menu-driven GNU documentation system.
-
-Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@setchapternewpage odd
-@titlepage
-@sp 11
-@center @titlefont{Info}
-@sp 2
-@center The
-@sp 2
-@center On-line, Menu-driven
-@sp 2
-@center GNU Documentation System
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@sp 2
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-675 Massachusetts Avenue, @*
-Cambridge, MA 02139 USA @*
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
-@top Info: An Introduction
-
-Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now.
-
-To learn how to use Info, type the command @kbd{h}.  It brings you
-to a programmed instruction sequence.
-
-@c Need to make sure that `Info-help' goes to the right node, 
-@c which is the first node of the first chapter. (It should.) 
-@c   (Info-find-node "info"
-@c 		  (if (< (window-height) 23)
-@c 		      "Help-Small-Screen"
-@c 		    "Help")))
-
-To learn advanced Info commands, type @kbd{n} twice.  This brings you to
-@cite{Info for Experts}, skipping over the `Getting Started' chapter.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* Getting Started::             Getting started using an Info reader.
-* Advanced Info::               Advanced commands within Info.
-* Create an Info File::         How to make your own Info file.
-* The Standalone Info Program: (info-stnd.info).
-@end menu
-
-@node Getting Started, Advanced Info, Top, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Getting Started
-
-This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
-of Info.  The second part of the manual describes various advanced
-Info commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo
-file.  The third part is about how to generate Info files from 
-Texinfo files.
-
-@iftex
-This manual is primarily designed for use on a computer, so that you can
-try Info commands while reading about them.  Reading it on paper is less
-effective, since you must take it on faith that the commands described
-really do what the manual says.  By all means go through this manual now
-that you have it; but please try going through the on-line version as
-well.  
-
-There are two ways of looking at the online version of this manual:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-Type @code{info} at your shell's command line.  This approach uses a
-small stand-alone program designed just to read Info files.
-
-@item
-Type @code{emacs} at the command line; then type @kbd{C-h i} (Control
-@kbd{h}, followed by @kbd{i}).  This approach uses the Info mode of the
-Emacs program, an editor with many other capabilities.
-@end enumerate
-
-In either case, then type @kbd{mInfo} (just the letters), followed by
-@key{RET}---the ``Return'' or ``Enter'' key.  At this point, you should
-be ready to follow the instructions in this manual as you read them on
-the screen.
-@c FIXME! (pesch@cygnus.com, 14 dec 1992)
-@c Is it worth worrying about what-if the beginner goes to somebody
-@c else's Emacs session, which already has an Info running in the middle
-@c of something---in which case these simple instructions won't work?
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Help-Small-Screen::   Starting Info on a Small Screen
-* Help::                How to use Info
-* Help-P::              Returning to the Previous node
-* Help-^L::             The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-* Help-M::              Menus
-* Help-Adv::            Some advanced Info commands
-* Help-Q::              Quitting Info
-@end menu
-
-@node Help-Small-Screen, Help,  , Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Starting Info on a Small Screen
-
-@iftex
-(In Info, you only see this section if your terminal has a small
-number of lines; most readers pass by it without seeing it.)
-@end iftex
-
-Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its
-screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
-
-If you see the text @samp{--All----} at near the bottom right corner
-of the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the
-screen.  If you see @samp{--Top----} instead, it means that there is
-more text below that does not fit.  To move forward through the text
-and see another screen full, press the Space bar, @key{SPC}.  To move
-back up, press the key labeled @samp{Backspace} or @key{Delete}.
-
-@ifinfo
-Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try Spaces and Deletes and
-see what they do.  At the end are instructions of what you should do
-next.
-
-This is line 17 @*
-This is line 18 @*
-This is line 19 @*
-This is line 20 @*
-This is line 21 @*
-This is line 22 @*
-This is line 23 @*
-This is line 24 @*
-This is line 25 @*
-This is line 26 @*
-This is line 27 @*
-This is line 28 @*
-This is line 29 @*
-This is line 30 @*
-This is line 31 @*
-This is line 32 @*
-This is line 33 @*
-This is line 34 @*
-This is line 35 @*
-This is line 36 @*
-This is line 37 @*
-This is line 38 @*
-This is line 39 @*
-This is line 40 @*
-This is line 41 @*
-This is line 42 @*
-This is line 43 @*
-This is line 44 @*
-This is line 45 @*
-This is line 46 @*
-This is line 47 @*
-This is line 48 @*
-This is line 49 @*
-This is line 50 @*
-This is line 51 @*
-This is line 52 @*
-This is line 53 @*
-This is line 54 @*
-This is line 55 @*
-This is line 56 @*
-
-If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with
-Delete, and come back here again, then you understand Space and
-Delete.  So now type an @kbd{n} ---just one character; don't type
-the quotes and don't type the Return key afterward--- to
-get to the normal start of the course.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Help, Help-P, Help-Small-Screen, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section How to use Info
-
-You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
-
-  Right now you are looking at one @dfn{Node} of Information.
-A node contains text describing a specific topic at a specific
-level of detail.  This node's topic is ``how to use Info''.
-
-  The top line of a node is its @dfn{header}.  This node's header (look at
-it now) says that it is the node named @samp{Help} in the file
-@file{info}.  It says that the @samp{Next} node after this one is the node
-called @samp{Help-P}.  An advanced Info command lets you go to any node
-whose name you know.
-
-  Besides a @samp{Next}, a node can have a @samp{Previous} or an @samp{Up}.
-This node has a @samp{Previous} but no @samp{Up}, as you can see.
-
-  Now it is time to move on to the @samp{Next} node, named @samp{Help-P}.
-
->> Type @samp{n} to move there.  Type just one character;
-   do not type the quotes and do not type a @key{RET} afterward.
-
-@samp{>>} in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
-
-@node Help-P, Help-^L, Help, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Returning to the Previous node
-
-This node is called @samp{Help-P}.  The @samp{Previous} node, as you see,
-is @samp{Help}, which is the one you just came from using the @kbd{n}
-command.  Another @kbd{n} command now would take you to the next
-node, @samp{Help-^L}.
-
->> But do not do that yet.  First, try the @kbd{p} command, which takes
-   you to the @samp{Previous} node.  When you get there, you can do an
-   @kbd{n} again to return here.
-
-  This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but @emph{do not} be
-led into skimming.  Things will get more complicated soon.  Also,
-do not try a new command until you are told it is time to.  Otherwise,
-you may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
-
->> Now do an @kbd{n} to get to the node @samp{Help-^L} and learn more.
-
-@node Help-^L, Help-M, Help-P, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Space, Delete, B and ^L commands.
-
-  This node's header tells you that you are now at node @samp{Help-^L}, and
-that @kbd{p} would get you back to @samp{Help-P}.  The node's title is
-underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles).
-
-  This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
-You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you
-can see the string @samp{--Top-----} rather than @samp{--All----} near
-the bottom right corner of the screen.
-
-  The Space, Delete and @kbd{B} commands exist to allow you to ``move
-around'' in a node that does not all fit on the screen at once.
-Space moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the screen.
-Delete moves backward, to show what was above the top of the screen
-(there is not anything above the top until you have typed some spaces).
-
->> Now try typing a Space (afterward, type a Delete to return here).
-
-  When you type the space, the two lines that were at the bottom of
-the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines.  Delete takes
-the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom,
-@emph{usually}, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines
-above them they may not make it all the way to the bottom.
-
-  If you type Space when there is no more to see, it rings the
-bell and otherwise does nothing.  The same goes for Delete when
-the header of the node is visible.
-
-  If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out
-again by typing @kbd{C-l} (@kbd{Control-L}, that is---hold down ``Control'' and
-type an @key{L} or @kbd{l}).
-
->> Type @kbd{C-l} now.
-
-  To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type
-a lot of Deletes.  You can also type simply @kbd{b} for beginning.
->> Try that now.  (We have put in enough verbiage to push this past
-the first screenful, but screens are so big nowadays that perhaps it
-isn't enough.  You may need to shrink your Emacs or Info window.)
-Then come back, with Spaces.
-
-  If your screen is very tall, all of this node might fit at once.
-In that case, "b" won't do anything.  Sorry; what can we do?
-
-  You have just learned a considerable number of commands.  If you
-want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type
-a @key{?} which prints out a brief list of commands.  When you are
-finished looking at the list, make it go away by typing a @key{SPC}.
-
->> Type a @key{?} now.  After it finishes, type a @key{SPC}.
-
-  (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return here.)
-
-  From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
-will be expected to know how to use Space and Delete to move
-around in them without being told.  Since not all terminals have
-the same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
-
->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the description of the @kbd{m} command.
-
-@node Help-M, Help-Adv, Help-^L, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Menus
-
-Menus and the @kbd{m} command
-
-  With only the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands for moving between nodes, nodes
-are restricted to a linear sequence.  Menus allow a branching
-structure.  A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to.  It is
-actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that
-Info can interpret it.  The beginning of a menu is always identified
-by a line which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.  A node contains a menu if and
-only if it has a line in it which starts that way.  The only menu you
-can use at any moment is the one in the node you are in.  To use a
-menu in any other node, you must move to that node first. 
-
-  After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a @samp{*}
-identifies one subtopic.  The line usually contains a brief name
-for the subtopic (followed by a @samp{:}), the name of the node that talks
-about that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the
-subtopic.  Lines in the menu that do not start with a @samp{*} have no
-special meaning---they are only for the human reader's benefit and do
-not define additional subtopics.  Here is an example:
-
-@example
-* Foo:  FOO's Node      This tells about FOO
-@end example
-
-The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is @samp{FOO's Node}.
-The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information.
-[[ But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is
-no line above it which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.]]
-
-  When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
-described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first
-thing in the menu line.  Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts
-the node name from it, and goes to that node.  The reason that there
-is both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be
-meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking.
-The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to
-specify.  Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify
-and so both it and the subtopic name are the same.  There is an
-abbreviation for this:
-
-@example
-* Foo::   This tells about FOO
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are
-both @samp{Foo}.
-
->> Now use Spaces to find the menu in this node, then come back to
-   the front with a @kbd{b} and some Spaces.  As you see, a menu is
-   actually visible in its node.  If you cannot find a menu in a node
-   by looking at it, then the node does not have a menu and the
-   @kbd{m} command is not available.
-
-  The command to go to one of the subnodes is @kbd{m}---but @emph{do
-not do it yet!}  Before you use @kbd{m}, you must understand the
-difference between commands and arguments.  So far, you have learned
-several commands that do not need arguments.  When you type one, Info
-processes it and is instantly ready for another command.  The @kbd{m}
-command is different: it is incomplete without the @dfn{name of the
-subtopic}.  Once you have typed @kbd{m}, Info tries to read the
-subtopic name.
-
-  Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the
-screen.  There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is
-blank.  If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as @kbd{n}
-or @kbd{b} or Space or @kbd{m}.  If that line contains text ending
-in a colon, it mean Info is trying to read the @dfn{argument} to a
-command.  At such times, commands do not work, because Info tries to
-use them as the argument.  You must either type the argument and
-finish the command you started, or type @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the
-command.  When you have done one of those things, the line becomes
-blank again.
-
-  The command to go to a subnode via a menu is @kbd{m}.  After you type
-the @kbd{m}, the line at the bottom of the screen says @samp{Menu item: }.
-You must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with
-a @key{RET}.
-
-  You can abbreviate the subtopic name.  If the abbreviation is not
-unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen.  Some menus put
-the shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
-letters, so you can see how much you need to type.  It does not
-matter whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the
-subtopic.  You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the
-item name, except for one space where a space appears in the item in
-the menu.
-
-  You can also use the @dfn{completion} feature to help enter the subtopic
-name.  If you type the Tab key after entering part of a name, it will
-magically fill in more of the name---as much as follows uniquely from
-what you have entered.
-
-  If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do
-not need to type the argument: you just type a Return, and it stands for
-the subtopic of the line you are on.
-
-Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice.
-
-* Menu:	   The menu starts here.
-
-This menu gives you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO.
-
-* Foo:  Help-FOO.       A node you can visit for fun.@*
-* Bar:  Help-FOO.       Strange!  two ways to get to the same place.@*
-* Help-FOO::            And yet another!@*
-
-
->>  Now type just an @kbd{m} and see what happens:
-
-  Now you are ``inside'' an @kbd{m} command.  Commands cannot be used
-now; the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
-
-  You can change your mind about doing the @kbd{m} by typing Control-g.
-
->> Try that now;  notice the bottom line clear.
-
->> Then type another @kbd{m}.
-
->> Now type @samp{BAR} item name.  Do not type Return yet.
-
-  While you are typing the item name, you can use the Delete key to
-cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake.
-
->> Type one to cancel the @samp{R}.  You could type another @samp{R} to
-   replace it.  You do not have to, since @samp{BA} is a valid abbreviation.
-
->> Now you are ready to go.  Type a @key{RET}.
-
-  After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here.
-
->> Type @kbd{n} to see more commands.
-
-@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
-@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
-
-Here is another way to get to  Help-FOO, a menu.  You can ignore this
-if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here).
-
-@menu
-* Help-FOO::
-@end menu
-
-@node Help-FOO,  ,  , Help-M
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @kbd{u} command
-
-  Congratulations!  This is the node @samp{Help-FOO}.  Unlike the other
-nodes you have seen, this one has an @samp{Up}: @samp{Help-M}, the node you
-just came from via the @kbd{m} command.  This is the usual
-convention---the nodes you reach from a menu have @samp{Up} nodes that lead
-back to the menu.  Menus move Down in the tree, and @samp{Up} moves Up.
-@samp{Previous}, on the other hand, is usually used to ``stay on the same
-level but go backwards''
-
-  You can go back to the node @samp{Help-M} by typing the command
-@kbd{u} for ``Up''.  That puts you at the @emph{front} of the
-node---to get back to where you were reading you have to type
-some @key{SPC}s.
-
->> Now type @kbd{u} to move back up to @samp{Help-M}.
-
-@node Help-Adv, Help-Q, Help-M, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Some advanced Info commands
-
-  The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end.
-
-  If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
-retrace your steps, the @kbd{l} command (@kbd{l} for @dfn{last}) will
-do that, one node-step at a time.  As you move from node to node, Info
-records the nodes where you have been in a special history list.  The
-@kbd{l} command revisits nodes in the history list; each successive
-@kbd{l} command moves one step back through the history.
-
-  If you have been following directions, ad @kbd{l} command now will get
-you back to @samp{Help-M}.  Another @kbd{l} command would undo the
-@kbd{u} and get you back to @samp{Help-FOO}.  Another @kbd{l} would undo
-the @kbd{m} and get you back to @samp{Help-M}.
-
->> Try typing three @kbd{l}'s, pausing in between to see what each
-    @kbd{l} does.
-
-Then follow directions again and you will end up back here.
-
-  Note the difference between @kbd{l} and @kbd{p}: @kbd{l} moves to
-where @emph{you} last were, whereas @kbd{p} always moves to the node
-which the header says is the @samp{Previous} node (from this node, to
-@samp{Help-M}).
-
-  The @samp{d} command gets you instantly to the Directory node.
-This node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info,
-has a menu which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus),
-to all the nodes that exist.
-
->> Try doing a @samp{d}, then do an @kbd{l} to return here (yes,
-   @emph{do} return).
-
-  Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference.
-Cross references look like this: @xref{Help-Cross, Cross}.  That is a
-real, live cross reference which is named @samp{Cross} and points at
-the node named @samp{Help-Cross}.
-
-  If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the @samp{f}
-command.  The @samp{f} must be followed by the cross reference name
-(in this case, @samp{Cross}).  While you enter the name, you can use the
-Delete key to edit your input.  If you change your mind about following
-any reference, you can use @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command.
-
-  Completion is available in the @samp{f} command; you can complete among
-all the cross reference names in the current node by typing a Tab.
-
->> Type @samp{f}, followed by @samp{Cross}, and a @key{RET}.
-
-  To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you can
-type @kbd{?} after an @samp{f}.  The @samp{f} continues to await a
-cross reference name even after printing the list, so if you don't
-actually want to follow a reference, you should type a @kbd{Control-g}
-to cancel the @samp{f}.
-
->> Type "f?" to get a list of the cross references in this node.  Then
-   type a @kbd{Control-g} and see how the @samp{f} gives up.
-
->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the last node of the course.
-
-@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
-@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
-
-@node Help-Cross,  ,  , Help-Adv
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@unnumberedsubsec The node reached by the cross reference in Info
-
-  This is the node reached by the cross reference named @samp{Cross}.
-
-  While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
-reference, most cross references lead to nodes that ``belong''
-someplace else far away in the structure of Info.  So you cannot expect
-the footnote to have a @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} or @samp{Up} pointing back to
-where you came from.  In general, the @kbd{l} (el) command is the only
-way to get back there.
-
->> Type @kbd{l} to return to the node where the cross reference was.
-
-@node Help-Q,  , Help-Adv, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Quitting Info
-
-  To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type @kbd{q}
-for @dfn{Quit}.
-
-  This is the end of the course on using Info.  There are some other
-commands that are meant for experienced users; they are useful, and you
-can find them by looking in the directory node for documentation on
-Info.  Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual
-manner.
-
->> Type @samp{d} to go to the Info directory node; then type
-   @samp{mInfo} and Return, to get to the node about Info and
-   see what other help is available.
-
-@node Advanced Info, Create an Info File, Getting Started, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Info for Experts
-
-This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to write
-an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.  (However, in most cases, writing a
-Texinfo file is better, since you can use it @emph{both} to generate an
-Info file and to make a printed manual.  @xref{Top,, Overview of
-Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}.)
-
-@menu
-* Expert::               Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5.
-* Add::                  Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
-                           Also tells what nodes look like.
-* Menus::                How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
-* Cross-refs::           How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
-* Tags::                 How to make tag tables for Info files.
-* Checking::             Checking an Info File
-* Emacs Info Variables:: Variables modifying the behavior of Emacs Info.
-@end menu
-
-@node Expert, Add,  , Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Advanced Info Commands
-
-@kbd{g}, @kbd{s}, @kbd{1}, -- @kbd{9}, and @kbd{e}
-
-If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing @kbd{g}, the
-name, and @key{RET}.  Thus, @kbd{gTop@key{RET}} would go to the node
-called @samp{Top} in this file (its directory node).
-@kbd{gExpert@key{RET}} would come back here.
-
-Unlike @kbd{m}, @kbd{g} does not allow the use of abbreviations.
-
-To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the
-node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses.  Thus,
-@kbd{g(dir)Top@key{RET}} would go to the Info Directory node, which is
-node @samp{Top} in the file @file{dir}.
-
-The node name @samp{*} specifies the whole file.  So you can look at
-all of the current file by typing @kbd{g*@key{RET}} or all of any
-other file with @kbd{g(FILENAME)@key{RET}}.
-
-The @kbd{s} command allows you to search a whole file for a string.
-It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary.  You
-type @kbd{s} followed by the string to search for, terminated by
-@key{RET}.  To search for the same string again, just @kbd{s} followed
-by @key{RET} will do.  The file's nodes are scanned in the order
-they are in in the file, which has no necessary relationship to the
-order that they may be in in the tree structure of menus and @samp{next} pointers.
-But normally the two orders are not very different.  In any case,
-you can always do a @kbd{b} to find out what node you have reached, if
-the header is not visible (this can happen, because @kbd{s} puts your
-cursor at the occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the
-node).
-
-If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you
-might like to use the commands @kbd{1}, @kbd{2}, @kbd{3}, @kbd{4}, ...
-@kbd{9}.  They are short for the @kbd{m} command together with an
-argument.  @kbd{1} goes through the first item in the current node's
-menu; @kbd{2} goes through the second item, etc.
-
-If you display supports multiple fonts, and you are using Emacs' Info
-mode to read Info files, the @samp{*} for the fifth menu item is
-underlines, and so is the @samp{*} for the ninth item; these underlines
-make it easy to see at a glance which number to use for an item.
-
-On ordinary terminals, you won't have underlining.  If you need to
-actually count items, it is better to use @kbd{m} instead, and specify
-the name.
-
-The Info command @kbd{e} changes from Info mode to an ordinary
-Emacs editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node.
-Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to switch back to Info.  The @kbd{e} command is allowed
-only if the variable @code{Info-enable-edit} is non-@code{nil}.
-
-@node Add, Menus, Expert, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Adding a new node to Info
-
-To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must:
-@enumerate
-@item
-Create some nodes, in some file, to document that topic.
-@item
-Put that topic in the menu in the directory.  @xref{Menus, Menu}.
-@end enumerate
-
-Usually, the way to create the nodes is with Texinfo @pxref{Top,, Overview of
-Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}); this has the
-advantage that you can also make a printed manual from them.  However,
-if hyou want to edit an Info file, here is how.
-
-  The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
-one.  It must have a @key{^_} character before it (invisible to the
-user; this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either
-a @key{^_}, a @key{^L}, or the end of file.  Note: If you put in a
-@key{^L} to end a new node, be sure that there is a @key{^_} after it
-to start the next one, since @key{^L} cannot @emph{start} a node.
-Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well
-is to put a @key{^L} @emph{right after} the @key{^_}.
-
-  The @key{^_} starting a node must be followed by a newline or a
-@key{^L} newline, after which comes the node's header line.  The
-header line must give the node's name (by which Info finds it),
-and state the names of the @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and @samp{Up} nodes (if
-there are any).  As you can see, this node's @samp{Up} node is the node
-@samp{Top}, which points at all the documentation for Info.  The @samp{Next}
-node is @samp{Menus}.
-
-  The keywords @dfn{Node}, @dfn{Previous}, @dfn{Up}, and @dfn{Next},
-may appear in any order, anywhere in the header line, but the
-recommended order is the one in this sentence.  Each keyword must be
-followed by a colon, spaces and tabs, and then the appropriate name.
-The name may be terminated with a tab, a comma, or a newline.  A space
-does not end it; node names may contain spaces.  The case of letters
-in the names is insignificant.
-
-  A node name has two forms.  A node in the current file is named by
-what appears after the @samp{Node: } in that node's first line.  For
-example, this node's name is @samp{Add}.  A node in another file is
-named by @samp{(@var{filename})@var{node-within-file}}, as in
-@samp{(info)Add} for this node.  If the file name starts with ``./'',
-then it is relative to the current directory; otherwise, it is relative
-starting from the standard Info file directory of your site.
-The name @samp{(@var{filename})Top} can be abbreviated to just
-@samp{(@var{filename})}.  By convention, the name @samp{Top} is used for
-the ``highest'' node in any single file---the node whose @samp{Up} points
-out of the file.  The Directory node is @file{(dir)}.  The @samp{Top} node
-of a document file listed in the Directory should have an @samp{Up:
-(dir)} in it.
-
-  The node name @kbd{*} is special: it refers to the entire file.
-Thus, @kbd{g*} shows you the whole current file.  The use of the
-node @kbd{*} is to make it possible to make old-fashioned,
-unstructured files into nodes of the tree.
-
-  The @samp{Node:} name, in which a node states its own name, must not
-contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not
-expect one to be there.  The @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} and @samp{Up} names may
-contain them.  In this node, since the @samp{Up} node is in the same file,
-it was not necessary to use one.
-
-  Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
-line.  The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
-to help identify the node for the user.
-
-@node Menus, Cross-refs, Add, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section How to Create Menus
-
-  Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a @dfn{menu}---a list of subnodes. 
-The @kbd{m} command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
-reads from the terminal.
-
-  A menu begins with a line starting with @samp{* Menu:}.  The rest of the
-line is a comment.  After the starting line, every line that begins
-with a @samp{* } lists a single topic.  The name of the topic--the
-argument that the user must give to the @kbd{m} command to select this
-topic---comes right after the star and space, and is followed by a
-colon, spaces and tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that
-topic.  The node name, like node names following @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}
-and @samp{Up}, may be terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also
-be terminated with a period.
-
-  If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than
-giving the name twice, the abbreviation @samp{* NAME::} may be used
-(and should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual
-clutter in the menu).
-
-  It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ
-from each other very near the beginning---this allows the user to type
-short abbreviations.  In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize
-the beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
-abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
-
-  The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its ``subnodes'', and
-it is their ``superior''.  They should each have an @samp{Up:} pointing at
-the superior.  It is often useful to arrange all or most of the
-subnodes in a sequence of @samp{Next} and @samp{Previous} pointers so that someone who
-wants to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
-
-  The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node @samp{(dir)Top}---that
-is, node @samp{Top} in file @file{.../info/dir}.  You can put new entries
-in that menu just like any other menu.  The Info Directory is @emph{not} the
-same as the file directory called @file{info}.  It happens that many of
-Info's files live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and
-files on that directory are not automatically listed in the Info
-Directory node.
-
-  Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a ``hierarchy'',
-in fact it can be @emph{any} directed graph.  Shared structures and
-pointer cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are
-appropriate to the meaning to be expressed.  There is no need for all
-the nodes in a file to form a connected structure.  In fact, this file
-has two connected components.  You are in one of them, which is under
-the node @samp{Top}; the other contains the node @samp{Help} which the
-@kbd{h} command goes to.  In fact, since there is no garbage
-collector, nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed
-to, but such a substructure is rather useless since nobody can
-ever find out that it exists.
-
-@node Cross-refs, Tags, Menus, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Creating Cross References
-
-  A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
-item which must go at the front of a line.  A cross reference looks
-like a menu item except that it has @samp{*note} instead of @kbd{*}.
-It @emph{cannot} be terminated by a @samp{)}, because @samp{)}'s are
-so often part of node names.  If you wish to enclose a cross reference
-in parentheses, terminate it with a period first.  Here are two
-examples of cross references pointers:
-
-@example
-*Note details: commands.  (See *note 3: Full Proof.)
-@end example
-
-They are just examples.  The places they ``lead to'' do not really exist!
-
-@node Tags, Checking, Cross-refs, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tag Tables for Info Files
-
-  You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving
-it a tag table.  Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for
-an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used 
-automatically whenever Info reads in the file.
-
-  To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode and type
-@kbd{M-x Info-tagify}.  Then you must use @kbd{C-x C-s} to save the
-file.
-
-  Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up
-to date.  If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back
-more than a thousand characters in the file from the position
-recorded in the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that
-node.  To update the tag table, use the @code{Info-tagify} command again.
-
-  An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like
-this:
-
-@example
-^_
-Tag Table:
-File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419
-File: info,  Node: Tags^?22145
-^_
-End Tag Table
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains
-the beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name),
-a Delete character, and the character position in the file of the
-beginning of the node.
-
-@node Checking, Emacs Info Variables, Tags, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Checking an Info File
-
-  When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node
-when you are making a pointer to it from another node.  If you put in
-the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone
-tries to go through the pointer using Info.  Verification of the Info
-file is an automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and
-reports any pointers which are invalid.  Every @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and
-@samp{Up} is checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference.  In
-addition, any @samp{Next} which does not have a @samp{Previous} pointing back is
-reported.  Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking
-pointers to other files would be terribly slow.  But those are usually
-few.
-
-  To check an Info file, do @kbd{M-x Info-validate} while looking at
-any node of the file with Emacs Info mode.
-
-@node Emacs Info Variables, , Checking, Advanced Info
-@section Emacs Info-mode Variables
-
-The following variables may modify the behaviour of Info-mode in Emacs;
-you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or
-in your @file{~/.emacs} init file.  @xref{Examining, Examining and Setting
-Variables, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}.
-
-@table @code
-@item Info-enable-edit
-Set to @code{nil}, disables the @samp{e} (@code{Info-edit}) command.  A
-non-@code{nil} value enables it.  @xref{Add, Edit}.
-
-@item Info-enable-active-nodes
-When set to a non-@code{nil} value, allows Info to execute Lisp code
-associated with nodes.  The Lisp code is executed when the node is
-selected.
-
-@item Info-directory-list
-The list of directories to search for Info files.  Each element is a
-string (directory name) or @code{nil} (try default directory).
-
-@item Info-directory
-The standard directory for Info documentation files.  Only used when the
-function @code{Info-directory} is called.
-@end table
-
-@node Create an Info File,  , Advanced Info, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are
-GNU Emacs functions that do the same.
-
-@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an Info File, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, to learn how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
-
-@xref{Top,, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation
-Format}, to learn how to write a Texinfo file.
-
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index f9349c65c50..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1270 +0,0 @@
-@c This file is meant to be included in any arbitrary piece of
-@c documentation that wishes to describe the info program.  Some day
-@c info-stnd.texi should probably use this file instead of duplicating
-@c its contents. 
-@c
-@c This file documents the use of the standalone GNU Info program,
-@c versions 2.7 and later. 
-
-@ifclear InfoProgVer
-@set InfoProgVer 2.11
-@end ifclear
-@synindex vr cp
-@synindex fn cp
-@synindex ky cp
-
-@heading What is Info?
-
-This text documents the use of the GNU Info program, version
-@value{InfoProgVer}.
-
-@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view info files on an ASCII
-terminal. @dfn{info files} are the result of processing texinfo files
-with the program @code{makeinfo} or with  the Emacs command @code{M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer}.  Finally, @dfn{texinfo} is a documentation
-language which allows a printed manual and online documentation (an info
-file) to be produced from a single source file.
-
-@menu
-* Options::		    Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::	    Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::	    Commands for moving the node around in a window.
-* Node Commands::	    Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::	    Commands for searching an info file.
-* Xref Commands::	    Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::	    Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::	    How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::  A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::		    How to change the default behaviour of Info.
-@ifset NOTSET
-* Info for Sys Admins::	    How to setup Info.  Using special options.
-@end ifset
-@ifset STANDALONE
-* GNU Info Global Index::   Global index containing keystrokes, command names,
-			    variable names, and general concepts.
-@end ifset
-@end menu
-
-@node Options
-@chapter Command Line Options
-@cindex command line options
-@cindex arguments, command line
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-@example
-info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from
-the shell:
-
-@table @code
-@cindex directory path
-@item --directory @var{directory-path}
-@itemx -d @var{directory-path}
-Adds @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when
-Info needs to find a file.  You may issue @code{--directory} multiple
-times; once for each directory which contains info files.
-Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of
-@code{INFOPATH} is used.  The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon
-separated list of directory names.  If you do not supply
-@code{INFOPATH} or @code{--directory-path} a default path is used.
-
-@item --file @var{filename}
-@itemx -f @var{filename}
-@cindex info file, selecting
-Specifies a particular info file to visit.  Instead of visiting the file
-@code{dir}, Info will start with @code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first
-file and node.
-
-@item --node @var{nodename}
-@itemx -n @var{nodename}
-@cindex node, selecting
-Specifies a particular node to visit in the initial file loaded.  This
-is especially useful in conjunction with @code{--file}@footnote{Of
-course, you can specify both the file and node in a @code{--node}
-command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from
-the shell as in: @code{info --node '(emacs)Buffers'}}.  You may specify
-@code{--node} multiple times; for an interactive Info, each
-@var{nodename} is visited in its own window, for a non-interactive Info
-(such as when @code{--output} is given) each @var{nodename} is processed
-sequentially.
-
-@item --output @var{filename}
-@itemx -o @var{filename}
-@cindex file, outputting to
-@cindex outputting to a file
-Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to output to.  Each node
-that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of
-interactively viewed.  A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies
-the standard output.
-
-@item --subnodes
-@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option
-This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-@code{--output}.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-external info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are
-members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-@item --help
-@itemx -h
-Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options.
-
-@item --version
-@cindex version information
-Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-@item @var{menu-item}
-@cindex menu, following
-Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu items.  The
-first argument would be a menu item in the initial node visited, while
-the second argument would be a menu item in the first argument's node.
-You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu
-names which describe the path to that node.  For example,
-
-@example
-info emacs buffers
-@end example
-
-first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top},
-and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node
-@samp{(emacs)Top}.
-
-@end table
-
-@node Cursor Commands
-@chapter Moving the Cursor
-@cindex cursor, moving
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  @xref{Characters, , Character
-Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamilar with the
-notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it
-invokes @code{execute-extended-command}.  @xref{M-x, , Executing an
-extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed
-information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short
-description of what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands
-can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands,
-@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them.  With a
-numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that
-many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to
-@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines.  With a
-negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4
-given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move
-@emph{up} 4 lines.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line})
-@kindex C-n
-@findex next-line
-Moves the cursor down to the next line.
-
-@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line})
-@kindex C-p
-@findex prev-line
-Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in Info windows
-@findex beginning-of-line
-Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in Info windows
-@findex end-of-line
-Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char})
-@kindex C-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-char
-Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char})
-@kindex C-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-char
-Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-word
-Moves the cursor forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in Info winows
-@findex backward-word
-Moves the cursor backward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node})
-@itemx @code{b}
-@kindex b, in Info winows
-@kindex M-<
-@findex beginning-of-node
-Moves the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node})
-@kindex M->
-@findex end-of-node
-Moves the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line})
-@kindex M-r
-@findex move-to-window-line
-Moves the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a numeric
-argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the
-center of the window.  With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r}
-moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window.
-@end table
-
-@node Scrolling Commands
-@chapter Moving Text Within a Window
-@cindex scrolling
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward})
-@itemx @code{C-v}
-@kindex SPC, in Info windows
-@kindex C-v
-@findex scroll-forward
-Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node which
-is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric argument,
-show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric
-argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines
-(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom
-of the window.  Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom
-two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window,
-redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward})
-@itemx @code{M-v}
-@kindex DEL, in Info windows
-@kindex M-v
-@findex scroll-backward
-Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-@code{scroll-forward}.
-
-@end table
-
-@cindex scrolling through node structure
-The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also
-move forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If
-you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while
-viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the
-variable @code{scroll-behaviour}.  @xref{Variables,
-@code{scroll-behaviour}}, for more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display})
-@kindex C-l
-@findex redraw-display
-Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor
-to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears
-the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a numeric
-argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that
-it is on the @var{n}th line of the window.
-
-@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap})
-@kindex C-w
-@findex toggle-wrap
-Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.  Normally,
-lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are
-continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing
-in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can cause such lines to be
-terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line
-wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}.  When a line which needs more
-space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears
-in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is
-invisible.
-@end table
-
-@node Node Commands
-@chapter Selecting a New Node
-@cindex nodes, selection of
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and
-@samp{l}.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes
-are.  Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file
-when you use the following commands:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{n} (@code{next-node})
-@kindex n
-@findex next-node
-Selects the `Next' node.  
-
-@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node})
-@kindex p
-@findex prev-node
-Selects the `Prev' node.
-
-@item @code{u} (@code{up-node})
-@kindex u
-@findex up-node
-Selects the `Up' node.
-@end table
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and
-actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this
-window.  @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through
-the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between
-two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{l} (@code{history-node})
-@kindex l
-@findex history-node
-Selects the most recently selected node in this window.
-@end table
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{t} (@code{top-node})
-@kindex t
-@findex top-node
-Selects the node @samp{Top} in the current info file.
-
-@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node})
-@kindex d
-@findex dir-node
-Selects the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}).
-@end table
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{<} (@code{first-node})
-@kindex <
-@findex first-node
-Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is most
-often @samp{Top}, but it doesn't have to be.
-
-@item @code{>} (@code{last-node})
-@kindex >
-@findex last-node
-Selects the last node which appears in this file.
-
-@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node})
-@kindex ]
-@findex global-next-node
-Moves forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected.  If
-there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the
-@samp{Up} node of this node.
-
-@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-@kindex [
-@findex global-prev-node
-Moves backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected,
-and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-@end table
-
-You can get the same behaviour as @code{global-next-node} and
-@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with
-@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behaviour}}, for
-more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node})
-@kindex g
-@findex goto-node
-Reads the name of a node and selects it.  No completion is done while
-reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate
-file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the info file.  A
-file name may be included as with any node specification, for example
-
-@example
-@code{g(emacs)Buffers}
-@end example
-
-finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the info file @file{emacs}.
-
-@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node})
-@kindex C-x k
-@findex kill-node
-Kills a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a
-default of the current node.  @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries
-hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept
-for the window where that node is found.  Another node is selected in
-the window which contained the killed node.
-
-@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file})
-@kindex C-x C-f
-@findex view-file
-Reads the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-@example
-@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}}
-@end example
-is equivalent to typing
-@example
-@code{g(@var{filename})*}
-@end example
-
-@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes})
-@kindex C-x C-b
-@findex list-visited-nodes
-Makes a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes.
-This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard
-Info commands within it.
-
-@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node})
-@kindex C-x b
-@findex select-visited-node
-Selects a node which has been previously visited in a visible window.
-This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is
-created.
-@end table
-
-@node Searching Commands
-@chapter Searching an Info File
-@cindex searching
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire info file, search through the indices of an info file, or find
-areas within an info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{s} (@code{search})
-@kindex s
-@findex search
-Reads a string in the echo area and searches for it.
-
-@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward})
-@kindex C-s
-@findex isearch-forward
-Interactively searches forward through the info file for a string as you
-type it.
-
-@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward})
-@kindex C-r
-@findex isearch-backward
-Interactively searches backward through the info file for a string as
-you type it.
-
-@item @code{i} (@code{index-search})
-@kindex i
-@findex index-search
-Looks up a string in the indices for this info file, and selects a node
-where the found index entry points to.
-
-@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match})
-@kindex ,
-@findex next-index-match
-Moves to the node containing the next matching index item from the last
-@samp{i} command.
-@end table
-
-The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}).  The
-@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then
-searches the remainder of the info file for an ocurrence of that string.
-If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the
-cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent
-@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and
-@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the
-default search string.
-
-@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the
-string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until
-the entire search string has been specified.
-
-@node Xref Commands
-@chapter Selecting Cross References
-
-We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up}
-pointers which appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these
-pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a
-different node, perhaps in another info file.  Such pointers are called
-@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short.
-
-@menu
-* Parts of an Xref::	What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::	Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-@end menu
-
-@node Parts of an Xref
-@section Parts of an Xref
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of
-the node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the
-label appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu
-cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the
-target.
-
-@example
-* Foo Label: Foo Target.	More information about Foo.
-@end example
-
-Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target.  The @samp{.} is
-not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target
-name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-@example
-* Foo Commands::		Commands pertaining to Foo.
-@end example
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross references while viewing nodes:
-@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references.  Menu references
-appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning
-of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which
-describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev} and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references
-can point to any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place
-where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject.
-Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross
-references.
-
-@node Selecting Xrefs
-@section Selecting Xrefs
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit})
-@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9}
-@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@findex menu-digit
-Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}),
-selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the
-@emph{last} item in the node's menu.
-
-@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item})
-@kindex 0, in Info windows
-@findex last-menu-item
-Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item})
-@kindex m
-@findex menu-item
-Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node.
-Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-@item @code{M-x find-menu}
-@findex find-menu
-Moves the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-@end table
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item})
-@itemx @code{r}
-@kindex f
-@kindex r
-@findex xref-item
-Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects
-its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross reference
-label.
-@end table
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref})
-@kindex TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-next-xref
-Moves the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-reference in this node.  You can then use @key{RET}
-(@code{select-reference-this-line} to select the menu or note reference.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref})
-@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-prev-xref
-Moves the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-reference in this node.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line})
-@kindex RET, in Info windows
-@findex select-reference-this-line
-Selects the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-@end table
-
-@node Window Commands
-@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows
-@cindex windows, manipulating
-
-A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a
-view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated
-@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-@menu
-* The Mode Line::	What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::	Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::	Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-@end menu
-
-@node The Mode Line
-@section The Mode Line
-
-A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom
-of an info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above
-it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}.
-
-@example
------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-            ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-          (file)Node #lines    where
-@end example
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s.  In addition, if
-the info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name
-of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-@example
---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-@end example 
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(@samp{*}).  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window
-are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node
-showing possible completions:
-
-@example
------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-@end example
-
-@node Basic Windows
-@section Window Commands
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}.  Each window has its
-own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}).
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window})
-@cindex windows, selecting
-@kindex C-x o
-@findex next-window
-Selects the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can only be
-selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily.
-Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on
-the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first
-window on the screen.  Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over
-that many windows.  A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select
-the previous window on the screen.
-
-@item @code{M-x prev-window}
-@findex prev-window
-Selects the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument.
-
-@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window})
-@cindex windows, creating
-@kindex C-x 2
-@findex split-window
-Splits the current window into two windows, both showing the same node.
-Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor
-remains in the original window.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling}
-can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you
-automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more
-information.
-
-@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window})
-@cindex windows, deleting
-@kindex C-x 0
-@findex delete-window
-Deletes the current window from the screen.  If you have made too many
-windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of
-some of them.
-
-@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window})
-@kindex C-x 1
-@findex keep-one-window
-Deletes all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows
-@findex scroll-other-window
-Scrolls the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might
-scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, the "other"
-window is scrolled backward.
-
-@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window})
-@kindex C-x ^
-@findex grow-window
-Grows (or shrinks) the current window.  Given a numeric argument, grows
-the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument,
-the window is shrunk instead.
-
-@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows})
-@cindex tiling
-@kindex C-x t
-@findex tile-windows
-Divides the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display
-its contents.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause
-@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}.
-@end table
-
-@node The Echo Area
-@section The Echo Area
-@cindex echo area
-
-The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of
-the screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward})
-@kindex C-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward
-Moves forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward})
-@kindex C-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward
-Moves backward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-beg-of-line
-Moves to the start of the input line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-end-of-line
-Moves to the end of the input line.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward-word
-Moves forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-word
-Moves backward a word.
-
-@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete})
-@kindex C-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-delete
-Deletes the character under the cursor.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout})
-@kindex DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-rubout
-Deletes the character behind the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort})
-@kindex C-g, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-abort
-Cancels or quits the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-completion.  If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling
-function.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline})
-@kindex RET, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-newline
-Accepts (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert})
-@kindex C-q, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-quoted-insert
-Inserts the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert control
-characters into a search string, for example.
-
-@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert})
-@kindex printing characters, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-insert
-Inserts the character.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert})
-@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-tab-insert
-Inserts a TAB character.
-
-@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars})
-@kindex C-t, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-transpose-chars
-Transposes the characters at the cursor.
-@end table
-
-The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking}
-text.  For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking,
-@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word})
-@kindex M-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-word
-Kills the word following the cursor.
-
-@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word})
-@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word
-Kills the word preceding the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line})
-@kindex C-k, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-line
-Kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line})
-@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line
-Kills the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank})
-@kindex C-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank
-Yanks back the contents of the last kill.
-
-@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop})
-@kindex M-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank-pop
-Yanks back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-@end table
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one
-of them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make,
-Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this
-is called @dfn{completion}.
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete})
-@itemx @code{SPC}
-@kindex TAB, in the echo area
-@kindex SPC, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-complete
-Inserts as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions})
-@kindex ?, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-possible-completions
-Displays a window containing a list of the possible completions of what
-you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices are:
-@example
-bar
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end example
-and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible
-completions would contain:
-@example
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end example
-i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}.  Pressing @key{SPC}
-or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since
-all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}.
-Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate}
-appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins
-with @samp{fol}.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window
-Scrolls the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-window if not.
-@end table
-
-@node Printing Nodes
-@chapter Printing Out Nodes
-@cindex printing
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the
-document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the texinfo
-source file.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x print-node}
-@findex print-node
-@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable
-Pipes the contents of the current node through the command in the
-environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}.  If the variable doesn't
-exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}.
-@end table
-
-@node Miscellaneous Commands
-@chapter Miscellaneous Commands
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x describe-command}
-@cindex functions, describing
-@cindex commands, describing
-@findex describe-command
-Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area and then displays a
-brief description of what that command does.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-key}
-@cindex keys, describing
-@findex describe-key
-Reads a key sequence in the echo area, and then displays the name and
-documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-
-@item @code{M-x where-is}
-@findex where-is
-Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then displays
-a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window})
-@itemx @code{?}
-@kindex C-h
-@kindex ?, in Info windows
-@findex get-help-window
-Creates (or moves into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and places
-a node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window displays
-the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node})
-@kindex h
-@findex get-info-help-node
-Tries hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}.  The info file
-@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then
-placed into the location of your info directory.
-@end table
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument})
-@cindex numeric arguments
-@kindex C-u
-@findex universal-argument
-Starts (or multiplies by 4) the current numeric argument.  @samp{C-u} is
-a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg})
-@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9}
-@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9
-@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg
-Adds the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type
-the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For example, you
-might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-@example
-@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-or
-@example
-@kbd{M-3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-@end table
-
-@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key
-sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and
-to cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key})
-@cindex cancelling typeahead
-@cindex cancelling the current operation
-@kindex C-g, in Info windows
-@findex abort-key
-Cancels current operation.
-@end table
-
-The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{q} (@code{quit})
-@cindex quitting
-@kindex q
-@findex quit
-Exits GNU Info.
-@end table
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-screen-height}
-@findex set-screen-height
-@cindex screen, changing the height of
-Reads a height value in the echo area and sets the height of the
-displayed screen to that value.
-@end table
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes})
-@kindex ESC C-f
-@findex show-footnotes
-@cindex footnotes, displaying
-Shows the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another
-window.  You can have Info automatically display the footnotes
-associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable
-@code{automatic-footnotes}.  @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}.
-@end table
-
-@node Variables
-@chapter Manipulating Variables
-
-GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by various
-Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables, and thus
-change the behaviour of Info to more closely match your environment and
-info file reading manner.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-variable}
-@cindex variables, setting
-@findex set-variable
-Reads the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and
-then sets the variable to that value.  Completion is available when
-reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading
-the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable
-itself.  If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to
-complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-@cindex variables, describing
-@findex describe-variable
-Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-@end table
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-@table @code
-@item automatic-footnotes
-@vindex automatic-footnotes
-When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-This variable is @code{On} by default.  When a node is selected, a
-window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created,
-and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.  The window that
-Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}.  If
-a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*}
-window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted.
-Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so
-that they can use as little of the display as is possible.
-
-@item automatic-tiling
-@vindex automatic-tiling
-When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other
-windows.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Normally, typing
-@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are
-resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the
-windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not}
-resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size.
-
-@item visible-bell
-@vindex visible-bell
-When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-ringing the bell.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Of course,
-Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case
-that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no
-effect.  However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the
-@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}.
-
-@item errors-ring-bell
-@vindex errors-ring-bell
-When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-setting of this variable is @code{On}.
-
-@item gc-compressed-files
-@vindex gc-compressed-files
-When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be
-uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is @code{Off}.
-Whenever a node is visited in Info, the info file containing that node
-is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes
-contained in that file.  Once the tags information is read by Info, it
-is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of the nodes does not need
-to remain in core unless a particular info window needs it.  For
-non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when
-it is no longer in use.  But de-compressing a file can be a time
-consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice.
-@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the
-text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk.
-
-@item show-index-match
-@vindex show-index-match
-When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is
-highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-string was found.  The default value of this variable is @code{On}.
-When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the
-string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse
-case from its surrounding characters.
-
-@item scroll-behaviour
-@vindex scroll-behaviour
-Controls what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of
-a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a
-node.  The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}.  There
-are three possible values for this variable:
-
-@table @code
-@item Continuous
-Tries to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the
-@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}.
-This behaviour is identical to using the @samp{]}
-(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-commands.
-
-@item Next Only
-Only tries to get the @samp{Next} node.
-
-@item Page Only
-Simply gives up, changing nothing.  If @code{scroll-behaviour} is
-@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being
-viewed.
-@end table
-
-@item scroll-step
-@vindex scroll-step
-The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window.
-Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the
-visible portion of the node text when it is time to display.  Usually
-the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the
-current window.  However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a
-nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines;
-if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what
-is done.  The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the
-cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window.
-Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which
-some people prefer.
-
-@item ISO-Latin
-@cindex ISO Latin characters
-@vindex ISO-Latin
-When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  @code{ISO-Latin} tells
-Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard
-character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to
-Info, as well as display them.
-@end table
-
-@c The following node and its children are currently unfinished.  Please feel
-@c free to finish it!
-
-@ifset NOTSET
-@node Info for Sys Admins
-@chapter Info for System Administrators
-
-This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info heierarchy
-from scratch, and details the various options that are available when
-installing Info.  This text is designed for the person who is installing
-GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present
-in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to
-use GNU Info.
-
-@menu
-* Setting the INFOPATH::	Where are my Info files kept?
-* Editing the DIR node::	What goes in `DIR', and why?
-* Storing Info files::		Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups.
-* Using `localdir'::		Building DIR on the fly.
-* Example setups::		Some common ways to origanize Info files.
-@end menu
-
-@node Setting the INFOPATH
-@section Setting the INFOPATH
-Where are my Info files kept?
-
-@node Editing the DIR node
-@section Editing the DIR node
-What goes in `DIR', and why?
-
-@node Storing Info files
-@section Storing Info files
-Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups.
-
-@node Using `localdir'
-@section Using `localdir'
-Building DIR on the fly.
-
-@node Example setups
-@section Example setups
-Some common ways to origanize Info files.
-@end ifset
-
-@ifset STANDALONE
-@node GNU Info Global Index
-@appendix Global Index
-@printindex cp
-@end ifset
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 156989ed711..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
-
-/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
-   stored in Info format.
-
-   This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation;
-   thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-   Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
-
-#if !defined (ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC)
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-extern void *malloc (), *realloc ();
-static void memory_error_and_abort ();
-
-/* **************************************************************** */
-/*								    */
-/*		   Memory Allocation and Deallocation.		    */
-/*								    */
-/* **************************************************************** */
-
-/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
-   to hold BYTES number of bytes.  If the memory cannot be allocated,
-   print an error message and abort. */
-void *
-xmalloc (bytes)
-     int bytes;
-{
-  void *temp = malloc (bytes);
-
-  if (!temp)
-    memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
-  return (temp);
-}
-
-void *
-xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
-     void *pointer;
-     int bytes;
-{
-  void *temp;
-
-  if (!pointer)
-    temp = malloc (bytes);
-  else
-    temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
-
-  if (!temp)
-    memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
-
-  return (temp);
-}
-
-static void
-memory_error_and_abort (fname)
-     char *fname;
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of virtual memory!\n", fname);
-  abort ();
-}
-#endif /* !ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/install.sh b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/install.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 89fc9b098b8..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/install.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-#
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-tranformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "install:	no input file specified"
-	exit 1
-else
-	true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-	
-	if [ -d $dst ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
-	then
-		true
-	else
-		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
-		exit 1
-	fi
-	
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "install:	no destination specified"
-		exit 1
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
-	if [ -d $dst ]
-	then
-		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='	
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
-	shift
-
-	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
-	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
-	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
-	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
-	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 8474091d758..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for GNU texinfo/libtxi.  -*- Indented-Text -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-#### Start of system configuration section. ####
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-CC = @CC@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-
-LN	= ln
-RM	= rm -f
-TAR	= tar
-MKDIR	= mkdir
-COMPRESS= compress
-
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LOADLIBES = $(LIBS)
-
-# This is normally inherited from parent make, but if someone wants to
-# build libtxi.a alone, this variable will still be properly defined.
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
-# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'.
-binprefix = 
-libdir = $(prefix)/lib
-# Prefix for each installed man page, normally empty or `g'.
-manprefix = 
-mandir = $(prefix)/man/man1
-manext = 1
-infodir = $(prefix)/info
-
-#### End of system configuration section. ####
-
-SRCS =  getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c bzero.c
-OBJS =  getopt.o getopt1.o bzero.o $(ALLOCA)
-
-PROGS = libtxi.a
-
-all: $(PROGS)
-sub-all: all
-
-.c.o:
-	$(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) $<
-
-libtxi.a: $(OBJS)
-	ar qcv libtxi.a $(OBJS)
-	$(RANLIB) libtxi.a
-
-getopt.o: getopt.c getopt.h
-getopt1.o: getopt1.c getopt.h
-alloca.o: alloca.c
-
-install:
-uninstall:
-
-TAGS: $(SRCS)
-	etags $(SRCS)
-
-clean:
-	rm -f *.o a.out core core.* $(PROGS)
-
-mostlyclean: clean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile config.status
-
-realclean: distclean
-	rm -f TAGS
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
-	cd ..; sh config.status
-
-# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV.
-.NOEXPORT:
-
-# eof
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7020f32c882..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,492 +0,0 @@
-/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
-   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
-
-   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
-   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
-   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
-   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
-
-   There are some preprocessor constants that can
-   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
-
-   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
-
-   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
-#endif
-
-/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
-
-/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
-   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
-
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
-/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
-   in order to make unexec workable
-   */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-you
-lose
--- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
-
-/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
-   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
-
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
-
-#if __STDC__
-typedef void *pointer;
-#else
-typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
-
-#define	NULL	0
-
-/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
-   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
-   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
-   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
-   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
-
-   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
-
-   Callers below should use malloc.  */
-
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
-extern pointer malloc ();
-
-/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-   deduced at run-time.
-
-   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
-
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
-
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
-
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
-
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
-
-static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
-
-static void
-find_stack_direction ()
-{
-  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
-  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
-
-  if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* Initial entry.  */
-      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
-
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Second entry.  */
-      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
-	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
-      else
-	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
-    }
-}
-
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
-
-/* An "alloca header" is used to:
-   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
-   (b) keep track of stack depth.
-
-   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
-   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
-
-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
-
-typedef union hdr
-{
-  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
-  struct
-    {
-      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
-      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
-    } h;
-} header;
-
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
-
-/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
-   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
-   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
-
-pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
-{
-  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
-  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
-
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
-    find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
-
-  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
-
-  {
-    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
-
-#ifdef emacs
-    BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
-
-    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
-      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
-	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
-	{
-	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
-
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
-
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
-	}
-      else
-	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
-
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
-
-#ifdef emacs
-    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
-  }
-
-  if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
-
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
-
-  {
-    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
-    /* Address of header.  */
-
-    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
-
-    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
-
-    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
-
-    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
-  }
-}
-
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
-/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
-struct stack_control_header
-  {
-    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
-    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
-    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
-    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
-  };
-
-/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
-   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
-   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
-   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
-   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
-   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
-
-struct stack_segment_linkage
-  {
-    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
-    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
-    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
-				   segment of stack.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
-    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
-				   microtasking.  */
-    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
-    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
-    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
-    long ssa0;
-    long ssa1;
-    long ssa2;
-    long ssa3;
-    long ssa4;
-    long ssa5;
-    long ssa6;
-    long ssa7;
-    long sss0;
-    long sss1;
-    long sss2;
-    long sss3;
-    long sss4;
-    long sss5;
-    long sss6;
-    long sss7;
-  };
-
-#else /* CRAY2 */
-/* The following structure defines the vector of words
-   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
-struct stk_stat
-  {
-    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
-    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
-				   be required to satisfy the maximum
-				   stack demand to date.  */
-    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
-    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
-    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
-    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
-    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
-    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
-    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
-    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
-    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
-    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
-    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
-    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
-    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
-				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
-				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
-    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
-    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
-  };
-
-/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
-   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
-   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
-
-struct stk_trailer
-  {
-    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
-    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
-				   this trailer).  */
-    long unknown2;
-    long unknown3;
-    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
-				   segment.  */
-    long unknown5;
-    long unknown6;
-    long unknown7;
-    long unknown8;
-    long unknown9;
-    long unknown10;
-    long unknown11;
-    long unknown12;
-    long unknown13;
-    long unknown14;
-  };
-
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
-
-#ifdef CRAY2
-/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long *address)
-{
-  struct stk_stat status;
-  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
-  long *block, size;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
-     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
-     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
-     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
-
-  STKSTAT (&status);
-
-  /* Set up the iteration.  */
-
-  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
-				    + status.current_size
-				    - 15);
-
-  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
-     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
-
-  while (trailer != 0)
-    {
-      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
-      size = trailer->this_size;
-      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
-	abort ();
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
-     of all predecessor segments.  */
-
-  result = address - block;
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    {
-      return result;
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
-	abort ();
-      result += trailer->this_size;
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-    }
-  while (trailer != 0);
-
-  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
-     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
-     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
-     not what you want.  */
-
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
-/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
-   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
-   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
-   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
-   for alloca.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long address)
-{
-  long stkl = 0;
-
-  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
-
-  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
-     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
-     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
-     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
-
-     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
-     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
-
-  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
-  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-
-  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
-     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
-
-     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
-     nonzero.  */
-
-  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-  size = ssptr->sssize;
-
-  this_segment = stkl - size;
-
-  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
-     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
-     contain the target address.  */
-
-  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
-    {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
-      if (pseg == 0)
-	break;
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      this_segment = stkl - size;
-    }
-
-  result = address - this_segment;
-
-  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
-     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
-     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
-     a cycle somewhere.  */
-
-  while (pseg != 0)
-    {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      result += size;
-    }
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-#endif /* no alloca */
-#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e73738234fd..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- * any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this
- * program's author (see below) or write to: The Free Software Foundation,
- * Inc.; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330. Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
- */
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_MEMSET) && !defined (HAVE_BZERO)
-
-void
-bzero (b, length)
-     register char *b;
-     register int length;
-{
-#ifdef VMS /* but this is definitely VMS-specific */
-  short zero = 0;
-  long max_str = 65535;
-
-  while (length > max_str)
-    {
-      (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &max_str, b);
-      length -= max_str;
-      b += max_str;
-    }
-  (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &length, b);
-#else
-  while (length-- > 0)
-    *b++ = 0;
-#endif /* not VMS */
-}
-
-#endif /* not HAVE_MEMSET && not HAVE_BZERO */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 36ebf5c5b03..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
-   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
-
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages.  */
-#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
-   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
-   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
-   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
-   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
-   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
-   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
-   Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
-   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
-   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
-   in which the last option character we returned was found.
-   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
-   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
-   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
-   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
-   system's own getopt implementation.  */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
-   If the caller did not specify anything,
-   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
-   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
-   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
-   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
-   This is what Unix does.
-   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
-   of the list of option characters.
-
-   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
-   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
-   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
-   expect this.
-
-   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
-   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
-   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
-   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
-   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
-   selects this mode of operation.
-
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
-
-static enum
-{
-  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
-     const char *str;
-     int chr;
-{
-  while (*str)
-    {
-      if (*str == chr)
-	return (char *) str;
-      str++;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
-   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
-   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
-   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
-   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
-   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
-   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int bottom = first_nonopt;
-  int middle = last_nonopt;
-  int top = optind;
-  char *tem;
-
-  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
-     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
-     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
-     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
-
-  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
-    {
-      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
-	{
-	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = middle - bottom;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
-	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
-	  top -= len;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = top - middle;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
-	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
-	  bottom += len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
-
-  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
-  last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
-
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (optstring)
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
-     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
-     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
-
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
-
-  nextchar = NULL;
-
-  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
-  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
-
-  if (optstring[0] == '-')
-    {
-      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
-    {
-      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
-    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-  else
-    ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-  return optstring;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
-   given in OPTSTRING.
-
-   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
-   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
-   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-   from each of the option elements.
-
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
-   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
-   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
-   so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
-   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
-   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
-   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
-   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
-   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
-   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
-   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
-   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
-   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
-   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
-
-   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
-   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
-   with other systems.
-
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
-   element containing a name which is zero.
-
-   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
-   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
-   recent call.
-
-   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
-   long-named options.  */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-     const struct option *longopts;
-     int *longind;
-     int long_only;
-{
-  optarg = NULL;
-
-  if (optind == 0)
-    {
-      optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
-      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
-    }
-
-  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
-    {
-      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
-	{
-	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
-	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-
-	  /* Skip any additional non-options
-	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
-
-	  while (optind < argc
-		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
-	    optind++;
-	  last_nonopt = optind;
-	}
-
-      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
-	 Skip it like a null option,
-	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
-	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
-
-      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
-	{
-	  optind++;
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-	  last_nonopt = argc;
-
-	  optind = argc;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
-	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
-
-      if (optind == argc)
-	{
-	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
-	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
-	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return EOF;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
-	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
-
-      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
-	{
-	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return EOF;
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  return 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
-	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
-
-      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
-		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
-    }
-
-  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
-
-  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
-     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
-     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
-     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
-     way to give the -f short option.
-
-     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
-     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
-     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
-     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
-
-  if (longopts != NULL
-      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
-    {
-      char *nameend;
-      const struct option *p;
-      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-      int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound;
-      int option_index;
-
-      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      /* Test all long options for either exact match
-	 or abbreviated matches.  */
-      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	  {
-	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
-	      {
-		/* Exact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-		exact = 1;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound == NULL)
-	      {
-		/* First nonexact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-	      ambig = 1;
-	  }
-
-      if (ambig && !exact)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-
-      if (pfound != NULL)
-	{
-	  option_index = indfound;
-	  optind++;
-	  if (*nameend)
-	    {
-	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
-	      if (pfound->has_arg)
-		optarg = nameend + 1;
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	    {
-	      if (optind < argc)
-		optarg = argv[optind++];
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  if (longind != NULL)
-	    *longind = option_index;
-	  if (pfound->flag)
-	    {
-	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-	  return pfound->val;
-	}
-
-      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
-	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
-	 option, then it's an error.
-	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
-      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    {
-	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
-		/* --option */
-		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], nextchar);
-	      else
-		/* +option or -option */
-		fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
-	    }
-	  nextchar = (char *) "";
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
-
-  {
-    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
-    if (*nextchar == '\0')
-      ++optind;
-
-    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
-      {
-	if (opterr)
-	  {
-	    if (posixly_correct)
-	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	  }
-	optopt = c;
-	return '?';
-      }
-    if (temp[1] == ':')
-      {
-	if (temp[2] == ':')
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      optarg = NULL;
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else if (optind == argc)
-	      {
-		if (opterr)
-		  {
-		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
-		  }
-		optopt = c;
-		if (optstring[0] == ':')
-		  c = ':';
-		else
-		  c = '?';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	      optarg = argv[optind++];
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-      }
-    return c;
-  }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
-			   (const struct option *) 0,
-			   (int *) 0,
-			   0);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
-      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == EOF)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 952f4830d3d..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cf0bfb0138..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
-   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
-   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
-   instead.  */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-      int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
-      {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
-      };
-
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == EOF)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 521625464cd..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
-   if the source overlaps with the destination.
-   Return DESTADDR. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-char *
-memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
-     char *destaddr;
-     const char *srcaddr;
-     int len;
-{
-  char *dest = destaddr;
-
-  while (len-- > 0)
-    *destaddr++ = *srcaddr++;
-  return dest;
-}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d7bdd7cd995..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-/* memmove.c -- copy memory.
-   Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST.  Does not null-terminate.
-   In the public domain.
-   By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-void
-memmove (dest, source, length)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *source;
-     unsigned length;
-{
-  if (source < dest)
-    /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end.  */
-    for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length)
-      *--dest = *--source;
-  else if (source != dest)
-    /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning.  */
-    for (; length; --length)
-      *dest++ = *source++;
-}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d60f13948a..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-char *strcpy ();
-#endif
-
-/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR,
-   or 0 if out of memory. */
-
-char *
-strdup (str)
-     const char *str;
-{
-  char *newstr;
-
-  newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1);
-  if (newstr)
-    strcpy (newstr, str);
-  return newstr;
-}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a3fe802392..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-@c This file is included in makeinfo.texi.
-@c
-@ifinfo
-@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility.
-
-@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name.
-@macro texinfo{}
-TeXinfo
-@end macro
-
-@macro dfn{text}
-@dfn{\text\}
-@cpindex \text\
-@end macro
-
-@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the
-@c Makeinfo program.
-@macro makeinfo{}
-@code{Makeinfo}
-@end macro
-
-@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros.  This one makes
-@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command.  Note
-@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the
-@c expansion text.  This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of
-@c macro execution.
-@macro node_define{orig-name}
-@macro \orig-name\{title}
-@node \title\
-@\orig-name\ \title\
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands.
-@node_define {chapter}
-@node_define {section}
-@node_define {subsection}
-@end ifinfo
-
-@chapter The Macro Facility
-
-This chapter describes the new macro facility.
-
-A @dfn{macro} is a command that you define in terms of other commands.
-It doesn't exist as a @texinfo{} command until you define it as part of
-the input file to @makeinfo{}.  Once the command exists, it behaves much
-as any other @texinfo{} command.  Macros are a useful way to ease the
-details and tedium of writing a `correct' info file.  The following
-sections explain how to write and invoke macros.
-
-@menu
-* How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}::
-                        How to use the macro facility.
-
-* Using Macros Recursively::
-                        How to write a macro which does (or doesn't) recurse.
-
-* Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments::
-                        Passing a macro as an argument.
-@end menu
-
-@section How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}
-
-Using macros in @texinfo{} is easy.  First you define the macro.  After
-that, the macro command is available as a normal @texinfo{} command.
-Here is what a definition looks like:
-
-@example
-@@macro @var{name}@{@var{arg1}, @var{@dots{}} @var{argn}@}
-@var{@texinfo{} commands@dots{}}
-@@end macro
-@end example
-
-The arguments that you specify that the macro takes are expanded with
-the actual parameters used when calling the macro if they are seen
-surrounded by backslashes.  For example, here is a definition of
-@code{@@codeitem}, a macro which can be used wherever @code{@@item} can
-be used, but which surrounds its argument with @code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}.
-
-@example
-@@macro codeitem@{item@}
-@@item @@code@{\item\@}
-@@end macro
-@end example
-
-When the macro is expanded, all of the text between the @code{@@macro}
-and @code{@@end macro} is inserted into the document at the expansion
-point, with the actual parameters substituted for the named parameters.
-So, a call to the above macro might look like:
-
-@example
-@@codeitem@{Foo@}
-@end example
-
-and @makeinfo{} would execute the following code:
-
-@example
-@@item @@code@{Foo@}
-@end example
-
-A special case is made for macros which only take a single argument, and
-which are invoked without any brace characters (i.e.,
-@samp{@{}@dots{}@samp{@}}) surrounding an argument; the rest of the line
-is supplied as is as the sole argument to the macro.  This special case
-allows one to redefine some standard @texinfo{} commands without
-modifying the input file.  Along with the non-recursive action of macro
-invocation, one can easily redefine the sectioning commands to also
-provide index entries:
-
-@example
-@@macro chapter@{name@}
-@@chapter \name\
-@@findex \name\
-@@end macro
-@end example
-
-Thus, the text:
-
-@example
-@@chapter strlen
-@end example
-
-will expand to:
-
-@example
-@@chapter strlen
-@@findex strlen
-@end example
-
-@section Using Macros Recursively
-
-Normally, while a particular macro is executing, any call to that macro
-will be seen as a call to a builtin @texinfo{} command.  This allows one
-to redefine a builtin @texinfo{} command as a macro, and then use that
-command within the definition of the macro itself.  For example, one
-might wish to make sure that whereever a term was defined with
-@code{@@dfn@{@dots{}@}}, the location of the definition would appear
-in the concept index for the manual.  Here is a macro which redefines
-@code{@@dfn} to do just that:
-
-@example
-@@macro dfn@{text@}
-@@dfn@{\text\@}
-@@cpindex \text\
-@@end macro
-@end example
-
-Note that we used the builtin @texinfo{} command @code{@@dfn} within our
-overriding macro definition.
-
-This behaviour itself can be overridden for macro execution by writing a
-special @dfn{macro control command} in the definition of the macro.  The
-command is considered special because it doesn't affect the output text
-directly, rather, it affects the way in which the macro is defined.  One
-such special command is @code{@@allow-recursion}.
-
-@example
-@@macro silly@{arg@}
-@@allow-recursion
-\arg\
-@@end macro
-@end example
-
-Now @code{@@silly} is a macro that can be used within a call to itself:
-
-@example
-This text @@silly@{@@silly@{some text@}@} is ``some text''.
-@end example
-
-@section Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments
-
-@printindex cp
-How to use @texinfo{} macros as arguments to other @texinfo{} macros.
-
-@bye
-
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index d3554ff3ddc..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename example.info
-@set VERSION 1.58
-@paragraphindent none
-@comment %**end of header
-
-@include simpledoc.texi
-
-@document {@makeinfo{}, Brian J. Fox,
-This file is an extract from the @cite{@texinfo{}} manual.@*
-It documents @makeinfo{}\, a program that converts @texinfo{} files into
-Info files.
-}
-
-@menu
-* What is @makeinfo{}?::
-* Controlling Paragraph Formats::
-* Command Line Options::
-* Pointer Validation::
-@end menu
-
-@section What is @makeinfo{}?
-
-@iftex
-This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions
-@value{VERSION} and later.  It is an extract from the @cite{TeXinfo} manual.
-@end iftex
-
-@makeinfo{} is a program for converting @dfn{@texinfo{}} files into
-@dfn{@Info{}} files.  @texinfo{} is a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and printed output.
-
-You can read the on-line information using @Info{}; type @code{info} to
-learn about @Info{}.
-@ifinfo
-@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo},
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-See the @cite{TeXinfo} manual,
-@end iftex
-to learn about the TeXinfo documentation system.
-
-@section Controlling Paragraph Formats
-
-In general, @makeinfo{} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that it outputs
-to an @Info{} file.  Filling is the process of breaking and connecting
-lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number
-specified as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.  With
-@makeinfo{}, you can control:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}).
-@item
-The amount of indentation that the first line of 
-each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}).
-@end itemize
-
-@section Command Line Options
-
-The following command line options are available for @makeinfo{}.
-
-@need 100
-@table @code
-@item -D @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be defined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 150
-@item --error-limit @var{limit}
-Set the maximum number of errors that @makeinfo{} will report
-before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless).
-The default number of errors that can be reported before
-@makeinfo{} gives up is 100.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --fill-column @var{width}
-Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand
-edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this
-width.  The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72.
-
-@item --footnote-style @var{style}
-Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.  The value
-set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@footnotestyle} command.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{separate}, @makeinfo{} makes a new node containing the
-footnotes found in the current node.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{end}, @makeinfo{} places the footnote references at the end
-of the current node.
-
-@need 150
-@item -I @var{dir}
-Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are
-included using the @code{@@include} command.  By default,
-@makeinfo{} searches only the current directory.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-headers
-Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in an
-@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain
-the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a
-single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-split
-Suppress the splitting stage of @makeinfo{}.  Normally, large
-output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
-smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you specify
-@samp{--no-split}, @makeinfo{} will not split up the output
-file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --no-pointer-validate
-@item --no-validate
-Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @makeinfo{}.  Normally,
-after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to
-ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
-@xref{Pointer Validation}.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-warn
-Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does @emph{not}
-suppress the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might
-want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually
-exist.
-
-@item --no-number-footnotes
-Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, @makeinfo{}
-numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-@need 150
-@item --output @var{file}
-@itemx -o @var{file}
-Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the
-file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo
-source.  @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies
-standard output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent}
-Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}.  The value set by
-this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@paragraphindent} command.  The value of @var{indent} is
-interpreted as follows:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the
-existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing
-indentation.
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each
-paragraph by that number of spaces.
-@end itemize
-
-@need 100
-@item --reference-limit @var{limit}
-Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-@makeinfo{} will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has more
-than this number of references in it, @makeinfo{} will make the
-references but also report a warning.
-
-@need 150
-@item -U @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be undefined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --verbose
-Cause @makeinfo{} to display messages saying what it is doing.
-Normally, @makeinfo{} only outputs messages if there are errors or
-warnings.
-
-@need 100
-@item --version
-Report the version number of this copy of @makeinfo{}.
-@end table
-
-@section Pointer Validation
-@cindex Pointer validation with @makeinfo{}
-@cindex Validation of pointers
-
-If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the
-@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @makeinfo{}
-will check the validity of the final Info file.  Mostly,
-this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced
-really exist.  Here is a complete list of what is
-checked:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to
-@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.
-
-@item
-In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, 
-then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.
-
-@item
-Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.
-
-@item
-The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the
-current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference.
-This includes menu entries and cross references.
-
-@item
-If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference
-of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer
-must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node.
-This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node
-of the next chapter.
-@end enumerate
-
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 60760825c68..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-@c  html.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- Macros which support HTML output.
-
-@c  Copyright (c) 1995 Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu)
-@c  Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) Sat Apr  1 20:30:54 1995.
-@c
-@c I didn't want to write this myself, because I wanted some HTML wizard
-@c to get everything exactly right.  However, rms continues to believe
-@c that the macro system is not a good idea.  I couldn't disagree more,
-@c so I am writing this as an example of how useful such macros can be.
-
-@macro html
-@set html
-<html>
-@end macro
-
-@c
-@c The first step is to define the macros which really only have meaning
-@c when producing output for HTML.
-
-@c
-@c @anchor{Brian Fox, http://www.ua.com/users/bfox/}
-@c
-@macro anchor{text, link}
-@ifset html
-<a href="\link\">\text\</a>
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-\text\
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@macro pre{}
-@ifset html
-<pre>
-@end ifset
-@end macro
-
-@macro endpre{}
-@ifset html
-</pre>
-@end ifset
-@end macro
-
-@macro TeX
-@ifset html
-<i>T</i>e<i>X</i>
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@TeX{}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-
-@macro paragraph{}
-@ifset html
-<p>
-@end ifset
-@end macro
-
-@c
-@c @email{bfox@@ai.mit.edu}
-@c
-@macro email{address}
-@anchor{mailto:\address\, \address\}
-@end macro
-
-@c
-@c Redefine the TeXinfo commands which have direct HTML counterparts.
-@c 
-
-@macro html-define-0arg{command, html-insertion}
-@macro \command\
-@ifset html
-\html-insertion\
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@\command\
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@macro html-define-1arg{command, html-insertion}
-@macro \command\{arg}
-@ifset html
-\html-insertion\
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@\command\{\arg\}
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@macro html-define-line{command, html-insertion}
-@macro \command\{line}
-@ifset html
-\html-insertion\
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@\command\ \line\
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@html-define-0arg{*, <br>}
-@html-define-1arg{b, <b>\\arg\\</b>}
-@html-define-1arg{code, <tt><b>\\arg\\</b></tt>}
-@html-define-line{itemize, <ul>}
-@html-define-line{item,<p><li>}
-@html-define-line{heading,<h1>\\line\\</h1>}
-@html-define-0arg{bye, </html>}
-
-@c 
-@c Define into nothing the macros which do nothing in html.
-@c 
-@html-define-line{group,}
-
-@c
-@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros.  This one makes
-@c a macro which creates an HTML header line.  No sectioning commands
-@c are used.  This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of
-@c macro execution.
-@macro node_define{orig-name, header-style}
-@macro \orig-name\{title}
-@ifset html
-@node \title\
-<a name="\title\"><\header-style\>\title\</\header-style\></a>
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@\orig-name\ \title\
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@c
-@c The same as NODE_DEFINE, but italicized.
-@macro inode_define{orig-name, header-style}
-@macro \orig-name\{title}
-@ifset html
-@node \title\
-<a name="\title\"><\header-style\><i>\title\</i></\header-style\></a>
-@end ifset
-@ifclear html
-@\orig-name\ \title\
-@end ifclear
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@c Ignore @node commands.
-@html-define-line{node,}
-
-@c Here is a special one for "@top".
-@macro top{title}
-@end macro
-
-@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands.
-@node_define {appendix, h1}
-@node_define {appendixsec, h2}
-@node_define {appendixsubsec, h3}
-@node_define {appendixsubsubsec, h4}
-@node_define {chapter, h1}
-@node_define {section, h2}
-@node_define {subsection, h3}
-@node_define {subsubsec, h4}
-@node_define {unnumbered, h1}
-@node_define {unnumberedsec, h2}
-@node_define {unnumberedsubsec, h3}
-@node_define {unnumberedsubsubsec, h4}
-
-@c The italicized analogues.
-@inode_define {iappendix, h1}
-@inode_define {iappendixsec, h2}
-@inode_define {iappendixsubsec, h3}
-@inode_define {iappendixsubsubsec, h4}
-@inode_define {ichapter, h1}
-@inode_define {isection, h2}
-@inode_define {isubsection, h3}
-@inode_define {isubsubsec, h4}
-@inode_define {iunnumbered, h1}
-@inode_define {iunnumberedsec, h2}
-@inode_define {iunnumberedsubsec, h3}
-@inode_define {iunnumberedsubsubsec, h4}
-
-@c Manual starter:
-@c 
-@c Pass arguments of TITLE, AUTHOR, and a short DESCRIPTION.
-@c Immediately following, insert the Top node's menu.
-@c 
-@c Typical usage:
-@c 
-@c @document{Makeinfo, Brian J. Fox, This file documents the use of the
-@c @code{makeinfo} program\, versions 1.61 and later.}
-@c 
-@c @menu
-@c * What is @makeinfo{}?::
-@c @end menu
-@macro document{title, author, description}
-@ifinfo
-\description\
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995 \author\
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the copyright holders.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title \title\
-@author \author\
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995 \author\
-Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the copyright holders.
-@end titlepage
-
-@top{\title\}
-
-\description\
-@end macro
-
-@html-define-line{end,
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifinfo"\, @end ifinfo}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifset"\, @end ifset}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifclear"\, @end ifclear}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "cartouche"\, @end cartouche}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "menu"\, @end menu}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "itemize"\, </ul>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "enumerate"\, </ul>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "table"\, </ul>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ftable"\, </ul>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "vtable"\, </ul>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "menu"\, xxx}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "quotation"\, </pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "example"\, </tt></pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "smallexample"\, </tt></pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "lisp"\, </tt></pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "format"\, </tt></pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "display"\, </tt></pre>}
-@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "group"}}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f2eb32a585..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-@c  multiformat.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- \input texinfo.tex
-
-@c  Copyright (c) 1995 Universal Access, Inc
-@c  Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ua.com) Sun Apr  2 07:56:23 1995.
-@setfilename multiformat.info
-
-@include html.texi
-
-@ifset html
-@html
-@end ifset
-
-@node First Node, First Section, (dir), (dir)
-@chapter First Chapter
-Here is some text that belongs in the first chapter.  Nothing very
-exciting happens here, but this is enough text to span a couple of
-lines, and we feel that is important.
-@paragraph
-
-This is the second paragraph of the first chapter.  Note that the
-formatting commands in @code{HTML} seem to do the right thing, as do the
-commands when invoked in @code{Texinfo} mode and in @TeX{}.
-
-@node First Section, , First Node, First Node
-@isection First Section
-
-Here is some text in the first section of the first chapter.  We are
-trying very hard to examine the output here to see exactly how proper it
-is.  If I wasn't so tired, we could probably see it already.
-@paragraph
-
-Here is a list of items:
-@paragraph
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item Here is the first item.
-@item Here is the second item.
-@end itemize
-
-@bye
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b4e869e0c3..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo.tex
-@setfilename resume-example.info
-
-@include resume.texi
-
-@name Brian J. Fox
-@email bfox@@ai.mit.edu
-@street 116 Barranca Ave, Ste. B
-@city Santa Barbara
-@state CA
-@zip 93109
-@phone (805) 564-2192
-
-@resume
-
-@block{EDUCATION}
-@entry{
-12/11/59,
-12/11/63,
-My Mom's House,
-Learning at home with my mother., 
-This was the most learning I ever did.}
-
-@entry{12/11/63, 12/11/77, Brookline\, MA, Learning in the public school system.}
-@entry{12/11/78, 12/11/81, Santa Barbara\, CA, Learning in life
-experience\, and three months at Santa Barbara City College.}
-
-@block{WORK EXPERIENCE}
-@entry{12/11/59, 12/11/75, Mom's house, Various and sundry tasks\,
-including washing dishes and clothes\, and toilet training.}
-@entry{3 months ago, present, Terrapin\, Inc., hacking up Unix systems\, breaking @code{LOGO} worlds\, terrorizing surrounding neighborhood.}
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index a4dc5d04be9..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-@c 
-@c Reusme writing macros.  Produce a very specific format.
-@c 
-
-@c A macro which creates a macro.  The resultant macro can be called to
-@c set a variable which has the same name as the macro.  Use
-@c @value{name} to get the value set in @name{}.
-@macro make-var-macro{macro-name}
-@macro \macro-name\{value}
-@quote-arg
-@set \macro-name\ \value\
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@make-var-macro{name}
-@make-var-macro{street}
-@make-var-macro{city}
-@make-var-macro{state}
-@make-var-macro{zip}
-@make-var-macro{phone}
-@make-var-macro{email}
-
-@c Give all of the above variable/macros a null value to start.
-@name
-@street
-@city
-@state
-@zip
-@phone
-@email
-
-@c A typical heading for a resume block is a non-indented line.
-@macro block{title}
-@paragraphindent none
-@comment @noindent
-@heading \title\
-@end macro
-
-@c A typical entry in a resume has a from-date, a to-date, a location,
-@c a job title, and a longer descrition body.
-
-@macro entry{from-date, to-date, where, what, body}
-@paragraphindent 8
-@b{\where\: \what\ (\from-date\ --- \to-date\)}
-@paragraphindent 3
-
-\body\
-@paragraphindent none
-@end macro
-
-@macro address{}
-@value{name}@*
-@value{street}@*
-@value{city}, @value{state}@*
-@value{zip}@*
-@value{phone}
-@end macro
-
-@macro resume{}
-@center @value{name}@*
-@center @value{street}@*
-@center @value{city}, @value{state} @value{zip}@*
-@center @value{email}
-@end macro
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 576cb9b8e41..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-
-@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility.
-
-@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name.
-@macro texinfo{}
-TeXinfo
-@end macro
-
-@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the
-@c Makeinfo program.
-@macro makeinfo{}
-@code{Makeinfo}
-@end macro
-
-@c Simple insert the right version of the Info name.
-@macro Info{}
-@code{Info}
-@end macro
-
-@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros.  This one makes
-@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command.  Note
-@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the
-@c expansion text.  This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of
-@c macro execution.
-@macro node_define{orig-name}
-@macro \orig-name\{title}
-@node \title\
-@\orig-name\ \title\
-@end macro
-@end macro
-
-@c Here is a special one for "@top", causing the node name to be "Top",
-@c but leaving the section name as the specified title.
-@macro top{title}
-@node Top
-@top \title\
-@end macro
-
-@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands.
-@node_define {appendix}
-@node_define {appendixsec}
-@node_define {appendixsubsec}
-@node_define {appendixsubsubsec}
-@node_define {chapter}
-@node_define {section}
-@node_define {subsection}
-@node_define {subsubsec}
-@node_define {unnumbered}
-@node_define {unnumberedsec}
-@node_define {unnumberedsubsec}
-@node_define {unnumberedsubsubsec}
-
-@c The italicized analogues.
-@node_define {iappendix}
-@node_define {iappendixsec}
-@node_define {iappendixsubsec}
-@node_define {iappendixsubsubsec}
-@node_define {ichapter}
-@node_define {isection}
-@node_define {isubsection}
-@node_define {isubsubsec}
-@node_define {iunnumbered}
-@node_define {iunnumberedsec}
-@node_define {iunnumberedsubsec}
-@node_define {iunnumberedsubsubsec}
-
-@c Manual starter:
-@c 
-@c Pass arguments of TITLE, AUTHOR, and a short DESCRIPTION.
-@c Immediately following, insert the Top node's menu.
-@c 
-@c Typical usage:
-@c 
-@c @document{Makeinfo, Brian J. Fox, This file documents the use of the
-@c @code{makeinfo} program\, versions 1.58 and later.}
-@c 
-@c @menu
-@c * What is @makeinfo{}?::
-@c @end menu
-
-@macro document{title, author, description}
-@ifinfo
-\description\
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994 \author\
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the copyright holders.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title \title\
-@author \author\
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994 \author\
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the copyright holders.
-@end titlepage
-
-@top{\title\}
-
-\description\
-@end macro
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 0299fea7398..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename makeinfo.info
-@set VERSION 1.61
-@paragraphindent none
-@comment %**start of header
-
-@ifinfo
-This file is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.@*
-It documents @code{makeinfo}, a program that converts Texinfo
-files into Info files.  
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title GNU Makeinfo
-@author Brian J. Fox and Robert J. Chassell
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@node Top, ,(dir), (dir)
-@chapter What is @code{makeinfo}?
-
-@iftex
-This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions
-@value{VERSION} and later.  It is an extract from the @cite{TeXinfo} manual.
-@end iftex
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a program for converting @dfn{TeXinfo} files into @dfn{Info}
-files.  TeXinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
-produce both on-line information and printed output.
-
-You can read the on-line information using Info; type @code{info} to
-learn about Info.
-@ifinfo
-@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo},
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-See the @cite{TeXinfo} manual,
-@end iftex
-to learn about the TeXinfo documentation system.
-
-@menu
-* Formatting Control::          Controlling the width of lines, paragraph
-                                indentation, and other similar formatting.
-
-* Options::                     Command line options which control the
-                                behaviour of Makeinfo.
-
-* Pointer Validation::          How Makeinfo can help you to track node
-                                references through complex Texinfo files.
-
-* The Macro Facility::          Makeinfo allows the use of @dfn{macros}.
-
-* Index::                       Index of Concepts.
-@end menu
-
-@node Formatting Control
-@section Controlling Paragraph Formats
-
-Without any special options, @code{makeinfo} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that
-it outputs to an Info file.  Filling is the process of breaking and connecting
-lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number
-specified as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.  With
-@code{makeinfo}, you can control:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}).
-@item
-The amount of indentation that the first line of 
-each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}).
-@end itemize
-
-@node Options
-@section Command Line Options
-
-The following command line options are available for @code{makeinfo}.
-
-@need 100
-@table @code
-@item -D @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be defined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 150
-@item --error-limit @var{limit}
-Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report
-before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless).
-The default number of errors that can be reported before
-@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --fill-column @var{width}
-Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand
-edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this
-width.  The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72.
-@refill
-
-@item --footnote-style @var{style}
-Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.  The value
-set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@footnotestyle} command.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the
-footnotes found in the current node.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end
-of the current node.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -I @var{dir}
-Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are
-included using the @code{@@include} command.  By default,
-@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-headers
-Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in an
-@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain
-the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a
-single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-split
-Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally, large
-output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
-smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you specify
-@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output
-file.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --no-pointer-validate
-@item --no-validate
-Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally,
-after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to
-ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
-@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-warn
-Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does @emph{not}
-suppress the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might
-want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually
-exist.@refill
-
-@item --no-number-footnotes
-Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, @code{makeinfo}
-numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-@need 150
-@item --output @var{file}
-@itemx -o @var{file}
-Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the
-file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo
-source.  @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies
-standard output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent}
-Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}.  The value set by
-this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@paragraphindent} command.  The value of @var{indent} is
-interpreted as follows:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the
-existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing
-indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each
-paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 100
-@item --reference-limit @var{limit}
-Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has more
-than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the
-references but also report a warning.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -U @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be undefined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --verbose
-Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing.
-Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or
-warnings.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --version
-Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill
-
-@item --help
-Show a summary of the commend line arguments to @code{makeinfo}.
-@end table
-
-@node Pointer Validation
-@section Pointer Validation
-@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Validation of pointers
-
-If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the
-@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @code{makeinfo}
-will check the validity of the final Info file.  Mostly,
-this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced
-really exist.  Here is a complete list of what is
-checked:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to
-@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill
-
-@item
-In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, 
-then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill
-
-@item
-Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@item
-The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the
-current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference.
-This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill
-
-@item
-If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference
-of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer
-must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node.
-This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node
-of the next chapter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@lowersections
-@include macro.texi
-@raisesections
-
-@lowersections
-@node Index
-@appendix Index
-@printindex cp
-@raisesections
-
-@contents
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c6c467dc0d..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-@c  multiformat.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- \input texinfo.tex
-
-@c  Copyright (c) 1995 Universal Access, Inc
-@c  Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ua.com) Sun Apr  2 07:56:23 1995.
-@setfilename multiformat.info
-
-@include html.texi
-
-@ifset html
-@html
-@end ifset
-
-@node First Node, First Section, (dir), (dir)
-@chapter First Chapter
-Here is some text that belongs in the first chapter.  Nothing very
-exciting happens here, but this is enough text to span a couple of
-lines, and we feel that is important.
-@paragraph
-
-This is the second paragraph of the first chapter.  Note that the
-formatting commands in @code{HTML} seem to do the right thing, as do the
-commands when invoked in @code{Texinfo} mode and in @TeX{}.
-
-@node First Section, , First Node, First Node
-@isection First Section
-
-Here is some text in the first section of the first chapter.  We are
-trying very hard to examine the output here to see exactly how proper it
-is.  If I wasn't so tired, we could probably see it already.
-@paragraph
-
-Here is a list of items:
-@paragraph
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item Here is the first item.
-@item Here is the second item.
-@end itemize
-
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 554cc37c52d..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4421 +0,0 @@
-%% TeX macros to handle texinfo files
-
-%   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-%your option) any later version.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-%General Public License for more details.
-
-%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-%to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
-%USA.
-
-
-%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-%what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
-
-
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report.
-
-
-% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file:
-% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now.
-% Added by gildea November 1993.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-
-% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
-\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.1 $
-\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{}
-  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-
-\let\ptextilde=\~
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptext=\t
-\let\ptexl=\l
-\let\ptexL=\L
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\@M\ }
-}
-\let\~ = \tie                  % And make it available as @~.
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Set up fixed words for English.
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi%
-\def\putwordInfo{Info}%
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi%
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen \bindingoffset  \bindingoffset=0pt
-\newdimen \normaloffset   \normaloffset=\hoffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-\pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
-   \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
-   \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
-   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-}%
-
-%---------------------Begin change-----------------------
-%
-%%%% For @cropmarks command.
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick
-\newdimen \topandbottommargin
-\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize
-\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt	% These set size of cropmarks
-\outerhsize=7in
-%\outervsize=9.5in
-% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in
-\outervsize=9.25in
-\topandbottommargin=.75in
-%
-%---------------------End change-----------------------
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions itself, but you have to call it yourself.
-\chardef\PAGE=255  \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-\def\onepageout#1{\hoffset=\normaloffset
-\ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
-\shipout\vbox{{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} \pagebody{#1}%
-{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}}%
-\advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
-
-%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%%
-
-% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications
-% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners.
-% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks,
-% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either
-% site of the centerlined box.  (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up
-{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
-		 \shipout
-		 \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
-                 \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}}
-                 \nointerlineskip
-                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}
-                       \hfill
-                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}}
-                 \vskip \topandbottommargin
-                 \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-			\vbox{
-			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
-			\pagebody{#1}
-			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
-			\ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
-		 \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-                 \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick
-                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}
-                       \hfill
-                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}}
-                 \nointerlineskip
-                 \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}}
-	}}
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
-%
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks
-\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout }
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-%
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg#1{%
-  \let\next = #1%
-  \begingroup
-    \obeylines
-    \futurelet\temp\parseargx
-}
-
-% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
-% the like), remove it and recurse.  Otherwise, we're done.
-\def\parseargx{%
-  % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
-  \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
-    \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
-  \else
-    \expandafter\parseargline
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
-{\obeyspaces %
- \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
-
-{\obeylines %
-  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    %
-    % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
-    % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
-    \argremovec #1\c\relax %
-    \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
-    %
-    % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
-    \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
-  }%
-}
-
-% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-% do that for us.  The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
-% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-
-% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
-%    @end itemize  @c foo
-% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% `itemize'.  Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-% result to \toks0.
-%
-% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands.  (If it ever
-% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% here.)  But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
-% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
-%
-\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
-  \begingroup
-    \ignoreactivespaces
-    \edef\temp{#1}%
-    \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
-%
-\begingroup
-  \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
-\endgroup
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment.  Type Return to continue.}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
-
-% @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.}
-
-\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
-
-\def\beginxxx #1{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
-{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
-\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
-\def\endxxx #1{%
-  \removeactivespaces{#1}%
-  \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
-  %
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
-      % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
-      \errhelp = \EMsimple
-      \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
-    \else
-      \unmatchedenderror\endthing
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
-    \csname E\endthing\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started.  Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
-  \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
-}
-
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
-%
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
-  \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
-% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
-\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
-\def\singlespace{%
-  % Why was this kern here?  It messes up equalizing space above and below
-  % environments.  --karl, 6may93
-  %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
-  %\kern \baselineskip}%
-  \setleading \singlespaceskip
-}
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt \char '100}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-\def\group{\begingroup
-  \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
-    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
-  % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
-  % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it.  (See p.82 of
-  % the TeXbook.)  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-  % above.  But it's pretty close.
-  \def\Egroup{%
-    \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-    \endgroup         % End the \group.
-  }%
-  %
-  \vtop\bgroup
-    % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
-    % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
-    % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards is too small.  But we can't put the
-    % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
-    % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
-    \everypar = {\strut}%
-    %
-    % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
-    % normal interline spacing.
-    \offinterlineskip
-    %
-    % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
-    % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
-    % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
-    % turned off the interline space.  Simplest is to make them be an
-    % empty paragraph.
-    \ifx\par\lisppar
-      \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
-      %
-      % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
-      \obeylines
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
-    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
-    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-    \comment
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
-
-\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\def\needx #1{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\def\needx#1{%
-  % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-  % paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
-  % break, since the best break might be right here.
-  \allowbreak
-  \nointerlineskip
-  \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
-  %
-  % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-  % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
-  % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-  % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-  % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
-  %
-  % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-  % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-  % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-  % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-  % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
-  % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-  % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-  \penalty9999
-  %
-  % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-  \kern -#1\mil
-  %
-  % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-% @br   forces paragraph break
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @dots{}  output some dots
-
-\def\dots{$\ldots$}
-
-% @page    forces the start of a new page
-
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
-\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-
-\def\include{\parsearg\includezzz}
-%Use \input\thisfile to avoid blank after \input, which may be an active
-%char (in which case the blank would become the \input argument).
-%The grouping keeps the value of \thisfile correct even when @include
-%is nested.
-\def\includezzz #1{\begingroup
-\def\thisfile{#1}\input\thisfile
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line   outputs that line, centered
-
-\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
-\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\centerline{#1}}}
-
-% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
-\def\spxxx #1{\par \vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other%
-\parsearg \commentxxx}
-
-\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 }
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
-}
-
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
-  \let\defcv = \relax
-  \let\deffn = \relax
-  \let\deffnx = \relax
-  \let\defindex = \relax
-  \let\defivar = \relax
-  \let\defmac = \relax
-  \let\defmethod = \relax
-  \let\defop = \relax
-  \let\defopt = \relax
-  \let\defspec = \relax
-  \let\deftp = \relax
-  \let\deftypefn = \relax
-  \let\deftypefun = \relax
-  \let\deftypevar = \relax
-  \let\deftypevr = \relax
-  \let\defun = \relax
-  \let\defvar = \relax
-  \let\defvr = \relax
-  \let\ref = \relax
-  \let\xref = \relax
-  \let\printindex = \relax
-  \let\pxref = \relax
-  \let\settitle = \relax
-  \let\include = \relax
-  \let\lowersections = \relax
-  \let\down = \relax
-  \let\raisesections = \relax
-  \let\up = \relax
-  \let\set = \relax
-  \let\clear = \relax
-  \let\item = \relax
-  \let\message = \relax
-}
-
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
-%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-
-% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
-%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
-%
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
-  \ignoresections
-  %
-  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
-  \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}%
-  %
-  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \catcode32 = 10
-  %
-  % And now expand that command.
-  \doignoretext
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
-%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
-  \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
-  % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
-  % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
-    \immediate\write16{}
-    \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
-    \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
-    \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
-    \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
-    \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
-    \immediate\write16{}
-    \warnedobstrue
-    \fi
-}
-
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex.  For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
-  \obstexwarn
-  % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
-  % command, so that nested ignore constructs work.  Thus, we put the
-  % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result.  To minimize
-  % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
-  % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
-  %
-  \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
-    % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
-    \ignoresections
-    %
-    % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
-    % @end command again.
-    \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
-    %
-    % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands.  Most cause no
-    % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
-    % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
-    % undefine them.
-    %
-    % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
-    % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
-    \ignoremorecommands
-    %
-    % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
-    % all the font commands to also use \nullfont.  We don't use
-    % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
-    % might have that installed.  Therefore, math mode will still
-    % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
-    % stuff compared to the main input.
-    %
-    \nullfont
-    \let\tenrm = \nullfont  \let\tenit = \nullfont  \let\tensl = \nullfont
-    \let\tenbf = \nullfont  \let\tentt = \nullfont  \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
-    \let\tensf = \nullfont
-    % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
-    % smallexample)
-    \let\indrm = \nullfont  \let\indit = \nullfont  \let\indsl = \nullfont
-    \let\indbf = \nullfont  \let\indtt = \nullfont  \let\indsc = \nullfont
-    \let\indsf = \nullfont
-    %
-    % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
-    \tracinglostchars = 0
-    %
-    % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
-    \frenchspacing
-    %
-    % Don't report underfull hboxes.
-    \hbadness = 10000
-    %
-    % Do minimal line-breaking.
-    \pretolerance = 10000
-    %
-    % Do not execute instructions in @tex
-    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}
-}
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-%
-\def\set{\parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
-  \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-  \fi
-}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-\def\value#1{\expandafter
-		\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-			{\{No value for ``#1''\}}
-		\else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifsetfail
-  \else
-    \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
-  \fi
-}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
-  \else
-    \expandafter\ifclearfail
-  \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end
-% iftex).  But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group).  So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value.  (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
-  \edef\temp{%
-    % Remember the current value of \E#1.
-    \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
-    %
-    % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
-    \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
-  }%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
-
-\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \readauxfile
-   \opencontents
-   \openindices
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Font-change commands.
-
-% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-\def\setfont#1#2{\font#1=\fontprefix#2}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm{r12}
-\setfont\texttt{tt12}
-\else
-\setfont\textrm{r10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt{tt10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf{b10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit{ti10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl{sl10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf{ss10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc{csc10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf{bx10 scaled \magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices and small examples.
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett{tt9}
-\setfont\indrm{r9}
-\setfont\indit{sl9}
-\let\indsl=\indit
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc{csc10 at 9pt}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for headings
-\setfont\chaprm{bx12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit{ti12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsl{sl12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chaptt{tt12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsf{ss12 scaled \magstep2}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc{csc10 scaled\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-\setfont\secrm{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secit{ti12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsl{sl12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\sectt{tt12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsf{ss12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secbf{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsc{csc10 scaled\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% \setfont\ssecrm{bx10 scaled \magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit{cmti10 scaled \magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled \magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled \magstep1}
-
-%\setfont\ssecrm{b10 scaled 1315}	% Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit{ti10 scaled 1315}	% Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled 1315}	% being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled 1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled 1315}
-
-%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
-
-\setfont\ssecrm{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit{ti12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsl{sl12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssectt{tt12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsf{ss12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecbf{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsc{csc10 scaled \magstep1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm{bx12 scaled \magstep3}
-\let\authorrm = \secrm
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
-  \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
-}
-
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current.  Plain TeX does, for example,
-% \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \tenbf}  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need
-% to redefine \bf itself.
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \resetmathfonts}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-  \resetmathfonts}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \resetmathfonts}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \resetmathfonts}
-\def\indexfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
-  \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
-  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy
-  \resetmathfonts}
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm{r12}
-\setfont\shortcontbf{bx12}
-\setfont\shortcontsl{sl12}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartitalic
-\let\dfn=\smartitalic
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartitalic
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \nohyphenation \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-\let\ttfont = \t
-%\def\samp #1{`{\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}'\null}
-\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\def\key #1{{\tt \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-\let\file=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \frenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overful hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate an a dash.
-%  -- rms.
-{
-\catcode`\-=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex}
-% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names
-% wrap around.  It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is
-% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is
-% ever called.  -- mycroft
-\global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\realunder}
-}
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\realunder{_}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else\tclose{\look}\fi
-\else\tclose{\look}\fi}
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of
-% @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}		%
-
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}		% roman font
-% Use of \lowercase was suggested.
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}	% smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}		% italic font
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}}
-
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-	\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined.
-% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway.  --rms.
-%   \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12
-   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
-   %
-   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
-   %
-   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-   %
-   % Now you can print the title using @title.
-   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
-   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}}
-		    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-		    \finishedtitlepagefalse
-		    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
-   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
-   %
-   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
-   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
-   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
-   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
-   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
-      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-   \let\oldpage = \page
-   \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \oldpage
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \hbox{}}%
-%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-      \finishtitlepage
-   \fi
-   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-   \oldpage
-   \endgroup
-   \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks \evenheadline    % Token sequence for heading line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddheadline     % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages
-\newtoks \evenfootline    % Token sequence for footing line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddfootline     % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages
-
-% Now make Tex use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-%
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
-
-% @headings double	turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single	turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off		turns them off.
-% @headings on		same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
-%\pagealignmacro
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-}
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
-%\pagealignmacro
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
-
-\message{tables,}
-
-% @tabs -- simple alignment
-
-% These don't work.  For one thing, \+ is defined as outer.
-% So these macros cannot even be defined.
-
-%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz}
-%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr}
-%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz}
-%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr}
-%\def\&{&}
-
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph.
-  %{\parskip = 0in
-  %\par
-  %}%
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
-    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
-    % \baselineskip glue.
-    \nobreak
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.  Since that
-    % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in
-    % a zero-width box.
-    \noindent
-    \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces%
-    \endgroup%
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
-\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
-\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
-\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
-\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
-
-%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
-
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Neccessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
-}
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
-
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize
-  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
-
-\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\parindent = 0pt %
-\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% These are `.?!:;,'
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
-  \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
-  %
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94
-%
-% @multitable ... @endmultitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: 
-%   @multitable @percentofhsize .2 .3 .5
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @percentofhsize are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column 
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab, @multicolumn or @endmulticolumn do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item 
-%   first col stuff 
-%   @tab 
-%   second col stuff 
-%   @tab 
-%   third col 
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff 
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%     
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @endmultitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @intableparskip will set vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @intableparindent will set paragraph indent in table.
-% @spacebetweencols will set horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @spacebetweenlines will set vertical space to be left between lines.
-
-%%%%
-% Dimensions 
-
-\newdimen\intableparskip
-\newdimen\intableparindent
-\newdimen\spacebetweencols
-\newdimen\spacebetweenlines
-\intableparskip=0pt
-\intableparindent=6pt
-\spacebetweencols=12pt
-\spacebetweenlines=12pt
-
-%%%%
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\percentofhsize\relax
-\def\xpercentofhsize{\percentofhsize}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}%
-\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax%
-\else
-  \ifx\firstarg\xpercentofhsize\global\setpercenttrue%
-  \else
-    \ifsetpercent
-       \if#1.\else%
-       \global\advance\colcount by1 %
-       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
-       \fi
-    \else
-       \global\advance\colcount by1
-       \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
-       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-    \fi%
-  \fi%
-  \let\go\setuptable%
-\fi\go}
-%%%%
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&}
-
-%%%%
-% @multitable ... @endmultitable definitions:
-
-\def\multitable#1\item{\bgroup
-\let\item\cr
-\tolerance=9500
-\hbadness=9500
-\parskip=\intableparskip
-\parindent=\intableparindent
-\overfullrule=0pt
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
-\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
-\def\one{#1}\expandafter\setuptable\one\endsetuptable
- % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
-\global\colcount=0\relax% 
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and 
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
-\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \spacebetweencols to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %  If a template has been used, we will add \spacebetweencols 
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %  If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
- % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other.
- % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at
- % right margin.
-\ifnum\colcount=1
-\else
-  \ifsetpercent
-  \else
-   % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-   % we will advance \hsize by \spacebetweencols 
-  \advance\hsize by \spacebetweencols
-  \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\spacebetweencols:
-\leftskip=\spacebetweencols
-\fi
-\noindent##}\cr%
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. 
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-\global\everycr{\noalign{\nointerlineskip\vskip\spacebetweenlines
-\filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-\global\colcount=0\relax}}}
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that	accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-
-\def\newindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
-\def\newcodeindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}}
-}
-
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-
-% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-\def\synindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
-}
-
-% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-\def\indexdummies{%
-% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
-\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
-\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
-\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
-\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
-\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
-\def\={\realbackslash =}%
-\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
-\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
-\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
-\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
-\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
-\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
-\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
-\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
-\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
-\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
-\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
-\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
-\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
-\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
-\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
-\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
-% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
-\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
-\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
-\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
-\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }%
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-\def\t##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
-% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
-\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
-
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-% Just ignore accents.
-\let\"=\indexdummyfont
-\let\`=\indexdummyfont
-\let\'=\indexdummyfont
-\let\^=\indexdummyfont
-\let\~=\indexdummyfont
-\let\==\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\c=\indexdummyfont
-\let\d=\indexdummyfont
-\let\u=\indexdummyfont
-\let\v=\indexdummyfont
-\let\H=\indexdummyfont
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{oe}%
-\def\ae{ae}%
-\def\aa{aa}%
-\def\OE{OE}%
-\def\AE{AE}%
-\def\AA{AA}%
-\def\o{o}%
-\def\O{O}%
-\def\l{l}%
-\def\L{L}%
-\def\ss{ss}%
-\let\w=\indexdummyfont
-\let\t=\indexdummyfont
-\let\r=\indexdummyfont
-\let\i=\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
-\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
-\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
-\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
-%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
-%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
-\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
-\let\code=\indexdummyfont
-\let\file=\indexdummyfont
-\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
-\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
-\let\key=\indexdummyfont
-\let\var=\indexdummyfont
-\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-\let\dots=\indexdummydots
-}
-
-% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
-% We must first make another character (@) an escape
-% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
-@gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
-
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize!
-% workhorse for all \fooindexes
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there
-\def\doind #1#2{%
-% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else%
-\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
-\fi%
-{\count10=\lastpenalty %
-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-\escapechar=`\\%
-{\let\folio=0% Expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio
-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash in the indx.
-%
-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
-% to get the string to sort the index by.
-{\indexnofonts
-\xdef\temp1{#2}%
-}%
-% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}}}%
-\temp }%
-}\penalty\count10}}
-
-\def\dosubind #1#2#3{%
-{\count10=\lastpenalty %
-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-\escapechar=`\\%
-{\let\folio=0%
-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}%
-%
-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
-% to get the string to sort the index by.
-{\indexnofonts
-\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}%
-}%
-% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}%
-\temp }%
-}\penalty\count10}}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-%  \initial {c}
-%     before the first topic whose initial is c
-%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
-%  \primary {topic}
-%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-%     for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed.
-% Write
-% @unnumbered Function Index
-% @printindex fn
-
-\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-
-\def\doprintindex#1{%
-  \tex
-  \dobreak \chapheadingskip {10000}
-  \catcode`\%=\other\catcode`\&=\other\catcode`\#=\other
-  \catcode`\$=\other
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \indexbreaks
-  %
-  % The following don't help, since the chars were translated
-  % when the raw index was written, and their fonts were discarded
-  % due to \indexnofonts.
-  %\catcode`\"=\active
-  %\catcode`\^=\active
-  %\catcode`\_=\active
-  %\catcode`\|=\active
-  %\catcode`\<=\active
-  %\catcode`\>=\active
-  % %
-  \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}
-  \indexfonts\rm \tolerance=9500 \advance\baselineskip -1pt
-  \begindoublecolumns
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
-  \ifeof 1
-    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-    % there is some text.
-    (Index is nonexistent)
-    \else
-    %
-    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \temp
-    \ifeof 1
-      (Index is empty)
-    \else
-      \input \jobname.#1s
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-  \enddoublecolumns
-  \Etex
-}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink.
-% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink.
-\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt
-
-\def\initial #1{%
-{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi
-\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}}
-
-% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% flush to the right margin.  It is used for index and table of contents
-% entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup
-  %
-  % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-  % affect previous text.
-  \par
-  %
-  % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-  \parfillskip = 0in
-  %
-  % No extra space above this paragraph.
-  \parskip = 0in
-  %
-  % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-  \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-  %
-  % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-  % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-  % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-  % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-  % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-  %
-  % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-  % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-  \hangindent=2em
-  %
-  % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-  % with blank space.
-  \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-  %
-  % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
-  % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
-  \noindent
-  %
-  % Insert the text of the index entry.  TeX will do line-breaking on it.
-  #1%
-  % The following is kluged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-  % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-  % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-  \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
-  \def\tempb{#2}%
-  \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
-  \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
-  \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
-    %
-    % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-    % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-    % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-    \hfil\penalty50
-    \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-    %
-    % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-    % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-    % \hbox ensues.
-    \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
-  \fi%
-  \par
-\endgroup}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
-}}
-
-%% Define two-column mode, which is used in indexes.
-%% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416.
-\catcode `\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
-  % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage
-    =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}%
-  \eject
-  %
-  % Now switch to the double-column output routine.
-  \output={\doublecolumnout}%
-  %
-  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
-  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
-  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it once.
-  %
-  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- <
-  % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it.
-  %
-  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-  % been clobbered.
-  %
-  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \vsize = 2\vsize
-  \doublecolumnpagegoal
-}
-
-\def\enddoublecolumns{\eject \endgroup \pagegoal=\vsize \unvbox\partialpage}
-
-\def\doublecolumnsplit{\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  \global\dimen@=\pageheight \global\advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
-  \global\setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox1}
-  \global\setbox3=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox3}
-  \ifdim\ht0>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
-  \ifdim\ht2>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
-}
-\def\doublecolumnpagegoal{%
-  \dimen@=\vsize \advance\dimen@ by-2\ht\partialpage \global\pagegoal=\dimen@
-}
-\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage %
-  \hsize=\doublecolumnhsize % have to restore this since output routine
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
-  \setbox5=\copy255
-  {\vbadness=10000 \doublecolumnsplit}
-  \ifvbox255
-    \setbox0=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox0}
-    \setbox2=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox2}
-    \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
-  \else
-    \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox5}
-    \ifvbox0
-      \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-      \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-      {\vbadness=10000
-	\loop \global\setbox5=\copy0
-          \setbox1=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
-          \setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
-          \ifvbox5 \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat
-        \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
-        \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
-        \global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\pagesofar}
-        \doublecolumnpagegoal
-      }
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-\catcode `\@=\other
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Define chapters, sections, etc.
-
-\newcount \chapno
-\newcount \secno        \secno=0
-\newcount \subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount \subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount \appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-
-\newwrite \contentsfile
-% This is called from \setfilename.
-\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise
-
-\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{}
-\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 %
-\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi
-%
-}
-
-\def\chapternofonts{%
-\let\rawbackslash=\relax%
-\let\frenchspacing=\relax%
-\def\result{\realbackslash result}
-\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}
-\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}
-\def\print{\realbackslash print}
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots}
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }
-\def\w{\realbackslash w}
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}
-\def\char{\realbackslash char}
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}
-% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef.
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}
-}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \chapterzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \seczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \chapterzzz{#2}
-  \else
-    \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-  \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \appendixzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \appendixzzz{#2}
-  \else
-    \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-  \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-  \else
-    \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-  \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-
-\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\donoderef %
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry
-  {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}}
-
-\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-%
-% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-% argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-% expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-% to be executed, not expanded).
-%
-% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>.
-\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
-%
-\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
-\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp  %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appenixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
-  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry %
-  {#1}
-  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}
-  {\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
-  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}%
-  {\appendixletter}
-  {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and
-% such:
-%	1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-%	   overlong headings to fold.
-%	2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-%	   heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
-{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-\def\heading{\parsearg\secheadingi}
-
-\def\subheading{\parsearg\subsecheadingi}
-
-\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\subsubsecheadingi}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip \chapheadingskip \chapheadingskip = 30pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-\def\CHAPFplain{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain}
-
-\def\chfplain #1#2{%
-  \pchapsepmacro
-  {%
-    \chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                     \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                     \rm #2\enspace #1}%
-  }%
-  \bigskip
-  \penalty5000
-}
-
-\def\unnchfplain #1{%
-\pchapsepmacro %
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
-}
-\CHAPFplain % The default
-
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
-}
-
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen}
-
-% Parameter controlling skip before section headings.
-
-\newskip \subsecheadingskip  \subsecheadingskip = 17pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
-
-\newskip \secheadingskip  \secheadingskip = 21pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
-
-% @paragraphindent  is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
-% Section fonts are the base font at magstep2, which produces
-% a size a bit more than 14 points in the default situation.
-
-\def\secheading #1#2#3{\secheadingi {#2.#3\enspace #1}}
-\def\plainsecheading #1{\secheadingi {#1}}
-\def\secheadingi #1{{\advance \secheadingskip by \parskip %
-\secheadingbreak}%
-{\secfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                 \rm #1\hfill}}%
-\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 }
-
-
-% Subsection fonts are the base font at magstep1,
-% which produces a size of 12 points.
-
-\def\subsecheading #1#2#3#4{\subsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4\enspace #1}}
-\def\subsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip %
-\subsecheadingbreak}%
-{\subsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                     \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                     \rm #1\hfill}}%
-\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 }
-
-\def\subsubsecfonts{\subsecfonts} % Maybe this should change:
-				  % Perhaps make sssec fonts scaled
-				  % magstep half
-\def\subsubsecheading #1#2#3#4#5{\subsubsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4.#5\enspace #1}}
-\def\subsubsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip %
-\subsecheadingbreak}%
-{\subsubsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}%
-\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000}
-
-
-\message{toc printing,}
-
-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \contentsfile.
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\def\startcontents#1{%
-   \pagealignmacro
-   \immediate\closeout \contentsfile
-   \ifnum \pageno>0
-      \pageno = -1		% Request roman numbered pages.
-   \fi
-   % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-   % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-   \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
-   \begingroup   		% Set up to handle contents files properly.
-      \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
-      \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
-      \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-      \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\outer\def\contents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
-      \input \jobname.toc
-   \endgroup
-   \vfill \eject
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\outer\def\summarycontents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
-      %
-      \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
-      \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
-      % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-      \secfonts
-      \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
-      \rm
-      \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
-      \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
-      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
-      \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
-      \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
-      \input \jobname.toc
-   \endgroup
-   \vfill \eject
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
-\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
-
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
-  % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
-  \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
-  %
-  % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in in \shortchapentry above.)
-  \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
-  \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-  \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we would want to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip\baselineskip
-   \begingroup
-     \chapentryfonts
-     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-   \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
-% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
-% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-%
-\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-  \entry{#1}{#2}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
-\newbox\dblarrowbox    \newbox\longdblarrowbox
-\newbox\pushcharbox    \newbox\bullbox
-\newbox\equivbox       \newbox\errorbox
-
-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
-
-%{\tentt
-%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
-% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
-%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
-%                                      depth .1ex\hfil}
-%}
-
-\def\point{$\star$}
-
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-
-\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\def\tex{\begingroup
-\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
-\catcode `\%=14
-\catcode 43=12
-\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\==12
-\catcode`\|=12
-\catcode`\<=12
-\catcode`\>=12
-\escapechar=`\\
-%
-\let\~=\ptextilde
-\let\{=\ptexlbrace
-\let\}=\ptexrbrace
-\let\.=\ptexdot
-\let\*=\ptexstar
-\let\dots=\ptexdots
-\def\@{@}%
-\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext \let\l=\ptexl
-\let\L=\ptexL
-%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
-
-% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
-
-% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is.  This is
-% for use in \parsearg.
-{\sepspaces%
-\global\let\obeyedspace= }
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-	\ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-	\hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-	\cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-	\hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\long\def\cartouche{%
-\begingroup
-	\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-	\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
-	\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-		 	  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-	\cartouter=\hsize
-	\advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-%				     side, and for 6pt waste from
-%				     each corner char
-	\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-	% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-	\let\nonarrowing=\comment
-	\vbox\bgroup
-		\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-		\carttop
-		\hbox\bgroup
-			\hskip\lskip
-			\vrule\kern3pt
-			\vbox\bgroup
-				\hsize=\cartinner
-				\kern3pt
-				\begingroup
-					\baselineskip=\normbskip
-					\lineskip=\normlskip
-					\parskip=\normpskip
-					\vskip -\parskip
-\def\Ecartouche{%
-				\endgroup
-				\kern3pt
-			\egroup
-			\kern3pt\vrule
-			\hskip\rskip
-		\egroup
-		\cartbot
-	\egroup
-\endgroup
-}}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
-  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
-  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-  \singlespace
-  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-  \parskip = 0pt
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
-  % at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-    \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-    \let\nonarrowing=\relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph
-% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we
-% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue
-% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the
-% document, after the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-
-% This macro is
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
-  \tt
-  \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the
-% return following the @example (or whatever) command.
-%
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp.  This is not used unless the @smallbook
-% command is given.  Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish
-  \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish
-  %
-  % Smaller interline space and fonts for small examples.
-  \setleading{10pt}%
-  \indexfonts \tt
-  \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt)
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font.
-%
-\def\display{\begingroup
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\def\format{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright.
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish
-  \gobble
-}
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-  \gobble}
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
-%
-\def\quotation{%
-  \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \singlespace
-  \parindent=0pt
-  % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-  % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
-  \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% Define formatter for defuns
-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
-\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-\newcount\parencount
-% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
-% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
-\def\activeparens{%
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-
-\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-% This is used to turn on special parens
-% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-
-% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested %
-\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
-\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
-% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
-\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
-\global\advance \parencount by -1 }
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
-%
-\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
-} % End of definition inside \activeparens
-%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
-%% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&}
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
-
-% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
-% #1 should be the function name.
-% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
-
-\def\defname #1#2{%
-% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
-% outside the @def...
-\dimen2=\leftskip
-\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-\dimen3=\rightskip
-\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent
-\noindent        %
-\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
-\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
-\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1     %
-% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
-% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
-% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
-{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
-% so that \rightline will obey them.
-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3
-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}%
-% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
-\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-{\df #1}\enskip        % Generate function name
-}
-
-% Actually process the body of a definition
-% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
-% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
-% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
-%    such as \defunheader.
-
-\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
-\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
-
-\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-
-\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
-% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
-% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
-
-\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active %
-\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
-
-% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody.  It could probably be used for
-% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
-% 
-\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
-  \begingroup\inENV %
-  \medbreak %
-  % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-  % so that it will exit this group.
-  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-  \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-  \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  \begingroup\obeylines
-}
-
-\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
-}
-
-% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
-% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
-% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument.  Sigh.
-% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
-%
-% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name.  That
-% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
-% won't strip off the braces.
-%
-\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
-}
-
-% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
-% braces (if any).  That's what this does, putting the result in \tptemp.
-% 
-\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{\def\tptemp{#1}}%
-
-% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
-% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
-% (which might be empty) the arguments.
-% 
-\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
-  \removeemptybraces#2\relax
-  #1{\tptemp}{#3}%
-}%
-
-\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% Split up #2 at the first space token.
-% call #1 with two arguments:
-%  the first is all of #2 before the space token,
-%  the second is all of #2 after that space token.
-% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
-% and the second is passed as empty.
-
-{\obeylines
-\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
-\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
-\ifx\relax #3%
-#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
-
-% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
-
-% Define @defun.
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
-% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-
-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-\hyphenchar\tensl=0
-#1%
-\hyphenchar\tensl=45
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
-}
-
-\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
-\boldbraxnoamp
-\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
-}
-
-% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
-
-% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
-
-\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
-
-\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defun == @deffn Function
-
-\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
-
-\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
-% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
-\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
-\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
-
-% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
-% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
-\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
-
-% #1 is the classification.  #2 is the data type.  #3 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
-% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup
-\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
-%               at least some C++ text from working
-\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
-\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defmac == @deffn Macro
-
-\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
-
-\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
-
-\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
-
-\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defunx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-
-\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}}
-
-% @defmethod, and so on
-
-% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument
-
-\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
-\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
-
-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defmethod == @defop Method
-
-\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-
-\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
-
-\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
-\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
-
-\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
-
-\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-
-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
-
-\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now @defvar
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
-% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000}
-
-% @defvr Counter foo-count
-
-\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-
-\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-
-\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-
-\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-
-\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-
-\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @deftypevar int foobar
-
-\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name.
-\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
-\endgroup}
-
-% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-
-\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-
-\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#3}}%
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
-\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
-
-\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now define @deftp
-% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-
-\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-
-% @deftp Class window height width ...
-
-\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-
-\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
-
-\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
-
-\message{cross reference,}
-% Define cross-reference macros
-\newwrite \auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs  % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
-
-\def\setref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}}
-
-\def\unnumbsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}}
-
-\def\appendixsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}}
-
-% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points.
-% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info
-% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info
-% file, #5 the name of the printed manual.  All but the node name can be
-% omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
-  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
-    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \ifx\SETxref-automatic-section-title\relax %
-      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
-      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd1>0pt%
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-        \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
-      \else
-        \ifhavexrefs
-          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}}%
-        \else
-          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
-        \fi%
-      \fi
-      \def\printednodename{#1-title}%
-    \else
-      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-  % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-  % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-  % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-  % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-  % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-  \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-    \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
-  \else
-    % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-    % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-    % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-    % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-    % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-    {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-    \space [\printednodename],\space
-    \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-  \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
-
-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% work in node names.
-\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive \auxhat%
-\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}%
-\next}}
-
-% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
-% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
-% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
-
-\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
-
-% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
-
-\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
-
-\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
-
-\def\Ynothing{}
-
-\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-
-\def\refx#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
-    % If not defined, say something at least.
-    $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$%
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
-    \else
-      \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-        \global\warnedxrefstrue
-        \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % It's defined, so just use it.
-    \csname X#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-\def\xrdef #1#2{
-{\catcode`\'=\other\expandafter \gdef \csname X#1\endcsname {#2}}}
-
-\def\readauxfile{%
-\begingroup
-\catcode `\^^@=\other
-\catcode `\
=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\^^C=\other
-\catcode `\^^D=\other
-\catcode `\^^E=\other
-\catcode `\^^F=\other
-\catcode `\^^G=\other
-\catcode `\^^H=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\^^L=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode `\=\other
-\catcode 26=\other
-\catcode `\^^[=\other
-\catcode `\^^\=\other
-\catcode `\^^]=\other
-\catcode `\^^^=\other
-\catcode `\^^_=\other
-\catcode `\@=\other
-\catcode `\^=\other
-\catcode `\~=\other
-\catcode `\[=\other
-\catcode `\]=\other
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode `\$=\other
-\catcode `\#=\other
-\catcode `\&=\other
-% `\+ does not work, so use 43.
-\catcode 43=\other
-% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
-{%
-  \count 1=128
-  \def\loop{%
-    \catcode\count 1=\other
-    \advance\count 1 by 1
-    \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
-  }%
-}%
-% the aux file uses ' as the escape.
-% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
-% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
-% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
-% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
-% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
-\catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-\catcode `\%=\other
-\catcode `\'=0
-\catcode`\^=7 % to make ^^e4 etc usable in xref tags 
-\catcode `\\=\other
-\openin 1 \jobname.aux
-\ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue
-\global\warnedobstrue
-\fi
-% Open the new aux file.  Tex will close it automatically at exit.
-\openout \auxfile=\jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% Footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed.
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only..
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
-  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-  %
-  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-  \let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
-  %
-  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-  \unskip
-  \thisfootno\@sf
-  \footnotezzz
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-\long\gdef\footnotezzz#1{\insert\footins{%
-  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-  % So reset some parameters.
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-  \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip
-  \rightskip\z@skip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip
-  \xspaceskip\z@skip
-  \parindent\defaultparindent
-  %
-  % Hang the footnote text off the number.
-  \hang
-  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-  %
-  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
-  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-  \footstrut
-  #1\strut}%
-}
-
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-
-% End of control word definitions.
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def\openindices{%
-   \newindex{cp}%
-   \newcodeindex{fn}%
-   \newcodeindex{vr}%
-   \newcodeindex{tp}%
-   \newcodeindex{ky}%
-   \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format.
-
-%\hsize = 6.5in
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-\parindent = \defaultparindent
-\parskip 18pt plus 1pt
-\setleading{15pt}
-\advance\topskip by 1.2cm
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness=10000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format.
-%
-\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-  % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-  \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-\else
-  \emergencystretch = \hsize
-  \divide\emergencystretch by 45
-\fi
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format  (or else 7x9.25)
-\def\smallbook{
-
-% These values for secheadingskip and subsecheadingskip are
-% experiments.  RJC 7 Aug 1992
-\global\secheadingskip = 17pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
-\global\subsecheadingskip = 14pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
-
-\global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-\setleading{12pt}
-\advance\topskip by -1cm
-\global\parskip 3pt plus 1pt
-\global\hsize = 5in
-\global\vsize=7.5in
-\global\tolerance=700
-\global\hfuzz=1pt
-\global\contentsrightmargin=0pt
-\global\deftypemargin=0pt
-\global\defbodyindent=.5cm
-
-\global\pagewidth=\hsize
-\global\pageheight=\vsize
-
-\global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx
-\global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx
-\global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp}
-}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{
-\global\tolerance=700
-\global\hfuzz=1pt
-\setleading{12pt}
-\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
-
-\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip
-\advance\vsize by \topskip
-%\global\hsize=   5.85in     % A4 wide 10pt
-\global\hsize=  6.5in
-\global\outerhsize=\hsize
-\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-\global\outervsize=\vsize
-\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
-
-\global\pagewidth=\hsize
-\global\pageheight=\vsize
-}
-
-% Allow control of the text dimensions.  Parameters in order: textheight;
-% textwidth; \voffset; \hoffset (!); binding offset.  All require a dimension;
-% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page.
-
-\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5{
- \global\vsize= #1
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \global\voffset= #3
- \global\hsize= #2
- \global\outerhsize=\hsize
- \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \global\outervsize=\vsize
- \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
- \global\pagewidth=\hsize
- \global\pageheight=\vsize
- \global\normaloffset= #4
- \global\bindingoffset= #5}
-
-% This layout is compatible with Latex on A4 paper.
-
-\def\afourlatex{\changepagesizes{22cm}{15cm}{7mm}{4.6mm}{5mm}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{\afourpaper
-\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt \char '176}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def\auxhat{\def^{'hat}}
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\lvvmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
-
-% \lvvmode is equivalent in function to \leavevmode.
-% Using \leavevmode runs into trouble when written out to
-% an index file due to the expansion of \leavevmode into ``\unhbox
-% \voidb@x'' ---which looks to TeX like ``\unhbox \voidb\x'' due to our
-% magic tricks with @.
-\def\lvvmode{\vbox to 0pt{}}
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt \char '174}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-%\catcode 27=\active
-%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
-
-% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
-{\catcode`\==\active
-\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
-
-\catcode`+=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-%{\catcode`\\=\other
-%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
-
-% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-\escapechar=`\@
-
-% \catcode 17=0   % Define control-q
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-@let\=@realbackslash
-@let~=@normaltilde
-@let^=@normalcaret
-@let_=@normalunderscore
-@let|=@normalverticalbar
-@let<=@normalless
-@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
-
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
-@let\=@normalbackslash
-@let~=@normaltilde
-@let^=@normalcaret
-@let_=@normalunderscore
-@let|=@normalverticalbar
-@let<=@normalless
-@let>=@normalgreater
-@let+=@normalplus}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
-  @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
-
-%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
-%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
-@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
-
-@textfonts
-@rm
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c End:
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ab8b858acb..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/texinfo.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16025 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo.tex    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename texinfo
-@settitle Texinfo @value{edition}
-@syncodeindex vr fn
-@footnotestyle separate
-@paragraphindent 2
-@smallbook
-@comment %**end of header
-
-@c Set smallbook if printing in smallbook format so the example of the
-@c smallbook font is actually written using smallbook; in bigbook, a kludge
-@c is used for TeX output.
-@set smallbook
-@c @@clear smallbook
-
-@ignore
-@ifinfo
-@format
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Texinfo: (texinfo).           The documentation format for the GNU Project.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-@end format
-@end ifinfo
-@end ignore
-
-@set edition 2.21
-@set update-date 7 June 1995
-@set update-month June 1995
-
-@c Experiment with smaller amounts of whitespace between chapters
-@c and sections.
-@tex
-\global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt 
-\global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-@end tex
-
-@c Experiment with smaller amounts of whitespace between paragraphs in
-@c the 8.5 by 11 inch format.
-@ifclear smallbook
-@tex
-\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
-@end tex
-@end ifclear
-
-@finalout
-
-@c Currently undocumented command, 5 December 1993:
-@c
-@c nwnode          (Same as node, but no warnings; for `makeinfo'.)
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a single
-source file to produce both on-line information and a printed manual.
-
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@*
-and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@shorttitlepage Texinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@c use the new format for titles
-@title Texinfo
-@subtitle The GNU Documentation Format
-@subtitle Edition @value{edition}, for Texinfo Version Three
-@subtitle @value{update-month}
-
-@author by Robert J. Chassell and Richard M. Stallman
-
-@comment   Include the Distribution inside the titlepage so
-@c that headings are turned off. 
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-@sp 2
-This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@*
-and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}.
-@sp 2
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-59 Temple Place Suite 330, @*
-Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @*
-Printed copies are available for $15 each.@*
-ISBN 1-882114-63-9
-@c ISBN number 1-882114-63-9 is for edition 2.20 of 28 February 1995
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@sp 2
-Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-@top Texinfo
-
-Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
-produce both on-line information and printed output.@refill
-
-The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
-document, including the @@-command and concept indices.  The rest of
-the menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.@refill
-
-This is Edition @value{edition} of the Texinfo documentation, 
-@w{@value{update-date},} for Texinfo Version Three.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@c Here is a spare copy of the chapter menu entry descriptions,
-@c in case they are accidently deleted 
-@ignore
-Your rights.
-Texinfo in brief.
-How to use Texinfo mode.
-What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file?
-What is at the end of a Texinfo file?
-How to create chapters, sections, subsections,
-  appendices, and other parts.
-How to provide structure for a document.
-How to write nodes.
-How to write menus.
-How to write cross references.
-How to mark words and phrases as code,
-  keyboard input, meta-syntactic
-  variables, and the like.
-How to write quotations, examples, etc.
-How to write lists and tables.
-How to create indices.
-How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc.
-How to indicate results of evaluation,
-  expansion of macros, errors, etc.
-How to force and prevent line and page breaks.
-How to describe functions and the like in a uniform manner.
-How to write footnotes.
-How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info.
-How to print hardcopy.
-How to create an Info file.
-How to install an Info file
-A list of all the Texinfo @@-commands.
-Hints on how to write a Texinfo document.
-A sample Texinfo file to look at.
-Tell readers they have the right to copy
-  and distribute.
-How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
-How to write page headings and footings.
-How to find formatting mistakes.
-All about paragraph refilling.
-A description of @@-Command syntax.
-Texinfo second edition features.
-A menu containing commands and variables.
-A menu covering many topics.
-@end ignore
-
-@menu
-* Copying::                     Your rights. 
-* Overview::                    Texinfo in brief.
-* Texinfo Mode::                How to use Texinfo mode.
-* Beginning a File::            What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file?
-* Ending a File::               What is at the end of a Texinfo file?
-* Structuring::                 How to create chapters, sections, subsections,
-                                  appendices, and other parts.
-* Nodes::                       How to write nodes.
-* Menus::                       How to write menus.
-* Cross References::            How to write cross references.
-* Marking Text::                How to mark words and phrases as code,
-                                  keyboard input, meta-syntactic
-                                  variables, and the like.
-* Quotations and Examples::     How to write quotations, examples, etc.
-* Lists and Tables::            How to write lists and tables.
-* Indices::                     How to create indices.
-* Insertions::                  How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc.
-* Glyphs::                      How to indicate results of evaluation,
-                                  expansion of macros, errors, etc.
-* Breaks::                      How to force and prevent line and page breaks.
-* Definition Commands::         How to describe functions and the like 
-                                  in a uniform manner.
-* Footnotes::                   How to write footnotes.
-* Conditionals::                How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info.
-* Format/Print Hardcopy::       How to convert a Texinfo file to a file
-                                  for printing and how to print that file.
-* Create an Info File::         Convert a Texinfo file into an Info file.
-* Install an Info File::        Make an Info file accessible to users.
-* Command List::                All the Texinfo @@-commands.
-* Tips::                        Hints on how to write a Texinfo document.
-* Sample Texinfo File::         A sample Texinfo file to look at.
-* Sample Permissions::          Tell readers they have the right to copy
-                                  and distribute.
-* Include Files::               How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
-* Headings::                    How to write page headings and footings.
-* Catching Mistakes::           How to find formatting mistakes.
-* Refilling Paragraphs::        All about paragraph refilling.
-* Command Syntax::              A description of @@-Command syntax.
-* Obtaining TeX::               How to Obtain @TeX{}.
-* New Features::                Texinfo second edition features.
-* Command and Variable Index::  A menu containing commands and variables.
-* Concept Index::               A menu covering many topics.
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book 
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @@-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::            
-
-Using Texinfo Mode
-
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @@-commands. 
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-
-Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-
-Beginning a Texinfo File
-
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-
-The Texinfo File Header
-
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.  
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-
-The Title and Copyright Pages
-
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center},
-                                  and @code{@@sp} commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle},
-                                  and @code{@@author} commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-
-The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-
-Ending a Texinfo File
-
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and 
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-
-Chapter Structuring
-
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{}
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::                     
-* unnumbered & appendix::       
-* majorheading & chapheading::  
-* section::                     
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::  
-* subsection::                  
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::  
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-* Raise/lower sections::        How to change commands' hierarchical level.
-
-Nodes
-
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure 
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}.
-
-The @code{@@node} Command
-
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an @code{@@node} line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @@-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the @code{@@top} command. 
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-
-Menus
-
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-
-Cross References
-
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' @dots{}
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-
-@code{@@xref}
-
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                @code{@@xref} with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               @code{@@xref} with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             @code{@@xref} with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments.
-
-Marking Words and Phrases
-
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-
-Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-
-Emphasizing Text
-
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-* Customized Highlighting::     How to define highlighting commands.
-
-Quotations and Examples
-
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for 
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-
-Making Lists and Tables
-
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-
-Making a Two-column Table
-
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-
-Creating Indices
-
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-
-Combining Indices
-
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code}
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-
-Special Insertions
-
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the @TeX{} logo 
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-* math::                        How to format a mathematical expression.
-
-Inserting @samp{@@}, Braces, and Periods
-
-* Inserting An Atsign::         
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-
-Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-
-* dots::                        How to insert dots @dots{}
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-
-Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol
-
-* tex::                         How to insert the @TeX{} logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}.
-
-Glyphs for Examples 
-
-* Glyphs Summary::              
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-
-Making and Preventing Breaks
-
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks. 
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-
-Definition Commands
-
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::  
-
-The Definition Commands
-
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-
-Conditionally Visible Text
-
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or @TeX{}.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all @TeX{} commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-
-@code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value}
-
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string. 
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-
-Format and Print Hardcopy
-
-* Use TeX::                     Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy.
-* Format with tex/texindex::    How to format in a shell.
-* Format with texi2dvi::        A simpler way to use the shell.
-* Print with lpr::              How to print.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        @TeX{} formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use @TeX{}.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-
-Creating an Info File
-
-* makeinfo advantages::         @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative 
-                                  to @code{makeinfo}.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info 
-                                  to run better.
-
-Installing an Info File
-
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are 
-                                  located in other directories.
-
-Sample Permissions
-
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-
-Include Files
-
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the @code{@@include} command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the @code{@@include} command
-                                  has changed over time.
-
-Page Headings
-
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-
-Formatting Mistakes
-
-* makeinfo preferred::          @code{makeinfo} finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-
-Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run @code{Info-validate}.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-
-Second Edition Features
-
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @@-commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top
-@comment  node-name, next, previous,  up
-@unnumbered Texinfo Copying Conditions
-@cindex Copying conditions
-@cindex Conditions for copying Texinfo
-
-The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo include
-portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including
-@code{makeinfo}, @code{info}, @code{texindex}, and @file{texinfo.tex}).
-These programs are @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use
-them and free to redistribute them on a free basis.  The Texinfo-related
-programs are not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there
-are restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are
-designed to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want
-to do.  What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further
-sharing any version of these programs that they might get from
-you.@refill
-
-  Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
-away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive
-source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these
-programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know
-you can do these things.@refill
-
-  To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
-deprive anyone else of these rights.  For example, if you distribute
-copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all
-the rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or
-can get the source code.  And you must tell them their rights.@refill
-
-  Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds
-out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to Texinfo.
-If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want
-their recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed,
-so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our
-reputation.@refill
-
-  The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently
-being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public
-Licenses that accompany them.@refill
-
-@node Overview, Texinfo Mode, Copying, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Overview of Texinfo
-@cindex Overview of Texinfo
-@cindex Texinfo overview
-
-@dfn{Texinfo}@footnote{Note that the first syllable of ``Texinfo'' is
-pronounced like ``speck'', not ``hex''.  This odd pronunciation is
-derived from, but is not the same as, the pronunciation of @TeX{}.  In
-the word @TeX{}, the @samp{X} is actually the Greek letter ``chi''
-rather than the English letter ``ex''.  Pronounce @TeX{} as if the
-@samp{X} were the last sound in the name `Bach'; but pronounce Texinfo
-as if the @samp{x} were a `k'.  Spell ``Texinfo'' with a capital ``T''
-and write the other letters in lower case.} 
-is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
-on-line information and printed output.  This means that instead of
-writing two different documents, one for the on-line help or other on-line
-information and the other for a typeset manual or other printed work, you
-need write only one document.  When the work is revised, you need revise
-only one document.  (You can read the on-line information, known as an
-@dfn{Info file}, with an Info documentation-reading program.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book 
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @@-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::            
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Texinfo, Info Files, Overview, Overview
-@ifinfo
-@heading Using Texinfo
-@end ifinfo
-
-Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal
-features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references,
-and indices.  From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a
-menu-driven, on-line Info file with nodes, menus, cross references,
-and indices.  You can, if you wish, make the chapters and sections of
-the printed document correspond to the nodes of the on-line
-information; and you use the same cross references and indices for
-both the Info file and the printed work.  @cite{The GNU
-Emacs Manual} is a good example of a Texinfo file, as is this manual.@refill
-
-To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with the
-@TeX{} typesetting program.  This creates a @sc{dvi} file that you can
-typeset and print as a book or report.  (Note that the Texinfo language is
-completely different from @TeX{}'s usual language, Plain@TeX{}, which
-Texinfo replaces.)  If you do not have @TeX{}, but do have
-@code{troff} or @code{nroff}, you can use the @code{texi2roff} program
-instead.@refill
-
-To make an Info file, you process a Texinfo source file with the
-@code{makeinfo} utility or Emacs's @code{texinfo-format-buffer} command;
-this creates an Info file that you can install on-line.@refill
-
-@TeX{} and @code{texi2roff} work with many types of printer; similarly,
-Info works with almost every type of computer terminal.  This power
-makes Texinfo a general purpose system, but brings with it a constraint,
-which is that a Texinfo file may contain only the customary
-``typewriter'' characters (letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation
-marks) but no special graphics.@refill
-
-A Texinfo file is a plain @sc{ascii} file containing text and
-@dfn{@@-commands} (words preceded by an @samp{@@}) that tell the
-typesetting and formatting programs what to do.  You may edit a
-Texinfo file with any text editor; but it is especially convenient to
-use GNU Emacs since that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo
-mode, that provides various Texinfo-related features.  (@xref{Texinfo
-Mode}.)@refill
-
-Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should become familiar with
-the Info documentation reading program and learn about nodes,
-menus, cross references, and the rest.  (@inforef{Top, info, info},
-for more information.)@refill
-
-You can use Texinfo to create both on-line help and printed manuals;
-moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable.  For these reasons, Texinfo
-is the format in which documentation for GNU utilities and libraries is
-written.@refill
-
-@node Info Files, Printed Books, Using Texinfo, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Info files
-@cindex Info files
-
-An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info documentation
-reading program can operate on it.  (@code{makeinfo}
-and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are two commands that convert a Texinfo file
-into an Info file.)@refill
-
-Info files are divided into pieces called @dfn{nodes}, each of which
-contains the discussion of one topic.  Each node has a name, and
-contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes,
-which are identified by their names.  The Info program displays one node
-at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other
-related nodes.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information about using Info.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that
-describe subtopics of the node's topic.  The names of child
-nodes are listed in a @dfn{menu} within the parent node; this
-allows you to use certain Info commands to move to one of the child
-nodes.  Generally, an Info file is organized like a book.  If a node
-is at the logical level of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level
-of sections; likewise, the child nodes of sections are at the level
-of subsections.@refill
-  
-All the children of any one parent are linked together in a
-bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers.  The `Next'
-pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer
-provides a link to the previous section.  This means that all the nodes
-that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together.
-Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the
-children in the parent's menu.  Each child node records the parent node
-name as its `Up' pointer.  The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the
-first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up'
-pointer.@footnote{In some documents, the first child has no `Previous'
-pointer.  Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next
-following higher level node as its `Next' pointer.}@refill
-
-The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond
-to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a
-requirement.  The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can
-point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes.
-Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph.  But it is usually
-more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the
-structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.@refill
-
-In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, Info
-provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be
-sprinkled throughout the text.  This is usually the best way to
-represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.@refill
-
-Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the
-structure of chapters and sections in the printed output.  But there
-are times when this is not right for the material being discussed.
-Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node
-structure for the Info file and the section structure for the printed
-output.@refill
-
-Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention is
-called @samp{Top}.  This node normally contains just a brief summary
-of the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the
-file is reached.  From this node, you can either traverse the file
-systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific
-node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and
-then go directly to the node that has the information you want.@refill
-@c !!! With the standalone Info system you may go to specific nodes
-@c directly.. 
-
-If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a
-printed manual, you can get the whole file with the advanced Info
-command @kbd{g* @key{RET}}.  (@inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands,
-info}.)@refill
-
-@c !!! dir file may be located in one of many places:
-@c     /usr/local/emacs/info            mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/local/lib/emacs/info        mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/gnu/info                    mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/local/info
-@c     /usr/local/lib/info 
-The @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory serves as the
-departure point for the whole Info system.  From it, you can reach the
-`Top' nodes of each of the documents in a complete Info system.@refill
-
-@node Printed Books, Formatting Commands, Info Files, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printed Books
-@cindex Printed book and manual characteristics
-@cindex Manual characteristics, printed
-@cindex Book characteristics, printed
-@cindex Texinfo printed book characteristics
-@cindex Characteristics, printed books or manuals
-
-A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or manual.
-To do this, you need @TeX{}, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting
-program written by Donald Knuth.@footnote{You can also use the
-@code{texi2roff} program if you do not have @TeX{}; since Texinfo is
-designed for use with @TeX{}, @code{texi2roff} is not described here.
-@code{texi2roff} is part of the standard GNU distribution.}@refill
-
-A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work: it
-can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and preface,
-as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and subsections,
-page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.@refill
-
-You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention
-of converting it into on-line information.  You can use Texinfo for
-writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although
-this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so
-much easier.@refill
-
-@TeX{} is a general purpose typesetting program.  Texinfo provides a
-file called @file{texinfo.tex} that contains information (definitions or
-@dfn{macros}) that @TeX{} uses when it typesets a Texinfo file.
-(@file{texinfo.tex} tells @TeX{} how to convert the Texinfo @@-commands
-to @TeX{} commands, which @TeX{} can then process to create the typeset
-document.)  @file{texinfo.tex} contains the specifications for printing
-a document.@refill 
-
-Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch
-pages (216@dmn{mm} by 280@dmn{mm}; this is the default size), but you
-can also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178@dmn{mm} by
-235@dmn{mm}; the @code{@@smallbook} size) or on European A4 size paper
-(@code{@@afourpaper}).  (@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}.
-Also, see @ref{A4 Paper, ,Printing on A4 Paper}.)@refill
-
-By changing the parameters in @file{texinfo.tex}, you can change the
-size of the printed document.  In addition, you can change the style in
-which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the
-sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the
-degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like.  By changing the
-specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or
-light-hearted, young and cheery.@refill
-
-@TeX{} is freely distributable.  It is written in a dialect of Pascal
-called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a
-conversion program that comes with the @TeX{} distribution) in C.
-(@xref{TeX Mode, ,@TeX{} Mode, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information
-about @TeX{}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} is very powerful and has a great many features.  Because a
-Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a
-character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the
-formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily
-limited.@refill
-
-@xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain @TeX{}}.
-
-
-@node Formatting Commands, Conventions, Printed Books, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @@-commands
-@cindex @@-commands
-@cindex Formatting commands
-
-In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell @TeX{} how to typeset the
-printed manual and tell @code{makeinfo} and
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} how to create an Info file are preceded
-by @samp{@@}; they are called @dfn{@@-commands}.  For example,
-@code{@@node} is the command to indicate a node and @code{@@chapter}
-is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} All the @@-commands, with the exception of the
-@code{@@TeX@{@}} command, must be written entirely in lower
-case.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-The Texinfo @@-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs.  The
-strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both
-by @TeX{} and by the code that converts them into Info files.  You can
-display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and
-numeric characters.  Similarly, you can print the output generated by
-@TeX{} on a wide variety of printers.@refill
-
-Depending on what they do or what arguments@footnote{The word
-@dfn{argument} comes from the way it is used in mathematics and does
-not refer to a disputation between two people; it refers to the
-information presented to the command.  According to the @cite{Oxford
-English Dictionary}, the word derives from the Latin for @dfn{to make
-clear, prove}; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as proof',
-which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
-mathematical meaning.  In its other thread of derivation, the word
-came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make
-counter assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a
-disputation.} they take, you need to write @@-commands on lines of
-their own or as part of sentences:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@noindent} at the beginning of a line as
-the only text on the line.  (@code{@@noindent} prevents the beginning of
-the next line from being indented as the beginning of a
-paragraph.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@chapter} at the beginning of a line
-followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter title, on
-the rest of the line.  (@code{@@chapter} creates chapter titles.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@dots@{@}} wherever you wish but usually
-within a sentence. (@code{@@dots@{@}} creates dots @dots{})@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@code@{@var{sample-code}@}} wherever you
-wish (but usually within a sentence) with its argument,
-@var{sample-code} in this example, between the braces.  (@code{@@code}
-marks text as being code.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@example} at the beginning of a line of
-its own; write the body-text on following lines; and write the matching
-@code{@@end} command, @code{@@end example} in this case, at the
-beginning of a line of its own after the body-text. (@code{@@example}
-@dots{} @code{@@end example} indents and typesets body-text as an
-example.)@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-@cindex Braces, when to use
-As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other
-text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own.  The
-non-alphabetic commands, such as @code{@@:}, are exceptions to the rule;
-they do not need braces.@refill
-
-As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to
-write the different commands: the different ways to write commands
-make it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands
-followed exactly the same syntax.  (For details about @@-command
-syntax, see @ref{Command Syntax, , @@-Command Syntax}.)@refill
-
-@node Conventions, Comments, Formatting Commands, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section General Syntactic Conventions
-@cindex General syntactic conventions
-@cindex Syntactic conventions
-@cindex Conventions, syntactic
-
-All @sc{ascii} printing characters except @samp{@@}, @samp{@{} and
-@samp{@}} can appear in a Texinfo file and stand for themselves.
-@samp{@@} is the escape character which introduces commands.
-@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} should be used only to surround arguments to
-certain commands.  To put one of these special characters into the
-document, put an @samp{@@} character in front of it, like this:
-@samp{@@@@}, @samp{@@@{}, and @samp{@@@}}.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to
-begin and end quotations: ` ` and ' ' (but without a space between the
-two single-quote characters).  This convention should be followed in
-Texinfo files.  @TeX{} converts doubled single-quote characters to
-left- and right-hand doubled quotation marks and Info converts doubled
-single-quote characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: ` ` and ' ' to " .@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to
-begin and end quotations: @w{@tt{ `` }} and @w{@tt{ '' }}.  This
-convention should be followed in Texinfo files.  @TeX{} converts
-doubled single-quote characters to left- and right-hand doubled
-quotation marks, ``like this'', and Info converts doubled single-quote
-characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: @w{@tt{ `` }} and 
-@w{@tt{ '' }} to @w{@tt{ " }}.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, for a dash---like this.  In
-@TeX{}, a single or even a double hyphen produces a printed dash that
-is shorter than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two for
-display on the screen.@refill
-
-To prevent a paragraph from being indented in the printed manual, put
-the command @code{@@noindent} on a line by itself before the
-paragraph.@refill
-
-If you mark off a region of the Texinfo file with the @code{@@iftex}
-and @w{@code{@@end iftex}} commands, that region will appear only in
-the printed copy; in that region, you can use certain commands
-borrowed from Plain@TeX{} that you cannot use in Info.  Likewise, if
-you mark off a region with the @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}
-commands, that region will appear only in the Info file; in that
-region, you can use Info commands that you cannot use in @TeX{}.
-(@xref{Conditionals}.)
-
-@cindex Tabs; don't use!
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file!  @TeX{} uses
-variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab to work
-in all circumstances.  Consequently, @TeX{} treats tabs like single
-spaces, and that is not what they look like.@refill
-
-@noindent
-To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert multiple
-spaces when you press the @key{TAB} key.@refill
-
-@noindent
-Also, you can run @code{untabify} in Emacs to convert tabs in a region
-to multiple spaces.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Comments
-
-You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual by using the
-@code{@@comment} command (which may be abbreviated to @code{@@c}).
-Such comments are for the person who reads the Texinfo file.  All the
-text on a line that follows either @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} is a
-comment; the rest of the line does not appear in either the Info file
-or the printed manual. (Often, you can write the @code{@@comment} or 
-@code{@@c} in the middle of a line, and only the text that follows after
-the @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} command does not appear; but some
-commands, such as @code{@@settitle} and @code{@@setfilename}, work on a
-whole line.  You cannot use @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} in a line
-beginning with such a command.)@refill
-@cindex Comments
-@findex comment
-@findex c @r{(comment)}
-
-You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either
-the Info file or the printed manual by using the @code{@@ignore} and
-@code{@@end ignore} commands.  Write each of these commands on a line
-of its own, starting each command at the beginning of the line.  Text
-between these two commands does not appear in the processed output.
-You can use @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} for writing
-comments.  Often, @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} is used
-to enclose a part of the copying permissions that applies to the
-Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info or printed
-version of the document.@refill
-@cindex Ignored text
-@cindex Unprocessed text
-@findex ignore
-@c !!! Perhaps include this comment about ignore and ifset:
-@ignore
-Text enclosed by @code{@@ignore} or by failing @code{@@ifset} or
-@code{@@ifclear} conditions is ignored in the sense that it will not
-contribute to the formatted output.  However, TeX and makeinfo must
-still parse the ignored text, in order to understand when to
-@emph{stop} ignoring text from the source file; that means that you
-will still get error messages if you have invalid Texinfo markup
-within ignored text.
-@end ignore
-
-@node Minimum, Six Parts, Comments, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section What a Texinfo File Must Have
-@cindex Minimal Texinfo file (requirements)
-@cindex Must have in Texinfo file
-@cindex Required in Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file minimum
-
-By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the
-extensions @file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}.  The longer
-extension is preferred since it describes more clearly to a human
-reader the nature of the file.  The shorter extensions are for
-operating systems that cannot handle long file names.@refill
-
-In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a
-Texinfo file @strong{must} begin with lines like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you @strong{must} end
-a Texinfo file with a line like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@findex input @r{(@TeX{} command)}
-@noindent
-The @samp{\input texinfo} line tells @TeX{} to use the
-@file{texinfo.tex} file, which tells @TeX{} how to translate the Texinfo
-@@-commands into @TeX{} typesetting commands.  (Note the use of the
-backslash, @samp{\}; this is correct for @TeX{}.)  The
-@samp{@@setfilename} line provides a name for the Info file and the
-@samp{@@settitle} line specifies a title for the page headers (or
-footers) of the printed manual.@refill
-
-The @code{@@bye} line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells
-the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.@refill
-
-Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include
-mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the
-beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In the first line, @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} causes Emacs to switch into
-Texinfo mode when you edit the file.  
-
-The @code{@@c} lines which surround the @samp{@@setfilename} and
-@samp{@@settitle} lines are optional, but you need them in order to
-run @TeX{} or Info on just part of the file.  (@xref{Start of Header},
-for more information.)@refill
-
-Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title
-page, indices, and the like.  But the minimum, which can be useful
-for short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the
-one line at the end.@refill
-
-@node Six Parts, Short Sample, Minimum, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Six Parts of a Texinfo File
-
-Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal
-beginning and end---it usually contains six parts:@refill
-
-@table @r
-@item 1. Header
-The @dfn{Header} names the file, tells @TeX{} which definitions' file to
-use, and performs other ``housekeeping'' tasks.@refill
-
-@item 2. Summary Description and Copyright
-The @dfn{Summary Description and Copyright} segment describes the document
-and contains the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Info
-file.  The segment must be enclosed between @code{@@ifinfo} and
-@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@item 3. Title and Copyright 
-The @dfn{Title and Copyright} segment contains the title and copyright pages
-and copying permissions for the printed manual.  The segment must be
-enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands.
-The title and copyright page appear only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill
-
-@item 4. `Top' Node and Master Menu
-The @dfn{Master Menu} contains a complete menu of all the nodes in the whole
-Info file.  It appears only in the Info file, in the `Top' node.@refill
-
-@item 5. Body
-The @dfn{Body} of the document may be structured like a traditional book or
-encyclopedia or it may be free form.@refill
-
-@item 6. End
-The @dfn{End} contains commands for printing indices and generating
-the table of contents, and the @code{@@bye} command on a line of its
-own.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Short Sample, Acknowledgements, Six Parts, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section A Short Sample Texinfo File
-@cindex Sample Texinfo file
-
-Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in 6 parts.  The first
-three parts of the file, from @samp{\input texinfo} through to
-@samp{@@end titlepage}, look more intimidating than they are.  Most of
-the material is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply
-insert the names for your own manual in this segment. (@xref{Beginning a
-File}.)@refill
-
-@noindent
-In the following, the sample text is @emph{indented}; comments on it are
-not.  The complete file, without any comments, is shown in 
-@ref{Sample Texinfo File}. 
-
-@subheading Part 1: Header
-
-@noindent
-The header does not appear in either the Info file or the@*
-printed output.  It sets various parameters, including the@*
-name of the Info file and the title used in the header.
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 2: Summary Description and Copyright
-
-@noindent
-The summary description and copyright segment does not@*
-appear in the printed document.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 3: Titlepage and Copyright
-
-@noindent
-The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@comment The title is printed in a large font.
-@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@}
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu
-
-@noindent
-The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file.@*
-Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than@*
-a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-@@comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* First Chapter::    The first chapter is the 
-                     only chapter in this sample.
-* Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 5:  The Body of the Document
-
-@noindent
-The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the
-indices or table of contents.  This example illustrates a node and a
-chapter containing an enumerated list.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Sample index entry
-@end group
-
-@group
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-@@cindex Another sample index entry
-@end group
-
-@group
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@@item
-This is the second item.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-
-@group
-The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@}
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 6: The End of the Document
-
-@noindent
-The end segment contains commands both for generating an index in a node
-and unnumbered chapter of its own and for generating the table of
-contents; and it contains the @code{@@bye} command that marks the end of
-the document.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-@@comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading The Results
-
-Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like:
-
-@sp 1
-@need 700
-@quotation
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@item
-This is the second item.
-@end enumerate
-
-The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} 
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-@end quotation
-
-@node Acknowledgements,  , Short Sample, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Acknowledgements
-
-Richard M.@: Stallman wrote Edition 1.0 of this manual.  
-@w{Robert J.@: Chassell} revised and extended it,
-starting with Edition 1.1.
-
-Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly to
-@w{Francois Pinard} and @w{David D.@: Zuhn}, who tirelessly recorded 
-and reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to 
-@w{Melissa Weisshaus} for her frequent and often tedious reviews of 
-nearly similar editions.  Our mistakes are our own.
-
-@c ignore until mailing lists set up
-@ignore
-Please send suggestions and corrections to:
-
-@example
-@group
-@r{Internet address:}
-    bug-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu
-
-@r{UUCP path:}
-    mit-eddie!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-texinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Please include the manual's edition number in your messages.
-@end ignore
-
-@node Texinfo Mode, Beginning a File, Overview, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Using Texinfo Mode
-@cindex Texinfo mode
-@cindex Mode, using Texinfo
-@cindex GNU Emacs
-@cindex Emacs
-
-You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose.  A Texinfo
-file is no different from any other @sc{ascii} file.  However, GNU Emacs
-comes with a special mode, called Texinfo
-mode, that provides  Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.@refill
-
-This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not any
-features of the Texinfo formatting language.  If you are reading this
-manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim through
-this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading succeeding
-chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in
-detail.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @@-commands. 
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Overview, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode, Texinfo Mode
-@ifinfo 
-@heading Texinfo Mode Overview
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo
-files:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item 
-Insert frequently used @@-commands. @refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create @code{@@node} lines.
-
-@item
-Show the structure of a Texinfo source file.@refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create or update the `Next',@*
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers of a node.
-
-@item
-Automatically create or update menus.@refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create a master menu.@refill
-
-@item 
-Format a part or all of a file for Info.@refill
-
-@item
-Typeset and print part or all of a file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting frequently
-used @@-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.@refill
-
-@node Emacs Editing, Inserting, Texinfo Mode Overview, Texinfo Mode
-@section The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands 
-
-In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo
-mode as they do in Text mode.  Texinfo mode adds new editing commands
-and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features.  The major
-difference concerns filling.  In Texinfo mode, the paragraph
-separation variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo
-commands that should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently
-included in paragraphs.  Thus, the @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph})
-command will refill a paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a
-line adjacent to it into the paragraph.@refill
-
-In addition, Texinfo mode sets the @code{page-delimiter} variable to
-the value of @code{texinfo-chapter-level-regexp}; by default, this is
-a regular expression matching the commands for chapters and their
-equivalents, such as appendices.  With this value for the page
-delimiter, you can jump from chapter title to chapter title with the
-@kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [}
-(@code{backward-page}) commands and narrow to a chapter with the
-@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command.  (@xref{Pages, , ,emacs,
-The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details about the page commands.)@refill
-
-You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to
-end a Texinfo file name with one of the three extensions
-@file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}.  A longer extension is
-preferred, since it is explicit, but a shorter extension may be
-necessary for operating systems that limit the length of file names.
-GNU Emacs automatically enters Texinfo mode when you visit a file with
-a @file{.texinfo} or  @file{.texi} 
-extension.  Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode 
-when you visit a 
-file that has @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} in its first line.  If ever you are
-in another mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type @code{M-x
-texinfo-mode}.@refill
-
-Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo
-mode as you wish.  In particular, the keybindings are very easy to
-change.  The keybindings described here are the default or standard
-ones.@refill
-
-@node Inserting, Showing the Structure, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting Frequently Used Commands
-@cindex Inserting frequently used commands
-@cindex Frequently used commands, inserting
-@cindex Commands, inserting them
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used
-@@-commands into the buffer.  You can use these commands to save
-keystrokes.@refill
-
-The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the
-first letter of the @@-command:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-c c
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@code
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@code
-Insert @code{@@code@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c d 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@dfn
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@dfn
-Insert @code{@@dfn@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c e 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@end
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@end
-Insert @code{@@end} and attempt to insert the correct following word,
-such as @samp{example} or @samp{table}.  (This command does not handle
-nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the
-immediately preceding list.)@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c i 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@item
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@item
-Insert @code{@@item} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c k
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@kbd
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@kbd
-Insert @code{@@kbd@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c n 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@node
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@node
-Insert @code{@@node} and a comment line
-listing the sequence for the `Next', 
-`Previous', and `Up' nodes.
-Leave point after the @code{@@node}.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c o
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@noindent
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@noindent
-Insert @code{@@noindent} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c s
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@samp
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@samp
-Insert @code{@@samp@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c t
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@table
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@table
-Insert @code{@@table} followed by a @key{SPC} 
-and leave the cursor after the @key{SPC}.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c v
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@var
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@var
-Insert @code{@@var@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c x
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@example
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@example
-Insert @code{@@example} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@c M-@{  was the binding for texinfo-insert-braces; 
-@c in Emacs 19, backward-paragraph will take this binding.
-@item C-c C-c @{
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-braces
-@findex texinfo-insert-braces
-Insert @code{@{@}} and put the cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-c @}
-@itemx C-c C-c ]
-@itemx M-x up-list
-@findex up-list
-Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace.
-Typing @kbd{C-c C-c ]} is easier than typing @kbd{C-c C-c @}}, which
-is, however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings.  (Also, you can
-move out from between braces by typing @kbd{C-f}.)@refill
-@end table
-
-To put a command such as @w{@code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}} around an
-@emph{existing} word, position the cursor in front of the word and type
-@kbd{C-u 1 C-c C-c c}.  This makes it easy to edit existing plain text.
-The value of the prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following
-point to include between braces---1 for one word, 2 for two words, and
-so on.  Use a negative argument to enclose the previous word or words.
-If you do not specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts the @@-command
-string and positions the cursor between the braces.  This feature works
-only for those @@-commands that operate on a word or words within one
-line, such as @code{@@kbd} and @code{@@var}.@refill
-
-This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency
-with which different @@-commands are used in the @cite{GNU Emacs
-Manual} and the @cite{GDB Manual}.  If you wish to add your own insert
-commands, you can bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations,
-or extend the code in @file{texinfo.el}.@refill
-
-@findex texinfo-start-menu-description
-@cindex Menu description, start
-@cindex Description for menu, start
-@kbd{C-c C-c C-d} (@code{texinfo-start-menu-description}) is an insert
-command that works differently from the other insert commands.  It
-inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line.  (A menu entry has three parts, the
-entry name, the node name, and the description.  Only the node name is
-required, but a description helps explain what the node is about.
-@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}.)@refill
-
-To use @code{texinfo-start-menu-description}, position point in a menu
-entry line and type @kbd{C-c C-c C-d}.  The command looks for and copies
-the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a
-description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you
-can edit it.  The function does not insert the title if the menu entry
-line already contains a description.@refill
-
-This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do the
-whole job.  You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to use
-the same words as a node name but a useful description uses different
-words.@refill
-
-@node Showing the Structure, Updating Nodes and Menus, Inserting, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Showing the Section Structure of a File
-@cindex Showing the section structure of a file
-@cindex Section structure of a file, showing it
-@cindex Structure of a file, showing it
-@cindex Outline of file structure, showing it
-@cindex Contents-like outline of file structure
-@cindex File section structure, showing it
-@cindex Texinfo file section structure, showing it
-
-You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the
-@kbd{C-c C-s} command (@code{texinfo-show-structure}).  This command
-shows the section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines
-that begin with the @@-commands for @code{@@chapter},
-@code{@@section}, and the like.  It constructs what amounts
-to a table of contents.  These lines are displayed in another buffer
-called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer.  In that buffer, you can position
-the cursor over one of the lines and use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command
-(@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to the corresponding spot
-in the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-s 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-show-structure
-@findex texinfo-show-structure
-Show the @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and such lines of a
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c
-@itemx M-x occur-mode-goto-occurrence
-@findex occur-mode-goto-occurrence
-Go to the line in the Texinfo file corresponding to the line under the
-cursor in the @file{*Occur*} buffer.@refill
-@end table
-
-If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by
-typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list not only those lines with the
-@@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like,
-but also the @code{@@node} lines.  (This is how the
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} command worked without an argument in
-the first version of Texinfo.  It was changed because @code{@@node}
-lines clutter up the @samp{*Occur*} buffer and are usually not
-needed.)  You can use @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix
-argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of
-an @code{@@node} line are correct.@refill
-
-Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only
-in the structure of the current chapter.  In this case, you can mark
-off the region of the buffer that you are interested in by using the
-@kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command and
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} will work on only that region.  To see
-the whole buffer again, use @w{@kbd{C-x n w}} (@code{widen}).
-(@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about the narrowing commands.)@refill
-
-@vindex page-delimiter 
-@cindex Page delimiter in Texinfo mode
-In addition to providing the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command,
-Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match
-the chapter-level @@-commands.  This enables you to use the @kbd{C-x
-]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page})
-commands to move forward and backward by chapter, and to use the
-@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command to narrow to a chapter.
-@xref{Pages, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information
-about the page commands.@refill
-
-@node Updating Nodes and Menus, Info Formatting, Showing the Structure, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Updating Nodes and Menus
-@cindex Updating nodes and menus
-@cindex Create nodes, menus automatically
-@cindex Insert nodes, menus automatically
-@cindex Automatically insert nodes, menus 
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating
-menus and node pointers.  The commands are called ``update'' commands
-because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after
-you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next',
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an @code{@@node} line that has none and to
-create menus in a file that has none.@refill
-
-If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and
-node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-@end menu
-
-@node Updating Commands, Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus, Updating Nodes and Menus
-@ifinfo
-@subheading The Updating Commands
-@end ifinfo
-
-You can use the updating commands@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-to insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a
-node,@refill
-
-@item
-to insert or update the menu for a section, and@refill
-
-@item
-to create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a
-region or in a whole Texinfo file.@refill
-
-The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files, which
-are structured hierarchically like books.  In such files, a structuring
-command line must follow closely after each @code{@@node} line, except
-for the `Top' @code{@@node} line.  (A @dfn{structuring command line} is
-a line beginning with @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or other
-similar command.)
-
-You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows
-immediately after an @code{@@node} line or else on the line that
-follows after a single @code{@@comment} line or a single
-@code{@@ifinfo} line.  You cannot interpose more than one line between
-the @code{@@node} line and the structuring command line; and you may
-interpose only an @code{@@comment} line or an @code{@@ifinfo} line.
-
-Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be
-followed by a node with an @code{@@chapter} or equivalent-level command.
-Note that the menu updating commands will not create a main or master
-menu for a Texinfo file that has only @code{@@chapter}-level nodes!  The
-menu updating commands only create menus @emph{within} nodes for lower level
-nodes.  To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top'
-node.@refill
-
-The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other Info
-files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer.  This
-is a deficiency.  Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross
-references to refer to other Info files.  None of the updating commands
-affect cross references.@refill
-
-Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two
-are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a
-region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file;
-and one, the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command, is for creating a
-master menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every
-node and menu in the whole Texinfo file.@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@findex texinfo-master-menu
-Create or update a master menu that includes all the other menus
-(incorporating the descriptions from pre-existing menus, if
-any).@refill
-
-With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u,} if interactive), first create or
-update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the buffer before
-constructing the master menu.  (@xref{The Top Node, , The Top Node and
-Master Menu}, for more about a master menu.)@refill
-
-For @code{texinfo-master-menu} to work, the Texinfo file must have a
-`Top' node and at least one subsequent node.@refill
-
-After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@exdent or
-C-u C-c C-u m
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.@refill
-@end table
-
-The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed for
-the person  who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a Texinfo
-file.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-The commands are:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-n
-@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node
-@findex texinfo-update-node
-Insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for the node that point is
-within (i.e., for the @code{@@node} line preceding point).  If the
-@code{@@node} line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up'
-pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted.
-With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u}, if interactive), this command
-updates all @code{@@node} lines in the region (which is the text
-between point and mark).@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu
-@findex texinfo-make-menu
-Create or update the menu in the node that point is within.
-With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if
-interactive), the command makes or updates menus for the
-nodes which are either within or a part of the
-region.@refill
-
-Whenever @code{texinfo-make-menu} updates an existing menu, the
-descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu.  This
-is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the entries
-in the new menu that have the same node names.  If the node names are
-different, the descriptions are not copied to the new menu.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-e
-@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update
-@findex texinfo-every-node-update
-Insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for every
-node in the buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-a
-@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@findex texinfo-all-menus-update
-Create or update all the menus in the buffer.  With an argument
-(@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), first insert 
-or update all the node
-pointers before working on the menus.@refill
-
-If a master menu exists, the @code{texinfo-all-menus-update} command
-updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if none
-already exists.  (Use the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command for
-that.)@refill
-
-When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you can
-type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-u C-a
-@exdent or 
-C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus.@refill
-@end table
-
-The @code{texinfo-column-for-description} variable specifies the
-column to which menu descriptions are indented.  By default, the value
-is 32 although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24.  You
-can set the variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command
-(@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}) or with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining,
-, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}).@refill
-
-Also, the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command may be used to
-indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column.  Finally, if
-you wish, you can use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to
-insert missing @code{@@node} lines into a file.  (@xref{Other Updating
-Commands}, for more information.)@refill
-
-@node Updating Requirements, Other Updating Commands, Updating Commands, Updating Nodes and Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Updating Requirements
-@cindex Updating requirements
-@cindex Requirements for updating commands
-
-To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file
-hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like.  
-When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down'
-more than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a
-chapter, but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a
-section, but not with a subsection.  However, you may `jump up' any
-number of levels at one time---for example, from a subsection to a
-chapter.@refill
-
-Each @code{@@node} line, with the exception of the line for the `Top'
-node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as
-@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or
-@code{@@unnumberedsubsec}.@refill
-
-Each @code{@@node} line/structuring-command line combination
-must look either like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node     Comments,  Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@@comment  node-name, next,    previous,    up
-@@section Comments
-@end group
-@end example
-
-or like this (without the @code{@@comment} line):
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@@section Comments
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the
-section.  The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is
-called `Conventions'.  The `Comments' section is within the `Overview'
-node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer.  (Instead of an
-@code{@@comment} line, you can write an @code{@@ifinfo} line.)@refill
-
-If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called @samp{top} or @samp{Top}
-and be the first node in the file.@refill
-
-The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a chapter,
-a menu of subsections within a section, and so on.  This means that
-you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.@refill
-
-Incidentally, the @code{makeinfo} command will create an Info file for
-a hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous'
-and `Up' pointers.  Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file
-will be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, you have no need for the
-`update node' commands.  (@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an
-Info File}, for more information about @code{makeinfo}.)  However,
-both @code{makeinfo} and the @code{texinfo-format-@dots{}} commands
-require that you insert menus in the file.@refill
-
-@node Other Updating Commands,  , Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Other Updating Commands
-
-In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode
-possesses several less frequently used updating commands:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-@findex texinfo-insert-node-lines
-Insert @code{@@node} lines before the @code{@@chapter},
-@code{@@section}, and other sectioning commands wherever they are
-missing throughout a region in a Texinfo file.@refill
-
-With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), the
-@code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command not only inserts
-@code{@@node} lines but also inserts the chapter or section titles as
-the names of the corresponding nodes.  In addition, it inserts the
-titles as node names in pre-existing @code{@@node} lines that lack
-names.  Since node names should be more concise than section or
-chapter titles, you must manually edit node names so inserted.@refill
-
-For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and inserts
-@code{@@node} lines and titles throughout:@refill
-
-@example
-C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-@end example
-
-(Note that this command inserts titles as node names in @code{@@node}
-lines; the @code{texinfo-start-menu-description} command
-(@pxref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}) inserts titles
-as descriptions in menu entries, a different action.  However, in both
-cases, you need to edit the inserted text.)@refill
-
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update @r{(in brief)}
-Update nodes and menus in a document built from several separate files.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, create and insert a master menu in
-the outer file.  With a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 2}, first
-update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-of all the included files before creating and inserting a master menu in
-the outer file.  The @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command is
-described in the appendix on @code{@@include} files.
-@ifinfo
-@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update}.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update, ,
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}}.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-@findex texinfo-indent-menu-description
-Indent every description in the menu following point to the specified
-column.  You can use this command to give yourself more space for
-descriptions.  With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if
-interactive), the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command indents
-every description in every menu in the region.  However, this command
-does not indent the second and subsequent lines of a multi-line
-description.@refill
-
-@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-@findex texinfo-sequential-node-update
-Insert the names of the nodes immediately following and preceding the
-current node as the `Next' or `Previous' pointers regardless of those
-nodes' hierarchical level.  This means that the `Next' node of a
-subsection may well be the next chapter.  Sequentially ordered nodes are
-useful for novels and other documents that you read through
-sequentially.  (However, in Info, the @code{g* @key{RET}} command lets
-you look through the file sequentially, so sequentially ordered nodes
-are not strictly necessary.)  With an argument (prefix argument, if
-interactive), the @code{texinfo-sequential-node-update} command
-sequentially updates all the nodes in the region.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Info Formatting, Printing, Updating Nodes and Menus, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Formatting for Info
-@cindex Formatting for Info
-@cindex Running an Info formatter
-@cindex Info formatting
-
-Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of a
-Texinfo file for Info.  Often, when you are writing a document, you
-want to format only part of a file---that is, a region.@refill
-
-You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-region} or the
-@code{makeinfo-region} command to format a region:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-@item  C-c C-e C-r
-@itemx M-x texinfo-format-region
-@itemx C-c C-m C-r
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-region
-Format the current region for Info.@refill
-@end table
-
-You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or the
-@code{makeinfo-buffer} command to format a whole buffer:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-@item  C-c C-e C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-@itemx C-c C-m C-b
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer
-Format the current buffer for Info.@refill
-@end table
-
-@need 1000
-For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-u m
-@exdent or
-C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus.  Then type the following to create
-an Info file:
-
-@example
-C-c C-m C-b
-@exdent or
-M-x makeinfo-buffer
-@end example
-
-For the Info formatting commands to work, the file @emph{must} include
-a line that has @code{@@setfilename} in its header.@refill
-
-Not all systems support the @code{makeinfo}-based formatting commands.@refill
-
-@xref{Create an Info File}, for details about Info formatting.@refill
-
-@node Printing, Texinfo Mode Summary, Info Formatting, Texinfo Mode
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Formatting and Printing
-@cindex Formatting for printing
-@cindex Printing a region or buffer
-@cindex Region formatting and printing
-@cindex Buffer formatting and printing
-@cindex Part of file formatting and printing
-
-Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in which
-you first create a file for printing (called a @sc{dvi} file), and then
-print the file.  Optionally, you may also create indices.  To do this,
-you must run the @code{texindex} command after first running the
-@code{tex} typesetting command; and then you must run the @code{tex}
-command again.  Or else run the @code{texi2dvi} command which
-automatically creates indices as needed.@refill
-
-Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print
-only part of a file to see what it will look like.  You can use the
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} and related commands for this purpose.  Use
-the @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} command to format all of a
-buffer.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-t C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer
-@findex texinfo-tex-buffer
-Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer.  In addition to running @TeX{} on the
-buffer, this command automatically creates or updates indices as
-needed.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-t C-r
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region
-@findex texinfo-tex-region
-Run @TeX{} on the region.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex
-Run @code{texindex} to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-region}.  The @code{texinfo-tex-region} command does
-not run @code{texindex} automatically; it only runs the @code{tex}
-typesetting command.  You must run the @code{texinfo-tex-region} command
-a second time after sorting the raw index files with the @code{texindex}
-command.  (Usually, you do not format an index when you format a region,
-only when you format a buffer.  Now that the @code{texi2dvi} command
-exists, there is no little need for this command.)@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print
-@findex texinfo-tex-print
-Print the file (or the part of the file) previously formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-buffer} or @code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill
-@end table
-
-For @code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} to work, the
-file @emph{must} start with a @samp{\input texinfo} line and must
-include an @code{@@settitle} line.  The file must end with @code{@@bye}
-on a line by itself.  (When you use @code{texinfo-tex-region}, you must
-surround the @code{@@settitle} line with start-of-header and
-end-of-header lines.)@refill
-
-@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for a description of the other @TeX{} related
-commands, such as @code{tex-show-print-queue}.@refill
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Summary,  , Printing, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Texinfo Mode Summary
-
-In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that
-begin with the same keys.  All the commands that are custom-created
-for Texinfo mode begin with @kbd{C-c}.  The keys are somewhat 
-mnemonic.@refill
-
-@subheading Insert Commands
-
-The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the
-first letter of the @@-command to be inserted.  (It might make more
-sense mnemonically to use @kbd{C-c C-i}, for `custom insert', but
-@kbd{C-c C-c} is quick to type.)@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-c c       @r{Insert} @samp{@@code}.
-C-c C-c d       @r{Insert} @samp{@@dfn}.
-C-c C-c e       @r{Insert} @samp{@@end}.
-C-c C-c i       @r{Insert} @samp{@@item}.
-C-c C-c n       @r{Insert} @samp{@@node}.
-C-c C-c s       @r{Insert} @samp{@@samp}.
-C-c C-c v       @r{Insert} @samp{@@var}.
-C-c C-c @{       @r{Insert braces.}
-C-c C-c ]
-C-c C-c @}       @r{Move out of enclosing braces.}
-
-@group
-C-c C-c C-d     @r{Insert a node's section title}
-                @r{in the space for the description}
-                @r{in a menu entry line.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Show Structure
-
-The @code{texinfo-show-structure} command is often used within a
-narrowed region.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-s         @r{List all the headings.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading The Master Update Command
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command creates a master menu; and can
-be used to update every node and menu in a file as well.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-u m
-M-x texinfo-master-menu
-                @r{Create or update a master menu.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-C-u C-c C-u m   @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, first}
-                @r{create or update all nodes and regular}
-                @r{menus, and then create a master menu.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Update Pointers
-
-The update pointer commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} and
-then either @kbd{C-n} for @code{texinfo-update-node} or @kbd{C-e} for
-@code{texinfo-every-node-update}.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-u C-n     @r{Update a node.}
-C-c C-u C-e     @r{Update every node in the buffer.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Update Menus
-
-Invoke the  update menu commands by typing @kbd{C-c C-u}
-and then either @kbd{C-m} for @code{texinfo-make-menu} or
-@kbd{C-a} for @code{texinfo-all-menus-update}.  To update
-both nodes and menus at the same time, precede @kbd{C-c C-u
-C-a} with @kbd{C-u}.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-u C-m     @r{Make or update a menu.}
-
-@group
-C-c C-u C-a     @r{Make or update all}
-                @r{menus in a buffer.} 
-@end group
-
-@group
-C-u C-c C-u C-a @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{first create or update all nodes and}
-                @r{then create or update all menus.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Format for Info
-
-The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are
-invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-e} and then either @kbd{C-r} for a region
-or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill
-
-The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the
-@code{makeinfo} program are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-m} and then
-either @kbd{C-r} for a region or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Use the @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands:
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-e C-r     @r{Format the region.}
-C-c C-e C-b     @r{Format the buffer.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Use @code{makeinfo}:
-
-@example
-C-c C-m C-r     @r{Format the region.}
-C-c C-m C-b     @r{Format the buffer.}
-C-c C-m C-l     @r{Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.}
-C-c C-m C-k     @r{Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Typeset and Print
-
-The @TeX{} typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing
-@kbd{C-c C-t} and then another control command: @kbd{C-r} for
-@code{texinfo-tex-region}, @kbd{C-b} for @code{texinfo-tex-buffer},
-and so on.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-t C-r     @r{Run @TeX{} on the region.}
-C-c C-t C-b     @r{Run} @code{texi2dvi} @r{on the buffer.}
-C-c C-t C-i     @r{Run} @code{texindex}.
-C-c C-t C-p     @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.}
-C-c C-t C-q     @r{Show the print queue.}
-C-c C-t C-d     @r{Delete a job from the print queue.}
-C-c C-t C-k     @r{Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.}
-C-c C-t C-x     @r{Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.}
-C-c C-t C-l     @r{Recenter the output buffer.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Other Updating Commands
-
-The `other updating commands' do not have standard keybindings because
-they are rarely used.
-
-@example
-@group
-M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-                @r{Insert missing @code{@@node} lines in region.}
-                @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{use section titles as node names.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-                @r{Update a multi-file document.}
-                @r{With @kbd{C-u 2} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{create or update all nodes and menus}
-                @r{in all included files first.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-                @r{Indent descriptions.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-                @r{Insert node pointers in strict sequence.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Beginning a File, Ending a File, Texinfo Mode, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Beginning a Texinfo File
-@cindex Beginning a Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file beginning
-@cindex File beginning
-
-Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a
-Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the
-document.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-@end menu
-
-@node Four Parts, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File, Beginning a File
-@ifinfo
-@heading Four Parts Begin a File
-@end ifinfo
-
-Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-The header, delimited by special comment lines, that includes the
-commands for naming the Texinfo file and telling @TeX{} what
-definitions' file to use when processing the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item 
-A short statement of what the file is about, with a copyright notice
-and copying permissions.  This is enclosed in @code{@@ifinfo} and
-@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only
-in the Info file.@refill
-
-@item 
-A title page and copyright page, with a copyright notice and copying
-permissions.  This is enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.  The title and copyright page appear
-only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill
-
-@item
-The `Top' node that contains a menu for the whole Info file.  The
-contents of this node appear only in the Info file.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a program
-and a warranty disclaimer.  The copying section will be followed by an
-introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.@refill
-
-Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo
-document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in
-parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual,
-this information must be given twice.@refill
-
-@node Sample Beginning, Header, Four Parts, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Sample Texinfo File Beginning
-
-The following sample shows what is needed.@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename @var{name-of-info-file}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@ifinfo
-This file documents @dots{}
-
-Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-
-@group
-Permission is granted to @dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c  This title page illustrates only one of the
-@@c  two methods of forming a title page.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed}
-@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle}
-@@author @var{author}
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c  The following two commands 
-@@c  start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end group
-
-Published by @dots{}
-
-Permission is granted to @dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-
-@@ifinfo
-This document describes @dots{} 
-
-This document applies to version @dots{} 
-of the program named @dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::          Your rights and freedoms.
-* First Chapter::    Getting started @dots{}
-* Second Chapter::              @dots{}
-  @dots{}
-  @dots{}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@node    First Chapter, Second Chapter, top,      top
-@@comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Index entry for First Chapter
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Header, Info Summary and Permissions, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Texinfo File Header
-@cindex Header for Texinfo files
-@cindex Texinfo file header
-
-Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and
-@TeX{} with necessary information.  These are the @code{\input
-texinfo} line, the @code{@@settitle} line, and the
-@code{@@setfilename} line.  If you want to run @TeX{} on just a part
-of the Texinfo File, you must write the @code{@@settitle}
-and @code{@@setfilename} lines between start-of-header and end-of-header
-lines.@refill
-
-Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or else like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@menu
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.  
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-@end menu
-
-@node First Line, Start of Header, Header, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The First Line of a Texinfo File
-@cindex First line of a Texinfo file
-@cindex Beginning line of a Texinfo file
-@cindex Header of a Texinfo file
-
-Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to @TeX{} must begin
-with a line that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This line serves two functions:
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-When the file is processed by @TeX{}, the @code{\input texinfo} command
-tells @TeX{} to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file.
-These are in a file called @file{texinfo.tex}, which is usually located
-in the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} directory.  @TeX{} uses the backslash,
-@samp{\}, to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses
-@code{@@}.  The @file{texinfo.tex} file causes the switch from @samp{\}
-to @samp{@@}; before the switch occurs, @TeX{} requires @samp{\}, which
-is why it appears at the beginning of the file.@refill
-
-@item 
-When the file is edited in GNU Emacs, the @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} mode
-specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Start of Header, setfilename, First Line, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Start of Header
-@cindex Start of header line
-
-Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file.
-Follow the start-of-header line with @code{@@setfilename} and
-@code{@@settitle} lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such
-as @code{@@smallbook} or @code{@@footnotestyle}; and then by an
-end-of-header line (@pxref{End of Header}).@refill
-
-With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or
-typeset part for printing.@refill
-
-A start-of-header line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@c %**start of header
-@end example
-
-The odd string of characters, @samp{%**}, is to ensure that no other
-comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.@refill
-
-@node setfilename, settitle, Start of Header, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@setfilename}
-@cindex Info file requires @code{@@setfilename}
-@findex setfilename
-
-In order to be made into an Info file, a Texinfo file must contain a line
-that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@end example
-
-Write the @code{@@setfilename} command at the beginning of a line and
-follow it on the same line by the Info file name.  Do not write
-anything else on the line; anything on the line after the command is
-considered part of the file name, including a comment.@refill
-
-The @code{@@setfilename} line specifies the name of the Info file to be
-generated.  This name should be different from the name of the Texinfo
-file.  The convention is to write a name with a @samp{.info} extension,
-to produce an Info file name such as @file{texinfo.info}.@refill
-
-Some operating systems cannot handle long file names.  You can run into
-a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short enough.
-This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file into
-short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending `-1', `-2', @dots{},
-`-10', `-11', and so on, to the original file name.  (@xref{Tag and
-Split Files, , Tag Files and Split Files}.)  The subfile name
-@file{texinfo.info-10}, for example, is too long for some systems; so
-the Info file name for this document is actually @file{texinfo} rather than
-@file{texinfo.info}.@refill
-
-The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the
-@code{@@setfilename} line, which is why the very first line of 
-the file (the @code{\input} line) does not need to be commented out.
-The @code{@@setfilename} line is ignored when you typeset a printed
-manual.@refill
-
-@node settitle, setchapternewpage, setfilename, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@settitle}
-@findex settitle
-
-In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must contain
-a line that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@settitle @var{title}
-@end example
-
-Write the @code{@@settitle} command at the beginning of a line and
-follow it on the same line by the title.  This tells @TeX{} the title
-to use in a header or footer.  Do not write anything else on the line;
-anything on the line after the command is considered part of the
-title, including a comment.@refill
-
-Conventionally, when @TeX{} formats a Texinfo file for double-sided
-output, the title is printed in the left-hand (even-numbered) page
-headings and the current chapter title is printed in the right-hand
-(odd-numbered) page headings.  (@TeX{} learns the title of each chapter
-from each @code{@@chapter} command.)  Page footers are not
-printed.@refill
-
-Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, @TeX{} looks for an
-@code{@@settitle} command line, in case you include the manual title
-in the heading. @refill
-
-The @code{@@settitle} command should precede everything that generates
-actual output in @TeX{}.@refill
-
-Although the title in the @code{@@settitle} command is usually the
-same as the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as
-it appears on the title page.  Thus, the two do not need not match
-exactly;  and the title in the @code{@@settitle} command can be a
-shortened or expanded version of the title as it appears on the title
-page. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} prints page headings only for that text that comes after the
-@code{@@end titlepage} command in the Texinfo file, or that comes
-after an @code{@@headings} command that turns on headings.
-(@xref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}, for more
-information.)@refill
-
-You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and
-footings.  @xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for a detailed discussion
-of this process.@refill
-
-@node setchapternewpage, paragraphindent, settitle, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-@cindex Starting chapters
-@cindex Pages, starting odd
-@findex setchapternewpage
-
-In a book or a manual, text is usually printed on both sides of the
-paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have
-odd numbers.  But in short reports, text often is printed only on one
-side of the paper.  Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not
-start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the
-preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command with various
-arguments to specify how @TeX{} should start chapters and whether it
-should typeset pages for printing on one or both sides of the paper
-(single-sided or double-sided printing).@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command at the beginning of a
-line followed by its argument.@refill
-
-For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to
-start on a fresh odd-numbered page:@refill
-
-@example
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@end example
-
-You can specify one of three alternatives with the
-@code{@@setchapternewpage} command:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@ignore
-@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-If the Texinfo file does not contain an @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command before the @code{@@titlepage} command, @TeX{} automatically
-begins chapters on new pages and prints headings in the standard
-format for single-sided printing.  This is the conventional format for
-single-sided printing.@refill
-
-The result is exactly the same as when you write
-@code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill
-@end ignore
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off}
-Cause @TeX{} to typeset a new chapter on the same page as the last
-chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.  Also, cause @TeX{} to
-format page headers for single-sided printing. (You can override the
-headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see
-@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on}
-Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new pages and to typeset page
-headers for single-sided printing.  This is the form most often
-used for short reports.@refill
-
-This alternative is the default.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd}
-Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new, odd-numbered pages
-(right-handed pages) and to typeset for double-sided printing.  This is
-the form most often used for books and manuals.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Texinfo does not have an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill
-
-@noindent
-(You can countermand or modify an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-with an @code{@@headings} command.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered---for
-example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered.
-By convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman
-numerals and not in sequence with the rest of the document.@refill
-
-Since an Info file does not have pages, the @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command has no effect on it.@refill
-
-Usually, you do not write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for
-single-sided printing, but accept the default which is to typeset for
-single-sided printing and to start new chapters on new pages.  Usually,
-you write an @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} command for double-sided
-printing.@refill
-
-@node paragraphindent, End of Header, setchapternewpage, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Paragraph Indenting
-@cindex Indenting paragraphs
-@cindex Paragraph indentation
-@findex paragraphindent
-
-The Info formatting commands may insert spaces at the beginning of the
-first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph.  You
-can use the @code{@@paragraphindent} command to specify the
-indentation.  Write an @code{@@paragraphindent} command at the
-beginning of a line followed by either @samp{asis} or a number.  The
-template is:@refill
-
-@example
-@@paragraphindent @var{indent}
-@end example
-
-The Info formatting commands indent according to the value of
-@var{indent}:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, the Info formatting
-commands do not change the existing indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is 0, the Info formatting commands delete
-existing indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than 0, the Info formatting
-commands indent the paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-The default value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@paragraphindent} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you write
-the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the
-region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)@refill
-
-A peculiarity of the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and
-@code{texinfo-format-region} commands is that they do not indent (nor
-fill) paragraphs that contain @code{@@w} or @code{@@*} commands.
-@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}, for a detailed description of what goes
-on.@refill
-
-@node End of Header,  , paragraphindent, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection  End of Header
-@cindex End of header line
-
-Follow the header lines with an @w{end-of-header} line.
-An end-of-header line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@c %**end of header
-@end example
-
-If you include the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command between the
-start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will typeset a region as
-that command specifies.  Similarly, if you include an @code{@@smallbook}
-command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will
-typeset a region in the ``small'' book format.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-The reason for the odd string of characters (@samp{%**}) is so that the
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} command does not accidentally find
-something that it should not when it is looking for the header.@refill
-
-The start-of-header line and the end-of-header line are Texinfo mode
-variables that you can change.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@iftex
-@xref{Start of Header}.
-@end iftex
-
-@node Info Summary and Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Header, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Summary and Copying Permissions for Info
-
-The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed copy of
-the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in a
-section that appears only in the Info file.  This section usually
-contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a
-copyright notice, and copying permissions.@refill
-
-The copyright notice should read:@refill
-
-@example
-Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and be put on a line by itself.@refill
-
-Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an appendix
-to this manual; see @ref{ifinfo Permissions, , @samp{ifinfo} Copying
-Permissions}, for the complete text.@refill
-
-The permissions text appears in an Info file @emph{before} the first
-node.  This mean that a reader does @emph{not} see this text when
-reading the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command
-@kbd{g *}.
-
-@node Titlepage & Copyright Page, The Top Node, Info Summary and Permissions, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Title and Copyright Pages
-
-A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page.
-Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well;
-more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title
-page.
-
-The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not in the
-Info file.  Because of this, it is possible to use several slightly
-obscure @TeX{} typesetting commands that cannot be used in an Info file.
-In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file contains the text
-of the copying permissions that will appear in the printed manual.@refill
-
-@xref{Titlepage Permissions, , Titlepage Copying Permissions}, for the
-standard text for the copyright permissions.@refill
-
-@menu
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center},
-                                  and @code{@@sp} commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle},
-                                  and @code{@@author} commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-@end menu
-
-@node titlepage, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@titlepage}
-@cindex Title page
-@findex titlepage
-
-Start the material for the title page and following copyright page
-with @code{@@titlepage} on a line by itself and end it with
-@code{@@end titlepage} on a line by itself.@refill
-
-The @code{@@end titlepage} command starts a new page and turns on page
-numbering. (@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for details about how to
-generate of page headings.)  All the material that you want to
-appear on unnumbered pages should be put between the
-@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands.  By using the
-@code{@@page} command you can force a page break within the region
-delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage}
-commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page.  This is
-how the copyright page is produced.  (The @code{@@titlepage} command
-might perhaps have been better named the
-@code{@@titleandadditionalpages} command, but that would have been
-rather long!)@refill
-
-@c !!! append refill to footnote when makeinfo can handle it.
-When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write the
-version of the program to which the manual applies on the title
-page.  If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is
-independent of it, you should also include an edition
-number@footnote{We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions
-of manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions';
-otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation
-by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same
-words.} for the manual.  This helps readers keep track of which manual
-is for which version of the program.  (The `Top' node
-should also contain this information; see @ref{makeinfo top, ,
-@code{@@top}}.)@refill
-
-Texinfo provides two methods for creating a title page.  One method
-uses the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} commands
-to generate a title page in which the words on the page are
-centered.@refill
-
-The second method uses the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and
-@code{@@author} commands to create a title page with black rules under
-the title and author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the
-right hand side of the page.  With this method, you do not specify any
-of the actual formatting of the title page.  You specify the text
-you want, and Texinfo does the formatting.  You may use either
-method.@refill
-
-@node titlefont center sp, title subtitle author, titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@sp}
-@findex titlefont
-@findex center
-@findex sp @r{(titlepage line spacing)}
-
-You can use the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center}
-commands to create a title page for a printed document.  (This is the
-first of the two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@titlefont} command to select a large font suitable for
-the title itself.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@@titlefont@{Texinfo@}
-@end example
-
-Use the @code{@@center} command at the beginning of a line to center
-the remaining text on that line.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@@center @@titlefont@{Texinfo@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-centers the title, which in this example is ``Texinfo'' printed
-in the title font.@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@sp} command to insert vertical space.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@sp 2
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This inserts two blank lines on the printed page.  (@xref{sp, ,
-@code{@@sp}}, for more information about the @code{@@sp}
-command.)@refill
-
-A template for this method looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@center @@titlefont@{@var{name-of-manual-when-printed}@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@sp 2
-@@center @var{author}
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The spacing of the example fits an 8 1/2 by 11 inch manual.@refill
-
-@node title subtitle author, Copyright & Permissions, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author}
-@findex title
-@findex subtitle
-@findex author
-
-You can use the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author}
-commands to create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal
-spacing is done for you automatically.  This contrasts with the method 
-described in
-the previous section, in which the @code{@@sp} command is needed to
-adjust vertical spacing.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, or @code{@@author}
-commands at the beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle,
-or author.@refill
-
-The @code{@@title} command produces a line in which the title is set
-flush to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font.
-The title is underlined with a black rule.@refill
-
-The @code{@@subtitle} command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font
-flush to the right-hand side of the page.@refill
-
-The @code{@@author} command sets the names of the author or authors in
-a middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line
-near the bottom of the title page.  The names are underlined with a
-black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title.
-(The black rule only occurs if the @code{@@author} command line is
-followed by an @code{@@page} command line.)@refill
-
-There are two ways to use the @code{@@author} command: you can write
-the name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with
-an @code{@@author} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@@author by Jane Smith and John Doe
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more)
-@code{@@author} commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@author Jane Smith
-@@author John Doe
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)@refill
-
-@need 950
-A template for this method looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed}
-@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle}
-@@author @var{author}
-@@page
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-Contrast this form with the form of a title page written using the
-@code{@@sp}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@titlefont} commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@center @@titlefont@{Name of Manual When Printed@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center Subtitle, If Any
-@@sp 1
-@@center Second subtitle
-@@sp 2
-@@center Author
-@@page
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end example
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Copyright & Permissions, end titlepage, title subtitle author, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Copyright Page and Permissions
-@cindex Copyright page
-@cindex Printed permissions
-@cindex Permissions, printed
-
-By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be
-either on the title page or on the back of the title page.  The
-copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the
-organization or person who owns the copyright.@refill
-
-When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page
-is customarily not numbered.  Therefore, in Texinfo, the information
-on the copyright page should be within @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.@refill
-
-@findex vskip
-@findex filll
-@cindex Vertical whitespace (@samp{vskip})
-Use the @code{@@page} command to cause a page break.  To push the
-copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the
-bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the
-@code{@@page} command that reads like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is a @TeX{} command that is not supported by the Info formatting
-commands.  The @code{@@vskip} command inserts whitespace.  The
-@samp{0pt plus 1filll} means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace,
-and as much optional whitespace as needed to push the
-following text to the bottom of the page.  Note the use of three
-@samp{l}s in the word @samp{filll}; this is the correct usage in
-@TeX{}.@refill
-
-@findex copyright
-In a printed manual, the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command generates a
-@samp{c} inside a circle.  (In Info, it generates @samp{(C)}.)  The
-copyright notice itself has the following legally defined sequence:@refill
-
-@example
-Copyright @copyright{} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end example
-
-It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the
-copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the
-manual.@refill
-
-Note that permissions must be given here as well as in the summary
-segment within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} that
-immediately follows the header since this text appears only in the
-printed manual and the @samp{ifinfo} text appears only in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@xref{Sample Permissions}, for the standard text.@refill
-
-@node end titlepage, headings on off, Copyright & Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Heading Generation
-@findex end titlepage
-@cindex Headings, page, begin to appear
-@cindex Titlepage end starts headings 
-@cindex End titlepage starts headings
-
-An @code{@@end titlepage} command on a line by itself not only marks
-the end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes @TeX{} to start
-generating page headings and page numbers.
-
-To repeat what is said elsewhere,  Texinfo has two standard page heading
-formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of each sheet of paper
-(single-sided printing), and the other for documents which are printed on both
-sides of each sheet (double-sided printing).   
-(@xref{setchapternewpage, ,@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)
-You can specify these formats in different ways:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The conventional way is to write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-before the title page commands, and then have the @code{@@end
-titlepage} command start generating page headings in the manner desired.
-(@xref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)@refill
-
-@item
-Alternatively, you can use the @code{@@headings} command to prevent page
-headings from being generated or to start them for either single or
-double-sided printing.  (Write an @code{@@headings} command immediately
-after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}, for more information.)@refill
-
-@item
-Or, you may specify your own page heading and footing format.
-@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for detailed
-information about page headings and footings.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or
-double-sided format, using @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} for
-double-sided printing and no @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for
-single-sided printing.@refill
-
-@node headings on off,  , end titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @code{@@headings} Command
-@findex headings
-
-The @code{@@headings} command is rarely used.  It specifies what kind of
-page headings and footings to print on each page.  Usually, this is
-controlled by the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command.  You need the
-@code{@@headings} command only if the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-does not do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page
-headings prior to defining your own.  Write an @code{@@headings} command
-immediately after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.@refill
-
-There are four ways to use the @code{@@headings} command:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@headings off
-Turn off printing of page headings.@refill
-
-@item @@headings single
-Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing.
-@refill
-
-@item @@headings double
-@itemx @@headings on
-Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing.  The two
-commands, @code{@@headings on} and @code{@@headings double}, are
-synonymous.@refill
-@end table
-
-For example, suppose you write @code{@@setchapternewpage off} before the
-@code{@@titlepage} command to tell @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the
-same page as the end of the last chapter.  This command also causes
-@TeX{} to typeset page headers for single-sided printing.  To cause
-@TeX{} to typeset for double sided printing, write @code{@@headings
-double} after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.
-
-You can stop @TeX{} from generating any page headings at all by
-writing @code{@@headings off} on a line of its own immediately after the
-line containing the @code{@@end titlepage} command, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@end titlepage
-@@headings off
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The @code{@@headings off} command overrides the @code{@@end titlepage}
-command, which would otherwise cause @TeX{} to print page
-headings.@refill
-
-You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing.
-@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for more information.@refill
-
-@node The Top Node, Software Copying Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node
-@cindex Master menu
-@cindex Node, `Top'
-
-The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.@refill
-
-A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and an
-extensive, master menu for the whole Info file.  
-This helps the reader understand what the Info file is
-about.  Also, you should write the version number of the program to
-which the Info file applies; or, at least, the edition number.@refill
-
-The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file; none
-of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands.  (@TeX{} does not
-print either an @code{@@node} line or a menu; they appear only in Info;
-strictly speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}, but it is simplest to do so.
-@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-@end menu
-
-@node Title of Top Node, Master Menu Parts, The Top Node, The Top Node
-@ifinfo
-@subheading `Top' Node Title
-@end ifinfo
-
-Sometimes, you will want to place an @code{@@top} sectioning command
-line containing the title of the document immediately after the
-@code{@@node Top} line (@pxref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top}
-Sectioning Command}, for more information).@refill
-
-For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an
-@code{@@top} sectioning command, a short description, and edition and
-version information.  It looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@ifinfo
-@@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-@@top Texinfo
-
-Texinfo is a documentation system@dots{}
-@end group
-
-@group
-This is edition@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::                 Texinfo is freely 
-                              redistributable.
-* Overview::                What is Texinfo?
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@@end menu
-@end example
-
-In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the top
-level directory of the whole Info system, which is called @samp{(dir)}.
-The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master
-menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first
-chapter.@refill
-
-@node Master Menu Parts,  , Title of Top Node, The Top Node
-@subsection Parts of a Master Menu
-@cindex Master menu parts
-@cindex Parts of a master menu
-
-A @dfn{master menu} is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a
-file.
-
-A master menu is enclosed in @code{@@menu} and @code{@@end menu}
-commands and does not appear in the printed document.@refill
-
-Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the nodes
-for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the appendices.@refill
-
-@item
-The second part contains nodes for the indices.@refill
-
-@item
-The third and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, lower
-level nodes, often ordered by chapter.  This way, rather than go
-through an intermediary menu, an inquirer can go directly to a
-particular node when searching for specific information.  These menu
-items are not required; add them if you think they are a
-convenience.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line.  So
-long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be
-treated as a menu entry.  (@xref{Writing a Menu}, for more
-information.)@refill
-
-For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following
-(but has many more entries):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::             Texinfo is freely 
-                          redistributable.
-* Overview::            What is Texinfo?
-* Texinfo Mode::        Special features in GNU Emacs.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@group
-* Command and Variable Index::    
-                        An entry for each @@-command.
-* Concept Index::       An entry for each concept.
-@end group
-
-@group
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-
-* Info Files::          What is an Info file?
-* Printed Manuals::     Characteristics of 
-                          a printed manual.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@end group
-
-@group
-Using Texinfo Mode
-
-* Info on a Region::    Formatting part of a file 
-                          for Info.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Software Copying Permissions,  , The Top Node, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Software Copying Permissions
-@cindex Software copying permissions
-@cindex Copying software
-@cindex Distribution
-@cindex License agreement
-
-If the Texinfo file has a section containing the ``General Public
-License'' and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer
-for the software that is documented, this section usually follows the
-`Top' node.  The General Public License is very important to Project
-GNU software.  It ensures that you and others will continue to have a
-right to use and share the software.@refill
-
-The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are
-followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the
-manual.@refill
-
-@cindex Introduction, as part of file
-Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it
-is very helpful.  Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what
-the file is about and who would be interested in reading it.  In
-general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution
-information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document.
-Usually, an introduction is put in an @code{@@unnumbered} section.
-(@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The @code{@@unnumbered} and
-@code{@@appendix} Commands}.)@refill
-
-@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Ending a Texinfo File
-@cindex Ending a Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file ending
-@cindex File ending
-@findex bye
-
-The end of a Texinfo file should include the commands that create
-indices and generate detailed and summary tables of contents.
-And it must include the @code{@@bye} command that marks the last line
-processed by @TeX{}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@@node    Concept Index,     , Variables Index, Top
-@@c        node-name,    next, previous,        up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@menu
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and 
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-@end menu
-
-@node Printing Indices & Menus, Contents, Ending a File, Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Index Menus and Printing an Index
-@findex printindex
-@cindex Printing an index
-@cindex Indices, printing and menus
-@cindex Generating menus with indices
-@cindex Menus generated with indices
-
-To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info
-file.  This does not happen automatically just because you use
-@code{@@cindex} or other index-entry generating commands in the
-Texinfo file; those just cause the raw data for the index to be
-accumulated.  To generate an index, you must include the
-@code{@@printindex} command at the place in the document where you
-want the index to appear.  Also, as part of the process of creating a
-printed manual, you must run a program called @code{texindex}
-(@pxref{Format/Print Hardcopy}) to sort the raw data to produce a sorted
-index file.  The sorted index file is what is actually used to
-print the index.@refill
-
-Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept
-index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the
-program index, and the data type index (@pxref{Predefined Indices}).  Each
-index type has a two-letter name: @samp{cp}, @samp{fn}, @samp{vr},
-@samp{ky}, @samp{pg}, and @samp{tp}.  You may merge indices, or put them
-into separate sections (@pxref{Combining Indices}); or you may define
-your own indices (@pxref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}).@refill
-
-The @code{@@printindex} command takes a two-letter index name, reads
-the corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into
-an index.@refill
-
-@ignore
-The two-letter index names are:
-
-@table @samp
-@item cp
-concept index
-@item fn
-function index
-@item vr
-variable index
-@item ky
-key index
-@item pg
-program index
-@item tp
-data type index
-@end table
-@end ignore
-The @code{@@printindex} command does not generate a chapter heading
-for the index.  Consequently, you should precede the
-@code{@@printindex} command with a suitable section or chapter command
-(usually @code{@@unnumbered}) to supply the chapter heading and put
-the index into the table of contents.  Precede the @code{@@unnumbered}
-command with an @code{@@node} line.@refill
-
-@need 1200
-For example:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top
-@@comment    node-name,         next,       previous, up
-@@unnumbered Variable Index
-
-@@printindex vr
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@node     Concept Index,     , Variable Index, Top
-@@comment      node-name, next,       previous, up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@summarycontents
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-(Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book,
-since that makes it easiest to find.)@refill
-
-@ignore
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@printindex} command needs a sorted index file
-to work from.  @TeX{} does not know how to do sorting; this is a
-deficiency.  @TeX{} writes output files of raw index data; use the
-@code{texindex} program to convert these files to sorted index files.
-(@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for more information.)@refill
-@end ignore
-@node     Contents, File End, Printing Indices & Menus, Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Generating a Table of Contents
-@cindex Table of contents
-@cindex Contents, Table of 
-@findex contents
-@findex summarycontents
-@findex shortcontents
-
-The @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and other structuring commands
-supply the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not
-cause an actual table to appear in the manual.  To do this, you must
-use the @code{@@contents} and @code{@@summarycontents}
-commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@contents
-Generate a table of contents in a printed manual, including all
-chapters, sections, subsections, etc., as well as appendices and
-unnumbered chapters.  (Headings generated by the @code{@@heading}
-series of commands do not appear in the table of contents.)  The
-@code{@@contents} command should be written on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-@item @@shortcontents
-@itemx @@summarycontents
-(@code{@@summarycontents} is a synonym for @code{@@shortcontents}; the
-two commands are exactly the same.)@refill
-
-Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the
-chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters).  Omit sections, subsections
-and subsubsections.  Only a long manual needs a short table
-of contents in addition to the full table of contents.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@shortcontents} command on a line by itself right
-@emph{before} the @code{@@contents} command.@refill
-@end table
-
-The table of contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like
-heading at the top of the first table of contents page.  Write the table
-of contents commands at the very end of a Texinfo file, just before the
-@code{@@bye} command, following any index sections---anything in the
-Texinfo file after the table of contents commands will be omitted from
-the table of contents.@refill
-
-When you print a manual with a table of contents, the table of
-contents are printed last and numbered with roman numerals.  You need
-to place those pages in their proper place, after the title page,
-yourself.  (This is the only collating you need to do for a printed
-manual.  The table of contents is printed last because it is generated
-after the rest of the manual is typeset.)@refill
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example of where to write table of contents commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@var{indices}@dots{}
-@@shortcontents
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info
-formatting commands ignore the @code{@@contents} and
-@code{@@shortcontents} commands.@refill
-
-@node File End,  , Contents, Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@bye} File Ending
-@findex bye
-
-An @code{@@bye} command terminates @TeX{} or Info formatting.  None of
-the formatting commands see any of the file following @code{@@bye}.
-The @code{@@bye} command should be on a line by itself.@refill
-
-If you wish, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line with notes. These notes
-will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed
-manual; it is as if text after @code{@@bye} were within @code{@@ignore}
-@dots{} @code{@@end ignore}.  Also, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line
-with a local variables list.  @xref{Compile-Command, , Using Local
-Variables and the Compile Command}, for more information.@refill
-
-@node Structuring, Nodes, Ending a File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Chapter Structuring
-@cindex Chapter structuring
-@cindex Structuring of chapters
-
-The @dfn{chapter structuring} commands divide a document into a hierarchy of
-chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections.  These commands
-generate large headings; they also provide information for the table
-of contents of a printed manual (@pxref{Contents, , Generating a Table
-of Contents}).@refill
-
-The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node structure,
-so normally you should put an @code{@@node} command immediately before
-each chapter structuring command (@pxref{Nodes}).  The only time you
-are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without using the
-node structuring commands is if you are writing a document that
-contains no cross references and will never be transformed into Info
-format.@refill
-
-It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is
-intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document.  If you
-do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a
-heading at the top of each node---but you don't need to.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{}
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::                     
-* unnumbered & appendix::       
-* majorheading & chapheading::  
-* section::                     
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::  
-* subsection::                  
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::  
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-* Raise/lower sections::        How to change commands' hierarchical level.
-@end menu
-
-@node Tree Structuring, Structuring Command Types, Structuring, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tree Structure of Sections
-@cindex Tree structuring
-
-A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like.  This structure can be visualized
-as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top
-and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and
-subsubsections.@refill
-
-Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters,
-each of which has two sections.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-                          Top
-                           |
-         -------------------------------------
-        |                  |                  |
-     Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-        |                  |                  |
-     --------           --------           --------
-    |        |         |        |         |        |         
- Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-   1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2
-looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-@@chapter Chapter 2
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that
-follow; the @code{@@node} and @code{@@menu} commands are described in
-following chapters. (@xref{Nodes}, and see @ref{Menus}.)@refill
-
-@node Structuring Command Types, makeinfo top, Tree Structuring, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Types of Structuring Command
-
-The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series, each
-of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the
-hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and
-subsubsections.@refill
-
-The four groups are the @code{@@chapter} series, the
-@code{@@unnumbered} series, the @code{@@appendix} series, and the
-@code{@@heading} series.@refill
-
-Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the
-printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce
-titles that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or
-manual.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The @code{@@chapter} and @code{@@appendix} series of commands produce
-numbered or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in
-its table of contents.@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@unnumbered} series of commands produce unnumbered entries
-both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents.  The
-@code{@@top} command, which has a special use, is a member of this
-series (@pxref{makeinfo top, , @code{@@top}}).@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@heading} series of commands produce unnumbered headings
-that do not appear in a table of contents.  The heading commands never
-start a new page.@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@majorheading} command produces results similar to using
-the @code{@@chapheading} command but generates a larger vertical
-whitespace before the heading.@refill
-
-@item
-When an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command says to do so, the
-@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@unnumbered}, and @code{@@appendix} commands
-start new pages in the printed manual; the @code{@@heading} commands
-do not.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 1000
-Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:@refill
-
-@c Slightly different formatting for regular sized books and smallbooks.
-@ifset smallbook
-@sp 1
-@tex
-{\let\rm=\indrm \let\tt=\indtt
-\halign{\hskip\itemindent#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&
-\hskip.5em#\hfil\cr
-
-& & &                                                \rm No new pages\cr
-\rm Numbered&    \rm Unnumbered&  \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr
-\rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm Not in contents\cr
-
-& & & \cr
- &              \tt  @@top&            &               \tt @@majorheading\cr
-\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered&    \tt @@appendix&     \tt @@chapheading\cr
-\tt @@section&   \tt @@unnumberedsec&   \tt @@appendixsec&   \tt @@heading\cr
-\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec&
-\tt @@subheading\cr
-\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec&
-\tt @@subsubheading\cr}}
-@end tex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear smallbook
-@sp 1
-@tex
-\vbox{
-\halign{\hskip\itemindent\hskip.5em#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&
-\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em #\hfil\cr
-
-& & & \cr
-& & &                                                \rm No new pages\cr
-\rm Numbered&    \rm Unnumbered&  \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr
-\rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm Not in contents\cr
-
-& & & \cr
- &              \tt  @@top&            &               \tt @@majorheading\cr
-\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered&    \tt @@appendix&     \tt @@chapheading\cr
-\tt @@section&   \tt @@unnumberedsec&   \tt @@appendixsec&   \tt @@heading\cr
-\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec&
-\tt @@subheading\cr
-\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec&
-\tt @@subsubheading\cr}}
-@end tex
-@end ifclear
-@ifinfo
-@example
-@group
-                                                       @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}       @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}    @r{In contents}          @r{In contents}        @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end example
-@end ifinfo
-
-@c Cannot line up columns properly inside of an example because of roman
-@c proportional fonts.
-@ignore
-@ifset smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-@group
-                                                       @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}      @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}      @r{In contents}           @r{In contents}         @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-@group
-                                                      @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}      @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}      @r{In contents}           @r{In contents}         @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ignore
-
-@node makeinfo top, chapter, Structuring Command Types, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@top} 
-
-The @code{@@top} command is a special sectioning command that you use
-only after an @code{@@node Top} line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.
-The @code{@@top} command tells the @code{makeinfo} formatter 
-which node is the `Top'
-node.  It has the same typesetting effect as @code{@@unnumbered}
-(@pxref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}}).
-For detailed information, see
-@ref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} Command}.@refill
-
-@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@chapter}
-@findex chapter
-
-@code{@@chapter} identifies a chapter in the document.  Write the
-command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by
-the title of the chapter.@refill
-
-For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled ``Chapter
-Structuring''; the @code{@@chapter} line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@chapter Chapter Structuring
-@end example
-
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@chapter} command creates a chapter in the
-document, specifying the chapter title.  The chapter is numbered
-automatically.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@chapter} command causes the title to appear on a
-line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.  Thus,
-in Info, the above example produces the following output:@refill
-
-@example
-Chapter Structuring
-*******************
-@end example
-
-@node unnumbered & appendix, majorheading & chapheading, chapter, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}
-@findex unnumbered
-@findex appendix
-
-Use the @code{@@unnumbered} command to create a chapter that appears
-in a printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind.  Use the
-@code{@@appendix} command to create an appendix in a printed manual
-that is labelled by letter instead of by number.@refill
-
-For Info file output, the @code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix}
-commands are equivalent to @code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a
-line by itself with a line of asterisks underneath.  (@xref{chapter, ,
-@code{@@chapter}}.)@refill
-
-To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an
-@code{@@appendix} or @code{@@unnumbered} command at the beginning of a
-line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you
-were creating a chapter.@refill
-
-@node majorheading & chapheading, section, unnumbered & appendix, Structuring
-@section @code{@@majorheading}, @code{@@chapheading}
-@findex majorheading
-@findex chapheading
-
-The @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading} commands put
-chapter-like headings in the body of a document.@refill
-
-However, neither command causes @TeX{} to produce a numbered heading
-or an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes
-@TeX{} to start a new page in a printed manual.@refill
-
-In @TeX{}, an @code{@@majorheading} command generates a larger vertical
-whitespace before the heading than an @code{@@chapheading} command but
-is otherwise the same.@refill
-
-In Info,
-the @code{@@majorheading} and
-@code{@@chapheading} commands are equivalent to
-@code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a line by itself with a line
-of asterisks underneath.  (@xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.)@refill
-
-@node section, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, majorheading & chapheading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@section}
-@findex section
-
-In a printed manual, an @code{@@section} command identifies a
-numbered section within a chapter.  The section title appears in the
-table of contents.  In Info, an @code{@@section} command provides a
-title for a segment of text, underlined with @samp{=}.@refill
-
-This section is headed with an @code{@@section} command and looks like
-this in the Texinfo file:@refill
-
-@example
-@@section @@code@{@@@@section@}
-@end example
-
-To create a section, write the @code{@@section} command at the
-beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the section
-title.@refill
-
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@section This is a section
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a section
-=================
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-in Info.
-
-@node unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, subsection, section, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading}
-@findex unnumberedsec
-@findex appendixsec
-@findex heading
-
-The @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, and @code{@@heading}
-commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and
-heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@section} command.
-(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@unnumberedsec
-The @code{@@unnumberedsec} command may be used within an
-unnumbered chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to
-provide an unnumbered section.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsec
-@itemx @@appendixsection
-@code{@@appendixsection} is a longer spelling of the
-@code{@@appendixsec} command; the two are synonymous.@refill
-@findex appendixsection
-
-Conventionally, the @code{@@appendixsec} or @code{@@appendixsection}
-command is used only within appendices.@refill
-
-@item @@heading
-You may use the @code{@@heading} command anywhere you wish for a
-section-style heading that will not appear in the table of contents.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node subsection, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@subsection} Command
-@findex subsection
-
-Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters.
-(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)  In Info, subsection titles are
-underlined with @samp{-}.  For example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@subsection This is a subsection
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a subsection
---------------------
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents
-and are numbered three levels deep.@refill
-
-@node unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, subsubsection, subsection, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@subsection}-like Commands 
-@cindex Subsection-like commands 
-@findex unnumberedsubsec
-@findex appendixsubsec
-@findex subheading
-
-The @code{@@unnumberedsubsec}, @code{@@appendixsubsec}, and
-@code{@@subheading} commands are, respectively, the unnumbered,
-appendix-like, and heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@subsection}
-command.  (@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@subsection}-like commands generate a title
-underlined with hyphens.  In a printed manual, an @code{@@subheading}
-command produces a heading like that of a subsection except that it is
-not numbered and does not appear in the table of contents.  Similarly,
-an @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} command produces an unnumbered heading like
-that of a subsection and an @code{@@appendixsubsec} command produces a
-subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of
-these commands produce headings that appear in the table of
-contents.@refill
-
-@node subsubsection, Raise/lower sections, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The `subsub' Commands
-@cindex Subsub commands 
-@findex subsubsection
-@findex unnumberedsubsubsec
-@findex appendixsubsubsec
-@findex subsubheading
-
-The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the
-`subsub' commands.  They are:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@subsubsection
-Subsubsections are to subsections as subsections are to sections.
-(@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)  In a printed manual,
-subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are numbered
-four levels deep.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec
-Unnumbered subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents of a
-printed manual, but lack numbers.  Otherwise, unnumbered
-subsubsections are the same as subsubsections.  In Info, unnumbered
-subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsubsec
-Conventionally, appendix commands are used only for appendices and are
-lettered and numbered appropriately in a printed manual.  They also
-appear in the table of contents.  In Info, appendix subsubsections look
-exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubheading
-The @code{@@subsubheading} command may be used anywhere that you need
-a small heading that will not appear in the table of contents.  In
-Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection
-headings.@refill
-@end table
-
-In Info,  `subsub' titles are underlined with periods.  
-For example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@subsubsection This is a subsubsection
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a subsubsection
-.......................
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Raise/lower sections,  , subsubsection, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections}
-@findex @@raisesections
-@findex @@lowersections
-@cindex Raising and lowering sections
-@cindex Sections, raising and lowering 
-
-The @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections} commands raise and
-lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, subsections and the
-like.  The @code{@@raisesections} command changes sections to chapters,
-subsections to sections, and so on.  The @code{@@lowersections} command
-changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so on.
-
-An @code{@@lowersections} command is useful if you wish to include text
-that is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in another
-Texinfo file as an inner, included file.  If you write the command at
-the beginning of the file, all your @code{@@chapter} commands are
-formatted as if they were @code{@@section} commands, all your
-@code{@@section} command are formatted as if they were
-@code{@@subsection} commands, and so on.
-
-@need 1000
-@code{@@raisesections} raises a command one level in the chapter
-structuring hierarchy:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-  @r{Change}           @r{To}
-
-@@subsection     @@section,
-@@section        @@chapter,
-@@heading        @@chapheading,
-          @r{etc.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-@code{@@lowersections} lowers a command one level in the chapter
-structuring hierarchy:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-  @r{Change}           @r{To}
-
-@@chapter        @@section,
-@@subsection     @@subsubsection,
-@@heading        @@subheading,
-          @r{etc.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-An @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command changes only
-those structuring commands that follow the command in the Texinfo file.
-Write an @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command on a
-line of its own.
-
-An @code{@@lowersections} command cancels an @code{@@raisesections}
-command, and vice versa.
-
-Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical
-level a step at a time.
-
-An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an
-attempt to lower below `subsubsections' reproduces subsubsection
-commands.
-
-@node Nodes, Menus, Structuring, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Nodes
-
-@dfn{Nodes} are the primary segments of a Texinfo file.  They do not
-themselves impose a hierarchic or any other kind of structure on a file.
-Nodes contain @dfn{node pointers} that name other nodes, and can contain
-@dfn{menus} which are lists of nodes.  In Info, the movement commands
-can carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu.  Node
-pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed
-books.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure 
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}.
-@end menu
-
-@node Two Paths, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes, Nodes
-@ifinfo
-@heading Two Paths
-@end ifinfo
-
-The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are
-independent of each other:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-In Info, node and menu commands provide structure.  The chapter
-structuring commands generate headings with different kinds of
-underlining---asterisks for chapters, hyphens for sections, and so on;
-they do nothing else.@refill
-
-@item
-In @TeX{}, the chapter structuring commands generate chapter and section
-numbers and tables of contents.  The node and menu commands provide
-information for cross references; they do nothing else.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way
-you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a
-different structure than its printed output.  However, most Texinfo
-files are written such that the structure for the Info output
-corresponds to the structure for the printed output.  It is not
-convenient to do otherwise.@refill
-
-Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in
-which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch
-out.  Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a
-matching structure in the Info output.@refill
-
-@node Node Menu Illustration, node, Two Paths, Nodes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Node and Menu Illustration
-
-Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a Texinfo
-file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.@refill
-
-Note that the ``root'' is at the top of the diagram and the ``leaves''
-are at the bottom.  This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally;
-it illustrates an upside-down tree.  For this reason, the root node is
-called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the
-root.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-                          Top
-                           |
-         -------------------------------------
-        |                  |                  |
-     Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-        |                  |                  |
-     --------           --------           --------
-    |        |         |        |         |        |         
- Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-   1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write the beginning of the node for Chapter 2 like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node     Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-@@comment  node-name,  next,      previous,  up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This @code{@@node} line says that the name of this node is ``Chapter 2'', the
-name of the `Next' node is ``Chapter 3'', the name of the `Previous'
-node is ``Chapter 1'', and the name of the `Up' node is ``Top''.
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please Note:} `Next' refers to the next node at the same
-hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node
-within the Texinfo file.  In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node may
-be at a lower level---a section-level node may follow a chapter-level
-node, and a subsection-level node may follow a section-level node.
-`Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the @emph{same} hierarchical
-level.  (The `Top' node contains the exception to this rule.  Since the
-`Top' node is the only node at that level, `Next' refers to the first
-following node, which is almost always a chapter or chapter-level
-node.)@refill
-@end quotation
-
-To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside Chapter
-2.  (@xref{Menus}.)  You would write the menu just
-before the beginning of Section 2.1, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@menu
-    * Sect. 2.1::    Description of this section.
-    * Sect. 2.2::  
-    @@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@node     Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2
-    @@comment  node-name, next,      previous,  up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually
-lead to other nodes at the same level---from chapter to chapter or from
-section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points
-up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer
-to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer
-to `leaves').  (A cross reference can point to a node at any level;
-see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill
-
-Usually, an @code{@@node} command and a chapter structuring command are
-used in sequence, along with indexing commands.  (You may follow the
-@code{@@node} line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is
-which.)@refill
-
-Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called ``Ending a
-Texinfo File''.  This shows an @code{@@node} line followed by a comment
-line, an @code{@@chapter} line, and then by indexing lines.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,        previous,         up
-@@chapter Ending a Texinfo File
-@@cindex Ending a Texinfo file
-@@cindex Texinfo file ending
-@@cindex File ending
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node node, makeinfo Pointer Creation, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@node} Command
-
-@cindex Node, defined
-A @dfn{node} is a segment of text that begins at an @code{@@node}
-command and continues until the next @code{@@node} command.  The
-definition of node is different from that for chapter or section.  A
-chapter may contain sections and a section may contain subsections;
-but a node cannot contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only
-until the next @code{@@node} command in the file.  A node usually
-contains only one chapter structuring command, the one that follows
-the @code{@@node} line.  On the other hand, in printed output nodes
-are used only for cross references, so a chapter or section may
-contain any number of nodes.  Indeed, a chapter usually contains
-several nodes, one for each section, subsection, and
-subsubsection.@refill
-
-To create a node, write an @code{@@node} command at the beginning of a
-line, and follow it with four arguments, separated by commas, on the
-rest of the same line.  These arguments are the name of the node, and
-the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order.
-You may insert spaces before each pointer if you wish; the spaces are
-ignored.  You must write the name of the node, and the names of the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, all on the same line.  Otherwise,
-the formatters fail.  (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information
-about nodes in Info.)@refill
-
-Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines
-immediately after an @code{@@node} line---for example, an
-@code{@@section} or @code{@@subsection} line.  (@xref{Structuring
-Command Types, , Types of Structuring Command}.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work
-only with Texinfo files in which @code{@@node} lines are followed by chapter
-structuring lines.  @xref{Updating Requirements}.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@TeX{} uses @code{@@node} lines to identify the names to use for cross
-references.  For this reason, you must write @code{@@node} lines in a
-Texinfo file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not
-intend to format it for Info.  (Cross references, such as the one at the
-end of this sentence, are made with @code{@@xref} and its related
-commands; see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an @code{@@node} line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @@-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the @code{@@top} command. 
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-@end menu
-
-@node Node Names, Writing a Node, node, node
-@ifinfo
-@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names
-@end ifinfo
-
-The name of a node identifies the node.  The pointers enable
-you to reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.@refill
-
-Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose menu
-mentions that node.  The node's `Next' pointer contains the name of the
-node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous' pointer
-contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu.  When a
-node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node pointers
-name the same node.@refill
-
-Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its
-`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the @file{dir} file, which
-contains the main menu for all of Info.@refill
-
-The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the manual.
-Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the manual in the
-`Top' node.  @xref{First Node}, for information on how to write the
-first node of a Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@node Writing a Node, Node Line Tips, Node Names, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection How to Write an @code{@@node} Line
-@cindex Writing an @code{@@node} line
-@cindex @code{@@node} line writing
-@cindex Node line writing
-
-The easiest way to write an @code{@@node} line is to write @code{@@node}
-at the beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node @var{node-name}
-@end example
-
-If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands
-provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you
-can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let @code{makeinfo}
-insert node pointers into the Info file it creates.  (@xref{Texinfo
-Mode}, and @ref{makeinfo Pointer Creation}.)@refill
-
-Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers yourself.  If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the
-Texinfo mode keyboard command @kbd{C-c C-c n}.  This command inserts
-@samp{@@node} and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in
-their proper order.  The comment line helps you keep track of which
-arguments are for which pointers.  This comment line is especially useful
-if you are not familiar with Texinfo.@refill
-
-The template for a node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node @var{node-name}, @var{next}, @var{previous}, @var{up}
-@end example
-
-If you wish, you can ignore @code{@@node} lines altogether in your first
-draft and then use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to
-create @code{@@node} lines for you.  However, we do not 
-recommend this practice.  It is better to name the node itself 
-at the same time that you
-write a segment so you can easily make cross references.  A large number
-of cross references are an especially important feature of a good Info
-file.@refill
-
-After you have inserted an @code{@@node} line, you should immediately
-write an @@-command for the chapter or section and insert its name.
-Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries.  Usually,
-you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of
-referring to the node in the index.  Use them all.  This will make it
-much easier for people to find the node.@refill
-
-@node Node Line Tips, Node Line Requirements, Writing a Node, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@node} Line Tips
-
-Here are three suggestions:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Try to pick node names that are informative but short.@refill
-
-In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are all
-inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the window.
-(This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)@refill
-
-@item
-Try to pick node names that differ from each other near the beginnings
-of their names.  This way, it is easy to use automatic name completion in
-Info.@refill
-
-@item
-By convention, node names are capitalized just as they would be for
-section or chapter titles---initial and significant words are
-capitalized; others are not.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@node Node Line Requirements, First Node, Node Line Tips, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@node} Line Requirements
-
-@cindex Node line requirements
-Here are several requirements for @code{@@node} lines:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex Unique nodename requirement
-@cindex Nodename must be unique
-@item
-All the node names for a single Info file must be unique.@refill
-
-Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands.  This means, for
-example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must name
-each summary node differently.  You cannot just call each one
-``Summary''.  You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters, sections,
-and the like.  Thus you can end each chapter in a book with a section
-called ``Summary'', so long as the node names for those sections are all
-different.@refill
-
-@item
-A pointer name must be the name of a node.@refill
-
-The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the
-node containing the pointer.@refill
-
-@cindex @@-command in nodename
-@cindex Nodename, cannot contain
-@item
-You cannot use any of the Texinfo @@-commands in a node name;
-@w{@@-commands} confuse Info.@refill
-
-@need 750
-Thus, the beginning of the section called @code{@@chapter} looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@node  chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring
-@@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@@section @@code@{@@@@chapter@}
-@@findex chapter
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex Comma in nodename
-@cindex Colon in nodename
-@cindex Apostrophe in nodename
-@item
-You cannot use commas, colons, or apostrophes within a node name; these
-confuse @TeX{} or the Info formatters.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example, the following is a section title:
-
-@smallexample
-@@code@{@@@@unnumberedsec@}, @@code@{@@@@appendixsec@}, @@code@{@@@@heading@} 
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-The corresponding node name is:
-
-@smallexample
-unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex Case in nodename
-@item
-Case is significant.
-@end itemize
-
-@node First Node, makeinfo top command, Node Line Requirements, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The First Node 
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node is first
-@cindex First node
-
-The first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, except in an
-included file (@pxref{Include Files}).
-
-The `Top' node (which must be named @samp{top} or @samp{Top}) should
-have as its `Up' and `Previous' nodes the name of a node in another
-file, where there is a menu that leads to this file.  Specify the file
-name in parentheses.  If the file is to be installed directly in the
-Info directory file, use @samp{(dir)} as the parent of the `Top' node;
-this is short for @samp{(dir)top}, and specifies the `Top' node in the
-@file{dir} file, which contains the main menu for Info.  For example,
-the @code{@@node Top} line of this manual looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(You may use the Texinfo updating commands or the @code{makeinfo}
-utility to insert these `Next' and @samp{(dir)} pointers
-automatically.)@refill
-
-@xref{Install an Info File}, for more information about installing
-an Info file in the @file{info} directory.@refill
-
-The `Top' node contains the main or master menu for the document.
-
-@node makeinfo top command, Top Node Summary, First Node, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @code{@@top} Sectioning Command
-@findex top @r{(@@-command)}
-
-A special sectioning command, @code{@@top}, has been created for use
-with the @code{@@node Top} line.  The @code{@@top} sectioning command tells
-@code{makeinfo} that it marks the `Top' node in the file.  It provides
-the information that @code{makeinfo} needs to insert node
-pointers automatically.  Write the @code{@@top} command at the
-beginning of the line immediately following the @code{@@node Top}
-line.  Write the title on the remaining part of the same line as the
-@code{@@top} command.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@top} sectioning command causes the title to appear on a
-line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.@refill
-
-In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top}
-sectioning command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}.
-Neither of these formatters require an @code{@@top} command, and do
-nothing special with it.  You can use @code{@@chapter} or
-@code{@@unnumbered} after the @code{@@node Top} line when you use
-these formatters.  Also, you can use @code{@@chapter} or
-@code{@@unnumbered} when you use the Texinfo updating commands to
-create or update pointers and menus.@refill
-
-@node Top Node Summary,  , makeinfo top command, node
-@subsection The `Top' Node Summary
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node summary
-
-You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after the
-@code{@@top} line, before the main or master menu.  The summary should
-briefly describe the document.  In Info, this summary will appear just
-before the master menu.  In a printed manual, this summary will appear
-on a page of its own.@refill
-
-If you do not want the summary to appear on a page of its own in a
-printed manual, you can enclose the whole of the `Top' node, including
-the @code{@@node Top} line and the @code{@@top} sectioning command line
-or other sectioning command line between @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo}.  This prevents any of the text from appearing in the printed
-output. (@pxref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}).  You can
-repeat the brief description from the `Top' node within @code{@@iftex}
-@dots{} @code{@@end iftex} at the beginning of the first chapter, for
-those who read the printed manual.  This saves paper and may look
-neater.@refill
-
-You should write the version number of the program to which the manual
-applies in the summary.  This helps the reader keep track of which
-manual is for which version of the program.  If the manual changes more
-frequently than the program or is independent of it, you should also
-include an edition number for the manual.  (The title page should also
-contain this information: see @ref{titlepage, ,
-@code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill
-
-@node makeinfo Pointer Creation,  , node, Nodes
-@section Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Creating pointers with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Pointer creation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Automatic pointer creation with @code{makeinfo}
-
-The @code{makeinfo} program has a feature for automatically creating
-node pointers for a hierarchically organized file that lacks
-them.@refill
-
-When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node.
-However, you must write a sectioning command, such as @code{@@chapter}
-or @code{@@section}, on the line immediately following each truncated
-@code{@@node} line.  You cannot write a comment line after a node
-line; the section line must follow it immediately.@refill
-
-In addition, you must follow the `Top' @code{@@node} line with a line beginning
-with @code{@@top} to mark the `Top' node in the file. @xref{makeinfo
-top, , @code{@@top}}.
-
-Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top'
-node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the
-node's hierarchical level.@refill
-
-This node pointer insertion feature in @code{makeinfo} is an
-alternative to the menu and pointer creation and update commands in
-Texinfo mode.  (@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.)  It is especially
-helpful to people who do not use GNU Emacs for writing Texinfo
-documents.@refill
-
-@node Menus, Cross References, Nodes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,          up
-@chapter Menus
-@cindex Menus
-@findex menu
-
-@dfn{Menus} contain pointers to subordinate
-nodes.@footnote{Menus can carry you to any node, regardless
-of the hierarchical structure; even to nodes in a different
-Info file.  However, the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating
-commands work only to create menus of subordinate nodes.
-Conventionally, cross references are used to refer to other
-nodes.} In Info, you use menus to go to such nodes.  Menus
-have no effect in printed manuals and do not appear in
-them.@refill
-
-By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who
-uses the menu may not see text that follows it.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-A node that has a menu should @emph{not} contain much text.  If you
-have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new
-subnode---all but a few lines.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@emph{A node that has a menu should not contain much text.} If you
-have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new
-subnode---all but a few lines.  Otherwise, a reader with a terminal
-that displays only a few lines may miss the menu and its associated
-text.  As a practical matter, you should locate a menu within 20 lines
-of the beginning of the node.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-@end menu
-
-@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, Menus, Menus
-@ifinfo
-@heading Menus Need Short Nodes
-@end ifinfo
-@cindex Menu location
-@cindex Location of menus
-@cindex Nodes for menus are short
-@cindex Short nodes for menus
-
-@ifinfo
-A reader can easily see a menu that is close to the beginning of the
-node.  The node should be short.  As a practical matter, you should
-locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node.
-Otherwise, a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may
-miss the menu and its associated text.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual.  To
-avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and
-follow the menu by an @code{@@node} line, and then an @code{@@heading}
-line located within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}.  This way,
-the menu, @code{@@node} line, and title appear only in the Info file,
-not the printed document.@refill
-
-For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu,
-@code{@@node} line, and heading, and look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Menu Location::             Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::            What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::              Two and three part entries.
-* Other Info Files::          How to refer to a different 
-                                Info file.
-@@end menu
-
-@@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu,  , Menus
-@@ifinfo
-@@heading Menus Need Short Nodes
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen
-examples of this procedure.  One is at the beginning of this chapter;
-another is at the beginning of the ``Cross References'' chapter.@refill
-
-@node Writing a Menu, Menu Parts, Menu Location, Menus
-@section Writing a Menu
-@cindex Writing a menu
-@cindex Menu writing
-
-A menu consists of an @code{@@menu} command on a line by
-itself followed by menu entry lines or menu comment lines
-and then by an @code{@@end menu} command on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-A menu looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a menu, every line that begins with an @w{@samp{* }} is a
-@dfn{menu entry}.  (Note the space after the asterisk.)  A
-line that does not start with an @w{@samp{* }} may also
-appear in a menu.  Such a line is not a menu entry but is a
-menu comment line that appears in the Info file.  In
-the example above, the line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a
-menu comment line; the two lines starting with @w{@samp{* }}
-are menu entries.
-
-@node Menu Parts, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Writing a Menu, Menus
-@section The Parts of a Menu
-@cindex Parts of a menu
-@cindex Menu parts
-@cindex @code{@@menu} parts
-
-A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is
-required:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The menu entry name.
-
-@item
-The name of the node (required).
-
-@item
-A description of the item.
-@end enumerate
-
-The template for a menu entry looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-* @var{menu-entry-name}: @var{node-name}.   @var{description}
-@end example
-
-Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node name
-with tab, comma, period, or newline.@refill
-
-In Info, a user selects a node with the @kbd{m} (@code{Info-menu})
-command.  The menu entry name is what the user types after the @kbd{m}
-command.@refill
-
-The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or
-sentence.  Menu entry names and node names are often short; the
-description explains to the reader what the node is about.  The
-description, which is optional, can spread over two or more lines.  A
-useful description complements the node name rather than repeats
-it.@refill
-
-@node Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menu Example, Menu Parts, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Less Cluttered Menu Entry
-@cindex Two part menu entry
-@cindex Double-colon menu entries
-@cindex Menu entries with two colons
-@cindex Less cluttered menu entry
-@cindex Uncluttered menu entry
-
-When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write
-the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of
-the line and follow the name with two colons.@refill
-
-@need 800
-For example, write
-
-@example
-* Name::                                    @var{description}
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-instead of
-
-@example
-* Name: Name.                               @var{description}
-@end example
-
-You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever possible,
-since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.@refill
-
-@node Menu Example, Other Info Files, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section A Menu Example
-@cindex Menu example
-@cindex Example menu
-
-A menu looks like this in Texinfo:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-* Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-* menu:
-
-* menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-* Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-* menu:
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In this example, the menu has two entries.  @samp{Files} is both a menu
-entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name.
-@samp{Multiples} is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named
-@samp{Buffers}. The line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a comment; it
-appears in the menu, but is not an entry.@refill
-
-Since no file name is specified with either @samp{Files} or
-@samp{Buffers}, they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file
-(@pxref{Other Info Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}).@refill
-
-@node Other Info Files,  , Menu Example, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Referring to Other Info Files
-@cindex Referring to other Info files
-@cindex Nodes in other Info files
-@cindex Other Info files' nodes
-@cindex Going to other Info files' nodes
-@cindex Info; other files' nodes
-
-You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a
-node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just
-before the node name.  In this case, you should use the three-part menu
-entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file
-name.@refill
-
-@need 800
-The format looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* @var{first-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{nodename}.     @var{description}
-* @var{second-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{second-node}. @var{description}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-For example, to refer directly to the @samp{Outlining} and
-@samp{Rebinding} nodes in the @cite{Emacs Manual}, you would write a
-menu like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for 
-                                  editing outlines.
-* Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding.    How to redefine the 
-                                  meaning of a key.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info
-presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.@refill
-
-The @file{dir} file that contains the main menu for Info has menu
-entries that list only file names.  These take you directly to the `Top'
-nodes of each Info document.  (@xref{Install an Info File}.)@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-* Info: (info).         Documentation browsing system.
-* Emacs: (emacs).       The extensible, self-documenting 
-                        text editor.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The @file{dir} top level directory for the Info system is an Info file,
-not a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of
-file.)@refill
-
-Note that the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work
-with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create
-menus that refer to other files.  You must write such menus by hand.@refill
-
-@node Cross References, Marking Text, Menus, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Cross References
-@cindex Making cross references
-@cindex Cross references
-@cindex References
-
-@dfn{Cross references} are used to refer the reader to other parts of the
-same or different Texinfo files.  In Texinfo, nodes are the
-places to which cross references can refer.@refill
-
-@menu
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' @dots{}
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-@end menu
-
-@node References, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References, Cross References
-@ifinfo
-@heading What References Are For
-@end ifinfo
-
-Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that
-it can be read sequentially.  People tire of flipping back and forth
-to find information that should be presented to them as they need
-it.@refill
-
-However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for
-the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to
-provide access to such information.  Also, an on-line help system or a
-reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in
-sequence from beginning to end.  Instead, people look up what they
-need.  For this reason, such creations should contain many cross
-references to help readers find other information that they may not
-have read.@refill
-
-In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference,
-unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross
-reference names that manual.@refill
-
-In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow using
-the Info @samp{f} command.  (@inforef{Help-Adv, Some advanced Info
-commands, info}.)@refill
-
-The various cross reference commands use nodes to define cross
-reference locations.  This is evident in Info, in which a cross
-reference takes you to the specified node.  @TeX{} also uses nodes to
-define cross reference locations, but the action is less obvious.  When
-@TeX{} generates a @sc{dvi} file, it records nodes' page numbers and
-uses the page numbers in making references.  Thus, if you are writing
-a manual that will only be printed, and will not be used on-line, you
-must nonetheless write @code{@@node} lines to name the places to which
-you make cross references.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@node Cross Reference Commands, Cross Reference Parts, References, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Different Cross Reference Commands
-@cindex Different cross reference commands
-
-There are four different cross reference commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@xref
-Used to start a sentence in the printed manual saying @w{`See @dots{}'}
-or an Info cross-reference saying @samp{*Note @var{name}: @var{node}.}.
-
-@item @@ref
-Used within or, more often, at the end of a sentence; same as
-@code{@@xref} for Info; produces just the reference in the printed
-manual without a preceding `See'.@refill
-
-@item @@pxref
-Used within parentheses to make a reference that suits both an Info
-file and a printed book.  Starts with a lower case `see' within the
-printed manual. (@samp{p} is for `parenthesis'.)@refill
-
-@item @@inforef
-Used to make a reference to an Info file for which there is no printed
-manual.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(The @code{@@cite} command is used to make references to books and
-manuals for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore,
-no node to which to point.   @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.)@refill
-
-@node Cross Reference Parts, xref, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Parts of a Cross Reference
-@cindex Cross reference parts
-@cindex Parts of a cross reference
-
-A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the
-name of the node to which it refers.  But a cross reference command
-may contain up to four additional arguments.  By using these
-arguments, you can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic
-description or section title for the printed output, the name of a
-different Info file, and the name of a different printed
-manual.@refill
-
-Here is a simple cross reference example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Node name@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Node name::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section @var{nnn} [Node name], page @var{ppp}.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic, 
-info-file-name, A Printed Manual@}, for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name,
-for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-in Info and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Particular Topic'' in @i{A Printed Manual}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-in a printed book.
-
-The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The node name (required).  This is the node to which the
-cross reference takes you.  In a printed document, the location of the
-node provides the page reference only for references within the same
-document.@refill
-
-@item
-The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be different
-from the node name.  If you include this argument, it argument becomes
-the first part of the cross reference. It is usually omitted.@refill
-
-@item
-A topic description or section name.  Often, this is the title of the
-section.  This is used as the name of the reference in the printed
-manual.  If omitted, the node name is used.@refill
-
-@item
-The name of the Info file in which the reference is located, if it is
-different from the current file.@refill
-
-@item
-The name of a printed manual from a different Texinfo file.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic},
-@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are
-described separately following the description of @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in
-the @code{@@node} line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the
-formatters may not find the reference.@refill
-
-You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note
-how Info and @TeX{} format the output of each of the various commands:
-write @code{@@xref} at the beginning of a sentence; write
-@code{@@pxref} only within parentheses, and so on.@refill
-
-@node xref, Top Node Naming, Cross Reference Parts, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@xref}
-@findex xref
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@xref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@xref}
-
-The @code{@@xref} command generates a cross reference for the
-beginning of a sentence.  The Info formatting commands convert it into
-an Info cross reference, which the Info @samp{f} command can use to
-bring you directly to another node.  The @TeX{} typesetting commands
-convert it into a page reference, or a reference to another book or
-manual.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                @code{@@xref} with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               @code{@@xref} with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             @code{@@xref} with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments.
-@end menu
-
-@node Reference Syntax, One Argument, xref, xref
-@ifinfo
-@subheading What a Reference Looks Like and Requires
-@end ifinfo
-
-Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-*Note @var{node-name}::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or like this
-
-@example
-*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In @TeX{}, a cross reference looks like this:
-
-@example
-See Section @var{section-number} [@var{node-name}], page @var{page}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or like this
-
-@example
-See Section @var{section-number} [@var{title-or-topic}], page @var{page}.
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@xref} command does not generate a period or comma to end
-the cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output.
-You must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not
-recognize the end of the reference.  (The @code{@@pxref} command works
-differently.  @xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} A period or comma @strong{must} follow the closing
-brace of an @code{@@xref}.  It is required to terminate the cross
-reference.  This period or comma will appear in the output, both in
-the Info file and in the printed manual.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@code{@@xref} must refer to an Info node by name.  Use @code{@@node}
-to define the node (@pxref{Writing a Node}).@refill
-
-@code{@@xref} is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by
-commas.  Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.@refill
-
-A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may contain
-up to four additional arguments.  Each of these variations produces a
-cross reference that looks somewhat different.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Commas separate arguments in a cross reference;
-avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters
-mistake them for separators.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node One Argument, Two Arguments, Reference Syntax, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with One Argument
-
-The simplest form of @code{@@xref} takes one argument, the name of
-another node in the same Info file.    The Info formatters produce
-output that the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; @TeX{}
-produces output that specifies the page and section number for you.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Tropical Storms::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period.)@refill
-
-You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Tropical Storms::, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@quotation
-See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill
-
-@node Two Arguments, Three Arguments, One Argument, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Two Arguments
-
-With two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross
-reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the
-cross reference points.@refill
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-The template is like this:
-
-@example
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}.
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces:
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and 
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference name.)@refill
-
-You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and 
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill
-
-@node Three Arguments, Four and Five Arguments, Two Arguments, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Three Arguments
-
-A third argument replaces the node name in the @TeX{} output.  The third
-argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or
-else state the topic discussed by that section.  Often, you will want to
-use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the
-reference is printed.  Use a third argument when the node name is
-unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.@refill
-
-Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section of
-a cross reference, or within any other section.  The formatters divide
-cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma
-within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments.  In
-a reference, you need to write a title such as ``Clouds, Mist, and
-Fog'' without the commas.@refill
-
-Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of a
-@code{@@xref} to terminate the cross reference.  In the following
-examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill
-
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-The template is like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning@},
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the
-third argument serves both.  (Note how two commas, side by side, mark
-the empty second argument.)@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning@},
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references with
-just the first argument if the node name and the section title are the
-same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and title
-are different.@refill
-
-Here are several examples from @cite{The GAWK Manual}:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@@xref@{Sample Program@}.
-@@xref@{Glossary@}.
-@@xref@{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching@}.
-@@xref@{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes@}, 
-   for more information.
-@@xref@{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns@}.
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Four and Five Arguments,  , Three Arguments, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments
-
-In a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another
-Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and
-a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.@refill
-
-Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an
-@code{@@xref} command to terminate the cross reference.  In the
-following examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic},
-@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning, 
-weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes
-the name of the node.
-
-@noindent
-In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:@refill
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to
-Meteorology}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the
-reference lacks a page number since @TeX{} cannot know to which page a
-reference refers when that reference is to another manual.@refill
-
-Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long
-version of @code{@@xref}.  In this case, the third argument, the topic
-description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.@refill
-
-@noindent
-The template looks like this:
-
-@example
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, , @var{title-or-topic}, @var{info-file-name},
-@var{printed-manual-title}@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note @var{title-or-topic}: (@var{info-file-name})@var{node-name}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section @var{title-or-topic} in @var{printed-manual-title}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning, 
-weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-*Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects,
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to
-Meteorology}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that
-is within a single printed manual---when multiple Texinfo files are
-incorporated into the same @TeX{} run but make separate Info files.
-In this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not
-the fifth.@refill
-
-@node Top Node Naming, ref, xref, Cross References
-@section Naming a `Top' Node
-@cindex Naming a `Top' Node in references
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node naming for references
-
-In a cross reference, you must always name a node.  This means that in
-order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by
-writing it as the first argument to the @code{@@xref} command.  (This
-is different from the way you write a menu entry; see @ref{Other Info
-Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}.)  At the same time, to
-provide a meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross
-reference (instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate
-entry for the third argument to the @code{@@xref} command.
-@refill
-
-@noindent
-Thus, to make a cross reference to @cite{The GNU Make Manual},
-write:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Overview: (make)Top.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Overview'' in @i{The GNU Make Manual}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-In this example, @samp{Top} is the name of the first node, and
-@samp{Overview} is the name of the first section of the manual.@refill
-@node ref, pxref, Top Node Naming, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@ref}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@ref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@ref}
-@findex ref
-
-@code{@@ref} is nearly the same as @code{@@xref} except that it does
-not generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself.
-This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-For more information, see @@ref@{Hurricanes@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-For more information, see *Note Hurricanes.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123.
-@end quotation
-
-The @code{@@ref} command sometimes leads writers to express themselves
-in a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward
-in the Info format.  Bear in mind that your audience will be using
-both the printed and the Info format.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-Sea surges are described in @@ref@{Hurricanes@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-in a printed document, and the following in Info:
-
-@example
-Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::.
-@end example
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} You @emph{must} write a period or comma immediately
-after an @code{@@ref} command with two or more arguments.  Otherwise,
-Info will not find the end of the cross reference entry and its
-attempt to follow the cross reference will fail.  As a general rule,
-you should write a period or comma after every @code{@@ref} command.
-This looks best in both the printed and the Info output.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node pxref, inforef, ref, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@pxref}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@pxref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@pxref}
-@findex pxref
-
-The parenthetical reference command, @code{@@pxref}, is nearly the
-same as @code{@@xref}, but you use it @emph{only} inside parentheses
-and you do @emph{not} type a comma or period after the command's
-closing brace.  The command differs from @code{@@xref} in two
-ways:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-@TeX{} typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case
-`see' rather than an upper case `See'.@refill
-
-@item
-The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a
-closing colon or period.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing
-punctuation and the other does not, you should use @code{@@pxref}
-@emph{only} inside parentheses as part of another sentence.  Also, you
-yourself should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do
-with @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-@code{@@pxref} is designed so that the output looks right and works
-right between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file.
-In a printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a
-cross reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong.  But in
-an Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross
-reference so Info can recognize its end.  @code{@@pxref} spares you
-the need to use complicated methods to put a terminator into one form
-of the output and not the other.@refill
-
-@noindent
-With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (@@pxref@{Hurricanes@}) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-@group
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72) @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this
-template:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{} (@@pxref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-@dots{} (*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@need 1500
-@quotation
-@dots{} (see Section @var{nnn} [@var{node-name}], page @var{ppp}) @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-@code{@@pxref} can be used with up to five arguments just like
-@code{@@xref} (@pxref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}).@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Use @code{@@pxref} only as a parenthetical
-reference.  Do not try to use @code{@@pxref} as a clause in a sentence.
-It will look bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or
-both.@refill
-
-Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences.
-Although you may write them in the middle of a sentence, that location
-breaks up the flow of text.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node inforef,  , pxref, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@inforef}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@inforef}
-@cindex References using @code{@@inforef}
-@findex inforef
-
-@code{@@inforef} is used for cross references to Info files for which
-there are no printed manuals.  Even in a printed manual,
-@code{@@inforef} generates a reference directing the user to look in
-an Info file.@refill
-
-The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following
-order:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The node name.
-
-@item
-The cross reference name (optional).
-
-@item
-The Info file name.
-@end enumerate
-
-@noindent
-Separate the arguments with commas, as with @code{@@xref}.  Also, you
-must terminate the reference with a comma or period after the
-@samp{@}}, as you do with @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@@inforef@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{info-file-name}@},
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@inforef@{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info@},
-for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert,
-for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Similarly,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@inforef@{Expert, , info@}, for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note (info)Expert::, for more information.
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information.
-@end quotation
-
-The converse of @code{@@inforef} is @code{@@cite}, which is used to
-refer to printed works for which no Info form exists.  @xref{cite, ,
-@code{@@cite}}.@refill
-
-@node Marking Text, Quotations and Examples, Cross References, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Marking Words and Phrases
-@cindex Paragraph, marking text within
-@cindex Marking words and phrases
-@cindex Words and phrases, marking them
-@cindex Marking text within a paragraph
-
-In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways.
-The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to
-highlight the text.
-You can specify, for example, whether a word or phrase is a
-defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol used in a
-program.  Also, you can emphasize text.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-@end menu
-
-@node Indicating, Emphasis, Marking Text, Marking Text
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-@cindex Highlighting text
-@cindex Indicating commands, definitions, etc.
-
-Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece of
-text refers to.  For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by
-@code{@@var}, and code by @code{@@code}.  Since the pieces of text are
-labelled by commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy
-to change the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text.  (Texinfo is
-an @emph{intentional} formatting language rather than a @emph{typesetting}
-formatting language.)@refill
-
-For example, in a printed manual, 
-code is usually illustrated in a typewriter font;
-@code{@@code} tells @TeX{} to typeset this text in this font.  But it
-would be easy to change the way @TeX{} highlights code to use another
-font, and this change would not effect how keystroke examples are
-highlighted.  If straight typesetting commands were used in the body
-of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check
-every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and
-not something else that should not be changed.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-@end menu
-
-@node Useful Highlighting, code, Indicating, Indicating
-@ifinfo
-@subheading Highlighting Commands are Useful
-@end ifinfo
-
-The highlighting commands can be used to generate useful information
-from the file, such as lists of functions or file names.  It is
-possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard
-macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains
-words or phrases marked by a specified command.  You could do this to
-construct an index of functions if you had not already made the
-entries.@refill
-
-The commands serve a variety of purposes:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@}
-Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.@refill
-
-@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-Indicate keyboard input.@refill
-
-@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@}
-Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.@refill
-
-@item @@samp@{@var{text}@}
-Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters.@refill
-
-@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-Indicate a metasyntactic variable.@refill
-
-@item @@file@{@var{file-name}@}
-Indicate the name of a file.@refill
-
-@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@}
-Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.@refill
-
-@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@}
-Indicate the name of a book.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-Use for an @sc{ascii} control character.@refill
-@end ignore
-@end table
-
-@node code, kbd, Useful Highlighting, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@code}@{@var{sample-code}@}
-@findex code
-
-Use the @code{@@code} command to indicate text that is a piece of a
-program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens.  Enclose the
-text in braces.@refill
-
-Thus, you should use @code{@@code} for an expression in a program, for
-the name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a
-keyword.  Also, you should use @code{@@code} for the name of a
-program, such as @code{diff}, that is a name used in the machine. (You
-should write the name of a program in the ordinary text font if you
-regard it as a new English word, such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.)@refill
-
-Use @code{@@code} for environment variables such as @code{TEXINPUTS},
-and other variables.@refill
-
-Use @code{@@code} for command names in command languages that
-resemble programming languages, such as Texinfo or the shell.  
-For example, @code{@@code} and @code{@@samp} are produced by writing
-@samp{@@code@{@@@@code@}} and @samp{@@code@{@@@@samp@}} in the Texinfo
-source, respectively.@refill
-
-Note, however, that you should not use @code{@@code} for shell options
-such as @samp{-c} when such options stand alone. (Use @code{@@samp}.)
-Also, an entire shell command often looks better if written using
-@code{@@samp} rather than @code{@@code}.  In this case, the rule is to
-choose the more pleasing format.@refill
-
-It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an @code{@@code}
-command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence.  Most computer
-languages are case sensitive.  In C, for example, @code{Printf} is
-different from the identifier @code{printf}, and most likely is a
-misspelling of it.  Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it
-is confusing to a human reader to see identifiers spelled in different
-ways.  Pick one spelling and always use that.  If you do not want to
-start a sentence with a command written all in lower case, you should
-rearrange the sentence.@refill
-
-Do not use the @code{@@code} command for a string of characters shorter
-than a syntactic token.  If you are writing about @samp{TEXINPU}, which
-is just a part of the name for the @code{TEXINPUTS} environment
-variable, you should use @code{@@samp}.@refill
-
-In particular, you should not use the @code{@@code} command when writing
-about the characters used in a token; do not, for example, use
-@code{@@code} when you are explaining what letters or printable symbols
-can be used in the names of functions.  (Use @code{@@samp}.)  Also, you
-should not use @code{@@code} to mark text that is considered input to
-programs unless the input is written in a language that is like a
-programming language.  For example, you should not use @code{@@code} for
-the keystroke commands of GNU Emacs (use @code{@@kbd} instead) although
-you may use @code{@@code} for the names of the Emacs Lisp functions that
-the keystroke commands invoke.@refill
-
-In the printed manual, @code{@@code} causes @TeX{} to typeset the
-argument in a typewriter face.  In the Info file, it causes the Info
-formatting commands to use single quotation marks around the text.
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-Use @@code@{diff@} to compare two files.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces this in the printed manual:@refill
-
-@quotation
-Use @code{diff} to compare two files.
-@end quotation
-@iftex
-
-@noindent
-and this in the Info file:@refill
-
-@example
-Use `diff' to compare two files.
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-@node kbd, key, code, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@kbd}@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-@findex kbd
-
-Use the @code{@@kbd} command for characters of input to be typed by
-users.  For example, to refer to the characters @kbd{M-a},
-write@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{M-a@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and to refer to the characters @kbd{M-x shell}, write@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{M-x shell@}
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@kbd} command has the same effect as @code{@@code} in Info,
-but may produce a different font in a printed manual.@refill
-
-You can embed another @@-command inside the braces of an @code{@@kbd}
-command.  Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that
-would be described more verbosely as ``press an @samp{r} and then
-press the @key{RET} key'':@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{r @@key@{RET@}@}  
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces: @kbd{r @key{RET}}
-
-You also use the @code{@@kbd} command if you are spelling out the letters
-you type; for example:@refill
-
-@example
-To give the @@code@{logout@} command, 
-type the characters @@kbd@{l o g o u t @@key@{RET@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-To give the @code{logout} command, 
-type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}.
-@end quotation
-
-(Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity.  If you
-really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of
-input, write @kbd{@@key@{SPC@}} for it.)@refill
-
-@node key, samp, kbd, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@key}@{@var{key-name}@}
-@findex key
-
-Use the @code{@@key} command for the conventional name for a key on a
-keyboard, as in:@refill
-
-@example
-@@key@{RET@}
-@end example
-
-You can use the @code{@@key} command within the argument of an
-@code{@@kbd} command when the sequence of characters to be typed
-includes one or more keys that are described by name.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example, to produce @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} you would type:@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{C-x @@key@{ESC@}@}
-@end example
-
-@c bob: this next sentence looks weird, having a semi-colon followed by
-@c a colon that ends the "sentence"..  --mew
-Here is a list of the recommended names for keys; they are all in
-upper case:@refill
-@cindex Recommended names for keys
-@cindex Keys, recommended names
-@cindex Names recommended for keys
-@cindex Abbreviations for keys
-
-@quotation
-@table @t
-@item SPC
-Space
-@item RET
-Return
-@item LFD
-Linefeed
-@item TAB
-Tab
-@item BS
-Backspace
-@item ESC
-Escape
-@item DEL
-Delete
-@item SFT
-Shift
-@item CTL
-Control
-@item META
-Meta
-@end table
-@end quotation
-
-There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctl' that are
-names of shift keys.  When mentioning a character in which the shift
-key is used, such as @kbd{Meta-a}, use the @code{@@kbd} command alone;
-do not use the @code{@@key} command; but when you are referring to the
-shift key in isolation, use the @code{@@key} command.  For example,
-write @samp{@@kbd@{Meta-a@}} to produce @kbd{Meta-a} and
-@samp{@@key@{META@}} to produce @key{META}.  This is because
-@kbd{Meta-a} refers to keys that you press on a keyboard, but
-@key{META} refers to a key without implying that you press it.  In
-short, use @code{@@kbd} for what you do, and use @code{@@key} for what
-you talk about: ``Press @code{@@kbd@{M-a@}} to move point to the
-beginning of the sentence.  The @code{@@key@{META@}} key is often in the
-lower left of the keyboard.''@refill
-@cindex META key
-
-@node samp, var, key, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@samp}@{@var{text}@}
-@findex samp
-
-Use the @code{@@samp} command to indicate text that is a literal example
-or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc.
-Enclose the text in braces.  The argument appears within single
-quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in
-addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.@refill
-
-@example
-To match @@samp@{foo@} at the end of the line, 
-use the regexp @@samp@{foo$@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line, use the regexp
-@samp{foo$}.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use
-@code{@@samp} unless @code{@@kbd} is more appropriate.  Use
-@code{@@samp} for the names of command-line options.  Also, you may use
-@code{@@samp} for entire statements in C and for entire shell
-commands---in this case, @code{@@samp} often looks better than
-@code{@@code}.  Basically, @code{@@samp} is a catchall for whatever is
-not covered by @code{@@code}, @code{@@kbd}, or @code{@@key}.@refill
-
-Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the
-string you are specifying.  Write punctuation marks outside the braces
-if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds
-the string.  In the following sentence, for example, the commas and
-period are outside of the braces:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-In English, the vowels are @@samp@{a@}, @@samp@{e@}, 
-@@samp@{i@}, @@samp@{o@}, @@samp@{u@}, and sometimes 
-@@samp@{y@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e},
-@samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u},  and sometimes 
-@samp{y}.
-@end quotation
-
-@node var, file, samp, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@var}@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-@findex var
-
-Use the @code{@@var} command to indicate metasyntactic variables.  A
-@dfn{metasyntactic variable} is something that stands for another piece of
-text.  For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the
-documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed
-to that function.@refill
-
-Do not use @code{@@var} for the names of particular variables in
-programming languages.  These are specific names from a program, so
-@code{@@code} is correct for them.  For example, the Lisp variable
-@code{texinfo-tex-command} is not a metasyntactic variable; it is
-properly formatted using @code{@@code}.@refill
-
-The effect of @code{@@var} in the Info file is to change the case of
-the argument to all upper case; in the printed manual, to italicize it.  
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-To delete file @@var@{filename@}, 
-type @@code@{rm @@var@{filename@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-To delete file @var{filename}, type @code{rm @var{filename}}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that @code{@@var} may appear inside @code{@@code},
-@code{@@samp}, @code{@@file}, etc.)@refill
-
-Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and
-use hyphens to make it more readable.  Thus, the Texinfo source for
-the illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@@@setfilename @@var@{info-file-name@}
-@@@@settitle @@var@{name-of-manual@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with
-angle brackets, for example:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{}, type rm <filename>
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses.  (You can, of
-course, modify the sources to @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands
-to output the @code{<@dots{}>} format if you wish.)@refill
-
-@node file, dfn, var, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@file}@{@var{file-name}@}
-@findex file
-
-Use the @code{@@file} command to indicate text that is the name of a
-file, buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info.  You can
-also use the command for file name suffixes.  Do not use @code{@@file}
-for symbols in a programming language; use @code{@@code}.
-
-Currently, @code{@@file} is equivalent to @code{@@samp} in its effects.
-For example,@refill
-
-@example
-The @@file@{.el@} files are in 
-the @@file@{/usr/local/emacs/lisp@} directory.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-The @file{.el} files are in 
-the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory.
-@end quotation
-
-@node dfn, cite, file, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@dfn}@{@var{term}@}
-@findex dfn
-
-Use the @code{@@dfn} command to identify the introductory or defining
-use of a technical term.  Use the command only in passages whose
-purpose is to introduce a term which will be used again or which the
-reader ought to know.  Mere passing mention of a term for the first
-time does not deserve @code{@@dfn}.  The command generates italics in
-the printed manual, and double quotation marks in the Info file.  For
-example:@refill
-
-@example
-Getting rid of a file is called @@dfn@{deleting@} it.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it.
-@end quotation
-
-As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a
-term should be a definition of the term.  The sentence does not need
-to say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the
-information of a definition---it should make the meaning clear.
-
-@node cite,  , dfn, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@cite}@{@var{reference}@}
-@findex cite
-
-Use the @code{@@cite} command for the name of a book that lacks a
-companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed
-manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.@refill
-
-(If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross reference
-command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info.
-@xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.)@refill
-@ignore
-
-@c node ctrl,  , cite, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@c subsection @code{@@ctrl}@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-@findex ctrl
-
-The @code{@@ctrl} command is seldom used.  It describes an @sc{ascii}
-control character by inserting the actual character into the Info
-file.  
-
-Usually, in Texinfo, you talk what you type as keyboard entry by
-describing it with @code{@@kbd}: thus, @samp{@@kbd@{C-a@}} for
-@kbd{C-a}.  Use @code{@@kbd} in this way when talking about a control
-character that is typed on the keyboard by the user.  When talking
-about a control character appearing in a file or a string, do not use
-@code{@@kbd} since the control character is not typed.  Also, do not
-use @samp{C-} but spell out @code{control-}, as in @samp{control-a},
-to make it easier for a reader to understand.@refill
-
-@code{@@ctrl} is an idea from the beginnings of Texinfo which may not
-really fit in to the scheme of things.  But there may be times when
-you want to use the command.  The pattern is
-@code{@@ctrl@{@var{ch}@}}, where @var{ch} is an @sc{ascii} character
-whose control-equivalent is wanted.  For example, to specify
-@samp{control-f}, you would enter@refill
-
-@example
-@@ctrl@{f@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@ctrl{f}
-@end quotation
-
-In the Info file, this generates the specified control character, output
-literally into the file.  This is done so a user can copy the specified
-control character (along with whatever else he or she wants) into another
-Emacs buffer and use it.  Since the `control-h',`control-i', and
-`control-j' characters are formatting characters, they should not be
-indicated with @code{@@ctrl}.@refill
-
-In a printed manual, @code{@@ctrl} generates text to describe or
-identify that control character: an uparrow followed by the character
-@var{ch}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@node Emphasis,  , Indicating, Marking Text
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Emphasizing Text
-@cindex Emphasizing text
-
-Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text according to
-what category the words belong to; an example is the @code{@@code} command.
-Most often, this is the best way to mark words.
-However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a
-category.  Texinfo has two commands to do this.  Also, Texinfo has
-several commands that specify the font in which @TeX{} will typeset
-text.  These commands have no affect on Info and only one of them,
-the @code{@@r} command, has any regular use.@refill
-
-@menu
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-* Customized Highlighting::     How to define highlighting commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node emph & strong, Smallcaps, Emphasis, Emphasis
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@emph}@{@var{text}@} and @code{@@strong}@{@var{text}@}
-@cindex Emphasizing text, font for
-@findex emph
-@findex strong
-
-The @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} commands are for emphasis;
-@code{@@strong} is stronger.  In printed output, @code{@@emph}
-produces @emph{italics} and @code{@@strong} produces
-@strong{bold}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@quotation
-@@strong@{Caution:@} @@code@{rm * .[^.]*@} removes @@emph@{all@}
-files in the directory.
-@@end quotation
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@iftex
-@noindent
-produces the following in printed output:
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution}: @code{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all} 
-files in the directory.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-and the following in Info:
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-produces:
-@end ifinfo
-
-@example
-     *Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes *all* 
-     files in the directory.
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@strong} command is seldom used except to mark what is, in
-effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the
-preceding example.
-
-In the Info file, both @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} put asterisks
-around the text.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use @code{@@emph} or @code{@@strong} with the
-word @samp{Note}; Info will mistake the combination for a cross
-reference.  Use a phrase such as @strong{Please note} or
-@strong{Caution} instead.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node Smallcaps, Fonts, emph & strong, Emphasis
-@subsection @code{@@sc}@{@var{text}@}: The Small Caps Font
-@cindex Small caps font
-@findex sc @r{(small caps font)}
-
-@iftex
-Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in @sc{a
-small caps font} and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in a
-small caps font and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Write the text between braces in lower case, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-The @@sc@{acm@} and @@sc@{ieee@} are technical societies.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@display
-The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies.
-@end display
-
-@TeX{} typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the
-letters from `jumping out at you on the page'.  This makes small caps
-text easier to read than text in all upper case.  The Info formatting
-commands set all small caps text in upper case.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case,
-@TeX{} typesets in full-size capitals.  Use full-size capitals
-sparingly.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case,
-@TeX{} typesets in @sc{FULL-SIZE CAPITALS}.  Use full-size capitals
-sparingly.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as
-@sc{ato} (a @sc{nasa} word meaning `abort to orbit').@refill
-
-There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word
-such as @sc{cdr}, a word used in Lisp programming.  In this case, you
-should use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and
-subsequent elements of a list (the @sc{cdr} of the list), but you
-should use @samp{@@code} when the word refers to the Lisp function of
-the same spelling.@refill
-
-@node Fonts, Customized Highlighting, Smallcaps, Emphasis
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Fonts for Printing, Not Info
-@cindex Fonts for printing, not for Info
-@findex i @r{(italic font)}
-@findex b @r{(bold font)}
-@findex t @r{(typewriter font)}
-@findex r @r{(Roman font)}
-
-Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the
-printed manual but have no effect in the Info file.  @code{@@i}
-requests @i{italic} font (in some versions of @TeX{}, a slanted font
-is used), @code{@@b} requests @b{bold} face, @code{@@t} requests the
-@t{fixed-width}, typewriter-style font used by @code{@@code}, and @code{@@r} requests a
-@r{roman} font, which is the usual font in which text is printed.  All
-four commands apply to an argument that follows, surrounded by
-braces.@refill
-
-Only the @code{@@r} command has much use: in example programs, you
-can use the @code{@@r} command to convert code comments from the
-fixed-width font to a roman font.  This looks better in printed
-output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@lisp
-(+ 2 2)    ; @@r@{Add two plus two.@}
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(+ 2 2)    ; @r{Add two plus two.}
-@end lisp
-
-If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands.  If
-you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo
-language.@refill
-
-@node Customized Highlighting,  , Fonts, Emphasis
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Customized Highlighting
-@findex @@definfoenclose
-@cindex `Enclosure' command for Info
-@cindex Highlighting, customized
-@cindex Customized highlighting
-
-You can use regular @TeX{} commands inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{}
-@code{@@end iftex} to create your own customized highlighting commands
-for Texinfo.  The easiest way to do this is to equate your customized
-commands with pre-existing commands, such as those for italics.  Such
-new commands work only with @TeX{}.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@definfoenclose} command inside of
-@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo} to define commands for Info
-with the same names as new commands for @TeX{}.
-@code{@@definfoenclose} creates new commands for Info that mark text by
-enclosing it in strings that precede and follow the text.
-@footnote{Currently, @code{@@definfoenclose} works only with
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{texinfo-format-region}, not with
-@code{makeinfo}.}@refill
-
-Here is how to create a new @@-command called @code{@@phoo} that causes
-@TeX{} to typeset its argument in italics and causes Info to display the
-argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}.@refill
-
-@need 1300
-For @TeX{}, write the following to equate the @code{@@phoo} command with
-the existing @code{@@i} italics command:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@global@@let@@phoo=@@i
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This defines @code{@@phoo} as a command that causes @TeX{} to typeset
-the argument to @code{@@phoo} in italics.  @code{@@global@@let} tells
-@TeX{} to equate the next argument with the argument that follows the
-equals sign.  
-
-@need 1300
-For Info, write the following to tell the Info formatters to enclose the
-argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@definfoenclose phoo, //, \\
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Write the @code{@@definfoenclose} command on a line and follow it with
-three arguments separated by commas (commas are used as separators in an
-@code{@@node} line in the same way).@refill 
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The first argument to @code{@@definfoenclose} is the @@-command name
-@strong{without} the @samp{@@};
-
-@item
-the second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and,
-
-@item
-the third argument is the Info end delimiter string.  
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-The latter two arguments enclose the highlighted text in the Info file.
-A delimiter string may contain spaces.  Neither the start nor end
-delimiter is required.  However, if you do not provide a start
-delimiter, you must follow the command name with two commas in a row;
-otherwise, the Info formatting commands will misinterpret the end
-delimiter string as a start delimiter string.@refill
-
-After you have defined @code{@@phoo} both for @TeX{} and for Info, you
-can then write @code{@@phoo@{bar@}} to see @samp{//bar\\}
-in Info and see
-@ifinfo
-@samp{bar} in italics in printed output.
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@i{bar} in italics in printed output.
-@end iftex
-
-Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for @TeX{},
-the other for Info.
-
-@need 1200
-Here is another example: 
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@definfoenclose headword, , :
-@@end ifinfo
-@@iftex
-@@global@@let@@headword=@@b
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This defines @code{@@headword} as an Info formatting command that
-inserts nothing before and a colon after the argument and as a @TeX{}
-formatting command to typeset its argument in bold.
-
-@node Quotations and Examples, Lists and Tables, Marking Text, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Quotations and Examples
-
-Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more
-whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and
-treated differently.  They are usually indented.@refill
-
-In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an
-@@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing
-an @code{@@end} command that is also at the beginning of a line by
-itself.  For instance, you begin an example by writing @code{@@example}
-by itself at the beginning of a line and end the example by writing
-@code{@@end example} on a line by itself, at the beginning of that
-line.@refill
-@findex end
-
-@menu
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for 
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-@end menu
-
-@node Block Enclosing Commands, quotation, Quotations and Examples, Quotations and Examples
-@section The Block Enclosing Commands
-
-Here are commands for quotations and examples:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@quotation
-Indicate text that is quoted. The text is filled, indented, and
-printed in a roman font by default.@refill
-
-@item @@example
-Illustrate code, commands, and the like. The text is printed
-in a fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.@refill
-
-@item @@lisp
-Illustrate Lisp code. The text is printed in a fixed-width font, 
-and indented but not filled.@refill
-
-@item @@smallexample
-Illustrate code, commands, and the like.  Similar to
-@code{@@example}, except that in @TeX{} this command typesets text in
-a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} format than for the
-8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-@item @@smalllisp
-Illustrate Lisp code.  Similar to @code{@@lisp}, except that
-in @TeX{} this command typesets text in a smaller font for the smaller
-@code{@@smallbook} format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-@item @@display
-Display illustrative text.  The text is indented but not filled, and
-no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill
-
-@item @@format
-Print illustrative text.  The text is not indented and not filled
-and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill
-@end table
-
-The @code{@@exdent} command is used within the above constructs to
-undo the indentation of a line.  
-
-The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands are used to line
-up the left or right margins of unfilled text.@refill
-
-The @code{@@noindent} command may be used after one of the above
-constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new
-paragraph.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@cartouche} command within one of the above
-constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with
-rounded corners around it.  (The @code{@@cartouche} command affects
-only the printed manual; it has no effect in the Info file; see
-@ref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill
-
-@node quotation, example, Block Enclosing Commands, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@quotation}
-@cindex Quotations
-@findex quotation
-
-The text of a quotation is
-processed normally except that:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of the
-quotation is indented;@refill
-
-@item
-the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other
-lines;@refill
-
-@item
-in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@quotation
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@quotation}
-command and an @code{@@end quotation} command.  An @code{@@quotation}
-command is most often used to indicate text that is excerpted from
-another (real or hypothetical) printed work.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Write an @code{@@quotation} command as text on a line by itself.  This
-line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the quotation
-with a line beginning with and containing only @code{@@end quotation}.
-The @code{@@end quotation} line will likewise disappear from the
-output.  Thus, the following,@refill
-
-@example
-@@quotation
-This is
-a foo.
-@@end quotation
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-This is a foo.
-@end quotation
-
-@node example, noindent, quotation, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@example}
-@cindex Examples, formatting them
-@cindex Formatting examples
-@findex example
-
-The @code{@@example} command is used to indicate an example that is
-not part of the running text, such as computer input or output.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-This is an example of text written between an
-@code{@@example} command 
-and an @code{@@end example} command.
-The text is indented but not filled.
-@end group
-
-@group
-In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a
-fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are
-significant.  In the Info file, an analogous result is
-obtained by indenting each line with five spaces.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write an @code{@@example} command at the beginning of a line by itself.
-This line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the example
-with an @code{@@end example} command, also written at the beginning of a
-line by itself.  The @code{@@end example} will disappear from the
-output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@example
-mv foo bar
-@@end example
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-mv foo bar
-@end example
-
-Since the lines containing @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}
-will disappear, you should put a blank line before the
-@code{@@example} and another blank line after the @code{@@end
-example}.  (Remember that blank lines between the beginning
-@code{@@example} and the ending @code{@@end example} will appear in
-the output.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere
-else in Texinfo, for that matter)!  @TeX{} treats tabs as single
-spaces, and that is not what they look like.  This is a problem with
-@TeX{}.  (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use @kbd{M-x untabify} to
-convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Examples are often, logically speaking, ``in the middle'' of a
-paragraph, and the text continues after an example should not be
-indented.  The @code{@@noindent} command prevents a piece of text from
-being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
-@ifinfo
-(@xref{noindent}.)
-@end ifinfo
-
-(The @code{@@code} command is used for examples of code that are
-embedded within sentences, not set off from preceding and following
-text.  @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.)
-
-@node noindent, Lisp Example, example, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@noindent}
-@findex noindent
-
-An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments.
-Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new
-paragraph.  However, you can prevent this by writing @code{@@noindent}
-at the beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation
-text.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-This is an example
-@@end example
-
-@@noindent 
-This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-@@code@{@@@@display@} and @@code@{@@@@end display@}.)
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@display
-@example
-This is an example
-@end example
-@tex
-% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display
-\vskip-3.5\baselineskip
-@end tex
-
-@noindent
-This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-@code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.)
-@end display
-
-To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output,
-remember that the line containing @code{@@noindent} does not generate a
-blank line, and neither does the @code{@@end example} line.@refill
-
-In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says
-`produces' is preceded by a line containing @code{@@noindent}.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after an @code{@@noindent} command; they are not
-necessary, since @code{@@noindent} is a command used outside of
-paragraphs (@pxref{Command Syntax}).@refill
-
-@node Lisp Example, smallexample & smalllisp, noindent, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@lisp}
-@cindex Lisp example
-@findex lisp
-
-The @code{@@lisp} command is used for Lisp code.  It is synonymous
-with the @code{@@example} command.
-
-@lisp
-This is an example of text written between an
-@code{@@lisp} command and an @code{@@end lisp} command.
-@end lisp
-
-Use @code{@@lisp} instead of @code{@@example} so as to preserve
-information regarding the nature of the example.  This is useful, for
-example, if you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp
-code in a Texinfo file.  Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp
-library.@footnote{It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to
-work in a similar fashion for C, @sc{fortran}, or other languages.}@refill
-
-Mark the end of @code{@@lisp} with @code{@@end lisp} on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-@node smallexample & smalllisp, display, Lisp Example, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}
-@cindex Small book example 
-@cindex Example for a small book
-@cindex Lisp example for a small book
-@findex smallexample
-@findex smalllisp
-
-In addition to the regular @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands,
-Texinfo has two other ``example-style'' commands.  These are the
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands.  Both these
-commands are designed for use with the @code{@@smallbook} command that
-causes @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
-rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands
-typeset text in a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook}
-format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.  Consequently, many examples
-containing long lines fit in a narrower, @code{@@smallbook} page
-without needing to be shortened.  Both commands typeset in the normal
-font size when you format for the 8.5 by 11 inch size; indeed,
-in this situation, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}
-commands are defined to be the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp}
-commands.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands are
-equivalent to the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, and work
-exactly the same.@refill
-
-Mark the end of @code{@@smallexample} or @code{@@smalllisp} with
-@code{@@end smallexample} or @code{@@end smalllisp},
-respectively.@refill
-
-@iftex
-Here is an example written in the small font used by the
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands:
-
-@ifclear smallbook
-@display
-@tex
-% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display
-\vskip-3\baselineskip
-{\ninett 
-\dots{} to make sure that you have the freedom to
-distribute copies of free software (and charge for 
-this service if you wish), that you receive source 
-code or can get it if you want it, that you can 
-change the software or use pieces of it in new free 
-programs; and that you know you can do these things.}
-@end tex
-@end display
-@end ifclear
-@end iftex
-@ifset smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@end smallexample}.  In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual,
-this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual,
-this text appears in a smaller font.
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ifset
-@ifinfo
-@smallexample
-This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@end smallexample}.  In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual,
-this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual,
-this text appears in a smaller font.
-@end smallexample
-@end ifinfo
-
-The @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands make it
-easier to prepare smaller format manuals without forcing you to edit
-examples by hand to fit them onto narrower pages.@refill
-
-As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you write all the
-examples in a chapter consistently in @code{@@example} or in
-@code{@@smallexample}.  Only occasionally should you mix the two
-formats.@refill
-
-@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}, for more information
-about the @code{@@smallbook} command.@refill
-
-@node display, format, smallexample & smalllisp, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@display}
-@cindex Display formatting
-@findex display
-
-The @code{@@display} command begins a kind of example.  It is like the
-@code{@@example} command
-except that, in
-a printed manual, @code{@@display} does not select the fixed-width
-font.  In fact, it does not specify the font at all, so that the text
-appears in the same font it would have appeared in without the
-@code{@@display} command.@refill
-
-@display
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@display} command
-and an @code{@@end display} command.  The @code{@@display} command
-indents the text, but does not fill it.
-@end display
-
-@node format, exdent, display, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@format}
-@findex format
-
-The @code{@@format} command is similar to @code{@@example} except
-that, in the printed manual, @code{@@format} does not select the
-fixed-width font and does not narrow the margins.@refill
-
-@format
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@format} command
-and an @code{@@end format} command.  As you can see
-from this example, 
-the @code{@@format} command does not fill the text.
-@end format
-
-@node exdent, flushleft & flushright, format, Quotations and Examples
-@section @code{@@exdent}: Undoing a Line's Indentation
-@cindex Indentation undoing
-@findex exdent
-
-The @code{@@exdent} command removes any indentation a line might have.
-The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to
-the text that follows the command that is on the same line.  Do not use
-braces around the text.  In a printed manual, the text on an
-@code{@@exdent} line is printed in the roman font.@refill
-
-@code{@@exdent} is usually used within examples.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-This line follows an @@@@example command.
-@@exdent This line is exdented.
-This line follows the exdented line.
-The @@@@end example comes on the next line.
-@@end group
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line follows an @@example command.
-@exdent This line is exdented.
-This line follows the exdented line.
-The @@end example comes on the next line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In practice, the @code{@@exdent} command is rarely used.
-Usually, you un-indent text by ending the example and
-returning the page to its normal width.@refill
-
-@node flushleft & flushright, cartouche, exdent, Quotations and Examples
-@section @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}
-@findex flushleft
-@findex flushright
-
-The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands line up the
-ends of lines on the left and right margins of a page,
-but do not fill the text.  The commands are written on lines of their
-own, without braces.  The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}
-commands are ended by @code{@@end flushleft} and @code{@@end
-flushright} commands on lines of their own.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@flushleft
-This text is 
-written flushleft.
-@@end flushleft
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@flushleft
-This text is 
-written flushleft.
-@end flushleft
-@end quotation
-
-
-Flushright produces the type of indentation often used in the return
-address of letters.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@flushright
-Here is an example of text written
-flushright.  The @@code@{@@flushright@} command 
-right justifies every line but leaves the
-left end ragged.
-@@end flushright
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@flushright
-Here is an example of text written
-flushright.  The @code{@@flushright} command
-right justifies every line but leaves the
-left end ragged.
-@end flushright
-
-@node cartouche,  , flushleft & flushright, Quotations and Examples
-@section Drawing Cartouches Around Examples
-@findex cartouche
-@cindex Box with rounded corners
-
-In a printed manual, the @code{@@cartouche} command draws a box with
-rounded corners around its contents.  You can use this command to
-further highlight an example or quotation.  For instance, you could
-write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche
-for emphasis.@refill
-
-The @code{@@cartouche} command affects only the printed manual; it has
-no effect in the Info file.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-For example, 
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-@@cartouche
-% pwd
-/usr/local/lib/emacs/info
-@@end cartouche
-@@end example
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the
-printed manual.
-
-@iftex
-In a printed manual, the example looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@cartouche
-% pwd
-/usr/local/lib/emacs/info
-@end cartouche
-@end group
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-@node Lists and Tables, Indices, Quotations and Examples, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Making Lists and Tables
-@cindex Making lists and tables
-@cindex Lists and tables, making them
-@cindex Tables and lists, making them
-
-Texinfo has several ways of making lists and two-column tables.  Lists can
-be bulleted or numbered, while two-column tables can highlight the items in
-the first column.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Introducing Lists, itemize, Lists and Tables, Lists and Tables
-@heading Introducing Lists
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and numbers
-an enumerated list.  This last feature is useful if you modify the
-list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.@refill
-
-Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @@-command at the
-beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding @code{@@end}
-command on a line by itself.  The table and itemized-list commands
-also require that you write formatting information on the same line as
-the beginning @@-command.@refill
-
-Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an @code{@@enumerate}
-command and end the list with an @code{@@end enumerate} command.
-Begin an itemized list with an @code{@@itemize} command, followed on
-the same line by a formatting command such as @code{@@bullet}, and end
-the list with an @code{@@end itemize} command.@refill
-@findex end
-
-Precede each element of a list with an @code{@@item} or @code{@@itemx}
-command.@refill
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item 
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item 
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item 
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end itemize
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-Here is an enumerated list with the same items:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item 
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item 
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end enumerate
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-And here is a two-column table with the same items and their
-@w{@@-commands}:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@itemize
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item @@enumerate
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item @@table
-@itemx @@ftable
-@itemx @@vtable
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end table
-
-@node itemize, enumerate, Introducing Lists, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making an Itemized List
-@cindex Itemization
-@findex itemize
-
-The @code{@@itemize} command produces sequences of indented
-paragraphs, with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin 
-at the beginning of each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.@refill
-
-Begin an itemized list by writing @code{@@itemize} at the beginning of
-a line.  Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a
-Texinfo command that generates a mark.  Usually, you will write
-@code{@@bullet} after @code{@@itemize}, but you can use
-@code{@@minus}, or any character or any special symbol that results in
-a single character in the Info file.  (When you write @code{@@bullet}
-or @code{@@minus} after an @code{@@itemize} command, you may omit the
-@samp{@{@}}.)@refill
-
-Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the
-@code{@@itemize}, up to another line that says @code{@@end
-itemize}.@refill
-
-Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired, write
-a line that says just @code{@@item}.  Do not write any other text on this
-line.@refill
-@findex item
-
-Usually, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item}.  This
-puts a blank line in the Info file. (@TeX{} inserts the proper
-interline whitespace in either case.)  Except when the entries are
-very brief, these blank lines make the list look better.@refill
-
-Here is an example of the use of @code{@@itemize}, followed by the
-output it produces.  Note that @code{@@bullet} produces an @samp{*} in
-Info and a round dot in @TeX{}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@itemize @@bullet
-@@item
-Some text for foo.
-
-@@item
-Some text
-for bar.
-@@end itemize
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Some text for foo.
-
-@item
-Some text
-for bar.
-@end itemize
-@end quotation
-
-Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists.  Here is a
-list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@itemize @@bullet
-@@item
-First item.
-
-@@itemize @@minus
-@@item
-Inner item.
-
-@@item
-Second inner item.
-@@end itemize
-
-@@item
-Second outer item.
-@@end itemize
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-First item.
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Inner item.
-
-@item
-Second inner item.
-@end itemize
-
-@item
-Second outer item.
-@end itemize
-@end quotation
-
-@node enumerate, Two-column Tables, itemize, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making a Numbered or Lettered List
-@cindex Enumeration
-@findex enumerate
-
-@code{@@enumerate} is like @code{@@itemize} except that the marks in
-the left margin contain successive integers or letters.
-(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@enumerate} command at the beginning of a line. 
-The command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or
-a letter as an option.
-Without an argument, @code{@@enumerate} starts the list 
-with the number 1.  With a numeric argument, such as 3,
-the command starts the list with that number.
-With an upper or lower case letter, such as @kbd{a} or @kbd{A}, 
-the command starts the list with that letter.@refill
-
-Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an
-itemized list: put @code{@@item} on a line of its own before the start of
-each paragraph that you want enumerated.  Do not write any other text on
-the line beginning with @code{@@item}.@refill
-
-You should put a blank line between entries in the list.
-This generally makes it easier to read the Info file.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-Here is an example of @code{@@enumerate} without an argument:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-Underlying causes.
-
-@@item
-Proximate causes.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-Underlying causes.
-
-@item
-Proximate causes.
-@end enumerate
-@sp 1
-Here is an example with an argument of @kbd{3}:@refill
-@sp 1
-@example
-@group
-@@enumerate 3
-@@item
-Predisposing causes.
-
-@@item
-Precipitating causes.
-
-@@item
-Perpetuating causes.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@enumerate 3
-@item
-Predisposing causes.
-
-@item
-Precipitating causes.
-
-@item
-Perpetuating causes.
-@end enumerate
-@sp 1
-Here is a brief summary of the alternatives.  The summary is constructed
-using @code{@@enumerate} with an argument of @kbd{a}.@refill
-@sp 1
-@enumerate a
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate}
-
-Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the number
-1.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{positive-integer}}
-
-With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that
-number.  You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted with
-other text.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{upper-case-letter}}
-
-With an upper case letter as argument, start a list 
-in which each item is marked
-by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{lower-case-letter}}
-
-With a lower case letter as argument, start a list 
-in which each item is marked by
-a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.@refill
-
-@node Two-column Tables,  , enumerate, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making a Two-column Table
-@cindex Tables, making two-column
-@findex table
-
-@code{@@table} is similar to @code{@@itemize}, but the command allows
-you to specify a name or heading line for each item.  (@xref{itemize,
-, @code{@@itemize}}.)  The @code{@@table} command is used to produce
-two-column tables, and is especially useful for glossaries and
-explanatory exhibits.@refill
-
-@menu
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node table, ftable vtable, Two-column Tables, Two-column Tables
-@subheading Using the @code{@@table} Command
-
-Use the @code{@@table} command to produce two-column tables.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Write the @code{@@table} command at the beginning of a line and follow
-it on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo command such as
-@code{@@code}, @code{@@samp}, @code{@@var}, or @code{@@kbd}.  
-Although these commands are usually followed by arguments in braces,
-in this case you use the command name without an argument because
-@code{@@item} will supply the argument.  This command will be applied
-to the text that goes into the first column of each item and
-determines how it will be highlighted.  For example, @code{@@samp}
-will cause the text in the first column to be highlighted with an
-@code{@@samp} command.@refill
-
-You may also choose to use the @code{@@asis} command as an argument to
-@code{@@table}.  @code{@@asis} is a command that does nothing; if you use this
-command after @code{@@table}, @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands
-output the first column entries without added highlighting (`as
-is').@refill
-
-(The @code{@@table} command may work with other commands besides those
-listed here.  However, you can only use commands
-that normally take arguments in braces.)@refill
-
-Begin each table entry with an @code{@@item} command at the beginning
-of a line.  Write the first column text on the same line as the
-@code{@@item} command.  Write the second column text on the line
-following the @code{@@item} line and on subsequent lines.  (You do not
-need to type anything for an empty second column entry.)  You may
-write as many lines of supporting text as you wish, even several
-paragraphs.  But only text on the same line as the @code{@@item} will
-be placed in the first column.@refill
-@findex item
-
-Normally, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item} line.
-This puts a blank like in the Info file.  Except when the entries are
-very brief, a blank line looks better.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first
-column with an @code{@@samp} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@table @@samp
-@@item foo
-This is the text for
-@@samp@{foo@}.
-
-@@item bar
-Text for @@samp@{bar@}.
-@@end table
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@table @samp
-@item foo
-This is the text for
-@samp{foo}.
-@item bar
-Text for @samp{bar}.
-@end table
-
-If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of
-text, use the @code{@@itemx} command.  (@xref{itemx, ,
-@code{@@itemx}}.)@refill
-
-@node ftable vtable, itemx, table, Two-column Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} 
-@cindex Tables with indexes
-@cindex Indexing table entries automatically
-@findex ftable
-@findex vtable
-
-The @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} commands are the same as the
-@code{@@table} command except that @code{@@ftable} automatically enters
-each of the items in the first column of the table into the index of
-functions and @code{@@vtable} automatically enters each of the items in
-the first column of the table into the index of variables.  This
-simplifies the task of creating indices.  Only the items on the same
-line as the @code{@@item} commands are indexed, and they are indexed in
-exactly the form that they appear on that line.  @xref{Indices, ,
-Creating Indices}, for more information about indices.@refill
-
-Begin a two-column table using @code{@@ftable} or @code{@@vtable} by
-writing the @@-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same
-line by an argument that is a Texinfo command such as @code{@@code},
-exactly as you would for an @code{@@table} command; and end the table
-with an @code{@@end ftable} or @code{@@end vtable} command on a line by
-itself.
-
-@node itemx,  , ftable vtable, Two-column Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@itemx}
-@cindex Two named items for @code{@@table}
-@findex itemx
-
-Use the @code{@@itemx} command inside a table when you have two or
-more first column entries for the same item, each of which should
-appear on a line of its own.  Use @code{@@itemx} for all but the first
-entry.  The @code{@@itemx} command works exactly like @code{@@item}
-except that it does not generate extra vertical space above the first
-column text.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@table @@code
-@@item upcase
-@@itemx downcase
-These two functions accept a character or a string as
-argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower
-case) character or string.
-@@end table
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@table @code
-@item upcase
-@itemx downcase
-These two functions accept a character or a string as
-argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower
-case) character or string.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in
-a two-column table.)@refill
-
-@node Indices, Insertions, Lists and Tables, Top
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating Indices
-@cindex Indices
-@cindex Creating indices
-
-Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and
-collate entries manually.  In an index, the entries are listed in
-alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the
-discussion of each entry.  In a printed manual, this information
-consists of page numbers.  In an Info file, this information is a menu
-entry leading to the first node referenced.@refill
-
-Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index
-for functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so
-on.  You can combine indices or use them for other than their
-canonical purpose.  If you wish, you can define your own indices.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-@end menu
-
-@node Index Entries, Predefined Indices, Indices, Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making Index Entries
-@cindex Index entries, making
-@cindex Entries, making index
-
-When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of the
-different ways people may look for something.  Different people
-@emph{do not} think of the same words when they look something up.  A
-helpful index will have items indexed under all the different words
-that people may use.  For example, one reader may think it obvious that
-the two-letter names for indices should be listed under ``Indices,
-two-letter names'', since the word ``Index'' is the general concept.
-But another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter
-names and search for the entry listed as ``Two letter names for
-indices''.  A good index will have both entries and will help both
-readers.@refill
-
-Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled,
-professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you
-need to do it yourself.@refill
-
-@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index
-at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill
-
-@node Predefined Indices, Indexing Commands, Index Entries, Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Predefined Indices
-
-Texinfo provides six predefined indices:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-A @dfn{concept index} listing concepts that are discussed.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{function index} listing functions (such as entry points of
-libraries).@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{variables index} listing variables (such as global variables
-of libraries).@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{keystroke index} listing keyboard commands.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{program index} listing names of programs.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{data type index} listing data types (such as structures defined in
-header files).@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three
-of them.  This manual has two indices: a
-concept index and an @@-command index (that is actually the function
-index but is called a command index in the chapter heading).  Two or
-more indices can be combined into one using the @code{@@synindex} or
-@code{@@syncodeindex} commands.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@node Indexing Commands, Combining Indices, Predefined Indices, Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Defining the Entries of an Index
-@cindex Defining indexing entries
-@cindex Index entries
-@cindex Entries for an index
-@cindex Specifying index entries
-@cindex Creating index entries
-
-The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands
-scattered throughout the Texinfo source file.  Each command says to add
-one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give
-the current page number or node name as the reference.@refill
-
-An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a
-line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.@refill
-
-For example, this section begins with the following five entries for
-the concept index:@refill
-
-@example
-@@cindex Defining indexing entries
-@@cindex Index entries
-@@cindex Entries for an index
-@@cindex Specifying index entries
-@@cindex Creating index entries
-@end example
-
-Each predefined index has its own indexing command---@code{@@cindex}
-for the concept index, @code{@@findex} for the function index, and so
-on.@refill
-
-@cindex Writing index entries
-@cindex Index entry writing
-Concept index entries consist of text.  The best way to write an index
-is to choose entries that are terse yet clear.  If you can do this,
-the index often looks better if the entries are not capitalized, but
-written just as they would appear in the middle of a sentence.
-(Capitalize proper names and acronyms that always call for upper case
-letters.)  This is the case convention we use in most GNU manuals'
-indices.
-
-If you don't see how to make an entry terse yet clear, make it longer
-and clear---not terse and confusing.  If many of the entries are several
-words long, the index may look better if you use a different convention:
-to capitalize the first word of each entry.  But do not capitalize a
-case-sensitive name such as a C or Lisp function name or a shell
-command; that would be a spelling error.
-
-Whichever case convention you use, please use it consistently!
-
-@ignore
-Concept index entries consist of English text.  The usual convention
-is to capitalize the first word of each such index entry, unless that
-word is the name of a function, variable, or other such entity that
-should not be capitalized.  However, if your concept index entries are
-consistently short (one or two words each) it may look better for each
-regular entry to start with a lower case letter, aside from proper
-names and acronyms that always call for upper case letters.  Whichever
-convention you adapt, please be consistent!
-@end ignore
-
-Entries in indices other than the concept index are symbol names in
-programming languages, or program names; these names are usually
-case-sensitive, so use upper and lower case as required for them.
-
-By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman
-font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small
-@code{@@code} font.  You may change the way part of an entry is
-printed with the usual Texinfo commands, such as @code{@@file} for
-file names and @code{@@emph} for emphasis (@pxref{Marking
-Text}).@refill
-@cindex Index font types
-
-@cindex Predefined indexing commands 
-@cindex Indexing commands, predefined 
-The six indexing commands for predefined indices are:
-
-@table @code
-@item @@cindex @var{concept}
-@findex cindex
-Make an entry in the concept index for @var{concept}.@refill
-
-@item @@findex @var{function}
-@findex findex
-Make an entry in the function index for @var{function}.@refill
-
-@item @@vindex @var{variable}
-@findex vindex
-Make an entry in the variable index for @var{variable}.@refill
-
-@item @@kindex @var{keystroke}
-@findex kindex
-Make an entry in the key index for @var{keystroke}.@refill
-
-@item @@pindex @var{program}
-@findex pindex
-Make an entry in the program index for @var{program}.@refill
-
-@item @@tindex @var{data type}
-@findex tindex
-Make an entry in the data type index for @var{data type}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use a colon in an index entry.  In Info, a
-colon separates the menu entry name from the node name.  An extra
-colon confuses Info.
-@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu},
-for more information about the structure of a menu entry.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-If you write several identical index entries in different places in a
-Texinfo file, the index in the printed manual will list all the pages to
-which those entries refer.  However, the index in the Info file will
-list @strong{only} the node that references the @strong{first} of those
-index entries.  Therefore, it is best to write indices in which each
-entry refers to only one place in the Texinfo file.  Fortunately, this
-constraint is a feature rather than a loss since it means that the index
-will be easy to use.  Otherwise, you could create an index that lists
-several pages for one entry and your reader would not know to which page
-to turn.  If you have two identical entries for one topic, change the
-topics slightly, or qualify them to indicate the difference.@refill
-
-You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their
-canonical purposes.  For example, suppose you wish to index some C
-preprocessor macros.  You could put them in the function index along
-with actual functions, just by writing @code{@@findex} commands for
-them; then, when you print the ``Function Index'' as an unnumbered
-chapter, you could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and
-all will be consistent for the reader.  Or you could put the macros in
-with the data types by writing @code{@@tindex} commands for them, and
-give that index a suitable title so the reader will understand.
-(@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}.)@refill
-
-@node Combining Indices, New Indices, Indexing Commands, Indices
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Combining Indices
-@cindex Combining indices
-@cindex Indices, combining them
-
-Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as functions
-and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of them that
-a separate index for them would look silly.@refill
-
-You could put functions into the concept index by writing
-@code{@@cindex} commands for them instead of @code{@@findex} commands,
-and produce a consistent manual by printing the concept index with the
-title `Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function
-Index' at all; but this is not a robust procedure.  It works only if
-your document is never included as part of another
-document that is designed to have a separate function index; if your
-document were to be included with such a document, the functions from
-your document and those from the other would not end up together.
-Also, to make your function names appear in the right font in the
-concept index, you would need to enclose every one of them between
-the braces of @code{@@code}.@refill
-
-@menu
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code}
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-@end menu
-
-@node syncodeindex, synindex, Combining Indices, Combining Indices
-@subsection @code{@@syncodeindex}
-@findex syncodeindex
-
-When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you
-should index the functions with @code{@@findex} and index the concepts
-with @code{@@cindex}, and use the @code{@@syncodeindex} command to
-redirect the function index entries into the concept index.@refill
-@findex syncodeindex
-
-The @code{@@syncodeindex} command takes two arguments; they are the name
-of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to.
-The template looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@syncodeindex @var{from} @var{to}
-@end example
-
-@cindex Predefined names for indices
-@cindex Two letter names for indices
-@cindex Indices, two letter names
-@cindex Names for indices
-For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:@refill
-
-@table @samp
-@item cp
-concept index
-@item fn
-function index
-@item vr
-variable index
-@item ky
-key index
-@item pg
-program index
-@item tp
-data type index
-@end table
-
-Write an @code{@@syncodeindex} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  For example,
-to merge a function index with a concept index, write the
-following:@refill
-
-@example
-@@syncodeindex fn cp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge
-in with the concept index instead.@refill
-
-To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept
-index, write the following:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@syncodeindex vr cp
-@@syncodeindex fn cp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@cindex Fonts for indices
-The @code{@@syncodeindex} command puts all the entries from the `from'
-index (the redirected index) into the @code{@@code} font, overriding
-whatever default font is used by the index to which the entries are
-now directed.  This way, if you direct function names from a function
-index into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the
-@code{@@code} font as you would expect.@refill
-
-@node synindex,  , syncodeindex, Combining Indices
-@subsection @code{@@synindex}
-@findex synindex
-
-The @code{@@synindex} command is nearly the same as the
-@code{@@syncodeindex} command, except that it does not put the
-`from' index  entries into the @code{@@code} font; rather it puts
-them in the roman font.  Thus, you use @code{@@synindex} when you
-merge a concept index into a function index.@refill
-
-@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index
-at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill
-
-@node New Indices,  , Combining Indices, Indices
-@section Defining New Indices 
-@cindex Defining new indices 
-@cindex Indices, defining new 
-@cindex New index defining
-@findex defindex
-@findex defcodeindex
-
-In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the
-@code{@@defindex} and @code{@@defcodeindex} commands to define new
-indices.  These commands create new indexing @@-commands with which
-you mark index entries.  The @code{@@defindex }command is used like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defindex @var{name}
-@end example
-
-The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as @samp{au}.
-For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defindex au
-@end example
-
-This defines a new index, called the @samp{au} index.  At the same
-time, it creates a new indexing command, @code{@@auindex}, that you
-can use to make index entries.  Use the new indexing command just as
-you would use a predefined indexing command.@refill
-
-For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index
-entry and two @samp{au} index entries.@refill
-
-@example
-@@section Cognitive Semantics
-@@cindex kinesthetic image schemas
-@@auindex Johnson, Mark
-@@auindex Lakoff, George
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Evidently, @samp{au} serves here as an abbreviation for ``author''.)
-Texinfo constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name
-of the index with @samp{index}; thus, defining an @samp{au} index
-leads to the automatic creation of an @code{@@auindex} command.@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@printindex} command to print the index, as you do with
-the predefined indices.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top
-@@unnumbered Author Index
-
-@@printindex au
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@defcodeindex} is like the @code{@@defindex} command, except
-that, in the printed output, it prints entries in an @code{@@code} font
-instead of a roman font.  Thus, it parallels the @code{@@findex} command
-rather than the @code{@@cindex} command.@refill
-
-You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header
-line of a Texinfo file, before any @code{@@synindex} or
-@code{@@syncodeindex} commands (@pxref{Header}).@refill
-
-@node Insertions, Glyphs, Indices, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Special Insertions
-@cindex Inserting special characters and symbols
-@cindex Special insertions
-
-Texinfo provides several commands for formatting dimensions, for
-inserting single characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such
-as braces, and for inserting special graphic symbols that do not
-correspond to characters, such as dots and bullets.@refill
-
-@iftex
-These are:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-
-@item
-Format a dimension, such as @samp{12@dmn{pt}}.
-
-@item
-Dots and bullets.
-
-@item
-The @TeX{} logo and the copyright symbol.
-
-@item
-A minus sign.
-@end itemize
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the @TeX{} logo 
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-* math::                        How to format a mathematical expression.
-@end menu
-
-@node Braces Atsigns Periods, dmn, Insertions, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting @samp{@@}, Braces, and Periods
-@cindex Inserting @@, braces, and periods
-@cindex Braces, inserting
-@cindex Periods, inserting
-@cindex Single characters, commands to insert
-@cindex Commands to insert single characters
-
-@samp{@@} and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo.  To
-insert these characters so they appear in text, you must put an @samp{@@} in front
-of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting them.@refill
-
-Periods are also special.  Depending on whether the period is inside
-or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after a
-period in a typeset manual.  Since it is not always possible for
-Texinfo to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used
-in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances.
-(Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need
-to use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if
-you were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the
-period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a
-sentence.)@refill
-
-Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not
-necessary.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Inserting An Atsign::         
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-@end menu
-
-@node Inserting An Atsign, Inserting Braces, Braces Atsigns Periods, Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Inserting @samp{@@} with @@@@
-@findex @@ @r{(single @samp{@@})}
-
-@code{@@@@} stands for a single @samp{@@} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after an @code{@@@@} command.@refill
-
-@node Inserting Braces, Controlling Spacing, Inserting An Atsign, Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Inserting @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}with @@@{ and @@@}
-@findex @{ @r{(single @samp{@{})}
-@findex @} @r{(single @samp{@}})}
-
-@code{@@@{} stands for a single @samp{@{} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-@code{@@@}} stands for a single @samp{@}} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after either an @code{@@@{} or an @code{@@@}} 
-command.@refill
-
-@node Controlling Spacing,  , Inserting Braces, Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Spacing After Colons and Periods
-@findex : @r{(suppress widening)}
-
-Use the @code{@@:}@: command after a period, question mark,
-exclamation mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space.
-For example, use @code{@@:}@: after periods that end abbreviations
-which are not at the ends of sentences.  @code{@@:}@: has no effect on
-the Info file output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-The s.o.p.@@: has three parts @dots{}
-The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-produces
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-produces the following.  If you look carefully at this printed output,
-you will see a little more whitespace after @samp{s.o.p.} in the second
-line.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@quotation
-The s.o.p.@: has three parts @dots{}@*
-The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-@kbd{@@:} has no effect on the Info output.  (@samp{s.o.p} is an acronym
-for ``Standard Operating Procedure''.)
-
-@findex .  @r{(true end of sentence)}
-Use @code{@@.}@: instead of a period at the end of a sentence that
-ends with a single capital letter.  Otherwise, @TeX{} will think the
-letter is an abbreviation and will not insert the correct
-end-of-sentence spacing.  Here is an example:@refill
-
-@example
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@@.  Also, give it to R.J.C@@.
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-produces
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-produces the following.  If you look carefully at this printed output,
-you will see a little more whitespace after the @samp{W} in the first
-line.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@quotation
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@.  Also, give it to R.J.C@.@*
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-@end quotation
-
-In the Info file output, @code{@@.}@: is equivalent to a simple
-@samp{.}.@refill
-
-The meanings of @code{@@:}@: and @code{@@.}@: in Texinfo are designed
-to work well with the Emacs sentence motion commands.  This made it
-necessary for them to be incompatible with some other formatting
-systems that use @@-commands.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after either an @code{@@:} or an @code{@@.} command.@refill
-
-@node dmn, Dots Bullets, Braces Atsigns Periods, Insertions
-@section @code{@@dmn}@{@var{dimension}@}: Format a Dimension
-@cindex Thin space between number, dimension
-@cindex Dimension formatting
-@cindex Format a dimension
-@findex dmn
-
-At times, you may want to write @samp{12@dmn{pt}} or
-@samp{8.5@dmn{in}} with little or no space between the number and the
-abbreviation for the dimension.  You can use the @code{@@dmn} command
-to do this.  On seeing the command, @TeX{} inserts just enough space
-for proper typesetting; the Info formatting commands insert no space
-at all, since the Info file does not require it.@refill
-
-To use the @code{@@dmn} command, write the number and then follow it
-immediately, with no intervening space, by @code{@@dmn}, and then by
-the dimension within braces.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-A4 paper is 8.27@@dmn@{in@} wide.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide.
-@end quotation
-
-Not everyone uses this style.  Instead of writing
-@w{@samp{8.27@@dmn@{in@}}} in the Texinfo file, you may write
-@w{@samp{8.27 in.}} or @w{@samp{8.27 inches}}.  (In these cases, the
-formatters may insert a line break between the number and the
-dimension.  Also, if you write a period after an abbreviation within a
-sentence, you should write @samp{@@:} after the period to prevent
-@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace.  @xref{Controlling Spacing, ,
-Spacing After Colons and Periods}.)@refill
-
-@node Dots Bullets, TeX and copyright, dmn, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-@cindex Dots, inserting
-@cindex Bullets, inserting
-@cindex Ellipsis, inserting
-@cindex Inserting ellipsis
-@cindex Inserting dots
-@cindex Special typesetting commands
-@cindex Typesetting commands for dots, etc.
-
-An @dfn{ellipsis} (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of
-periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo.  The
-@code{@@bullet} command is special, too.  Each of these commands is
-followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, without any whitespace
-between the name of the command and the braces.  (You need to use braces
-with these commands because you can use them next to other text; without
-the braces, the formatters would be confused.  @xref{Command Syntax, ,
-@@-Command Syntax}, for further information.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* dots::                        How to insert dots @dots{}
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-@end menu
-
-@node dots, bullet, Dots Bullets, Dots Bullets
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@dots}@{@}
-@findex dots
-@cindex Inserting dots
-@cindex Dots, inserting
-
-Use the @code{@@dots@{@}} command to generate an ellipsis, which is
-three dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `@dots{}'.  Do
-not simply write three periods in the input file; that would work for
-the Info file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space
-between the periods in the printed manual.@refill
-
-Similarly, the @code{@@enddots@{@}} command helps you correctly set an
-end-of-sentence ellipsis (four dots).
-
-@iftex
-Here is an ellipsis: @dots{}
-
-Here are three periods in a row: ...
-
-In printed output, the three periods in a row are closer together than
-the dots in the ellipsis.
-@end iftex
-
-@node bullet,  , dots, Dots Bullets
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@bullet}@{@}
-@findex bullet
-
-Use the @code{@@bullet@{@}} command to generate a large round dot, or
-the closest possible thing to one.  In Info, an asterisk is used.@refill
-
-Here is a bullet: @bullet{}
-
-When you use @code{@@bullet} in @code{@@itemize}, you do not need to
-type the braces, because @code{@@itemize} supplies them.  
-(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill
-
-@node TeX and copyright, minus, Dots Bullets, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol
-
-The logo `@TeX{}' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an
-@@-command.  The copyright symbol, `@copyright{}', is also special.
-Each of these commands is followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}},
-without any whitespace between the name of the command and the
-braces.@refill
-
-@menu
-* tex::                         How to insert the @TeX{} logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}.
-@end menu
-
-@node tex, copyright symbol, TeX and copyright, TeX and copyright
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@TeX}@{@}
-@findex tex (command)
-
-Use the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command to generate `@TeX{}'.  In a printed
-manual, this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary
-letters.  In Info, it just looks like @samp{TeX}.  The
-@code{@@TeX@{@}} command is unique among Texinfo commands in that the
-@key{T} and the @key{X} are in upper case.@refill
-
-@node copyright symbol,  , tex, TeX and copyright
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@copyright}@{@}
-@findex copyright
-
-Use the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command to generate `@copyright{}'.  In
-a printed manual, this is a @samp{c} inside a circle, and in Info,
-this is @samp{(C)}.@refill
-
-@node minus, math, TeX and copyright, Insertions
-@section @code{@@minus}@{@}: Inserting a Minus Sign
-@findex minus
-
-Use the @code{@@minus@{@}} command to generate a minus sign.  In a
-fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font,
-the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign---a little longer
-than a hyphen.@refill
-
-You can compare the two forms:
-
-@display
-@samp{@minus{}} is a minus sign generated with @samp{@@minus@{@}},
-
-`-' is a hyphen generated with the character @samp{-}.
-@end display
-
-@noindent
-In the fixed-width font used by Info, @code{@@minus@{@}} is the same
-as a hyphen.@refill
-
-You should not use @code{@@minus@{@}} inside @code{@@code} or
-@code{@@example} because the width distinction is not made in the
-fixed-width font they use.@refill
-
-When you use @code{@@minus} to specify the mark beginning each entry in
-an itemized list, you do not need to type the braces
-(@pxref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill
-
-@node math,  , minus, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions
-@findex math
-@cindex Mathematical expressions
-
-You can write a short mathematical expression with the @code{@@math}
-command.  Write the mathematical expression between braces, like this:
-
-@example
-@@math@{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2@}
-@end example
-
-@iftex
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-This produces the following in @TeX{}:
-
-@display
-@math{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2}
-@end display
-
-@noindent
-and the following in Info:
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-This produces the following in Info:
-@end ifinfo
-
-@example
-(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@math} command has no effect on the Info output.  Currently,
-it has limited effect on typeset output.  However, this may change since
-@TeX{} itself is designed for mathematical typesetting and does a
-splendid job.
-
-Certainly, for complex mathematical expressions, you could use @TeX{}
-directly.  @xref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{}
-Commands}.  When you use @TeX{} directly, remember to write the
-mathematical expression between one or two @samp{$} (dollar-signs) as
-appropriate.
-
-@node Glyphs, Breaks, Insertions, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Glyphs for Examples 
-@cindex Glyphs
-
-In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited
-by @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}, or by @code{@@lisp} and
-@code{@@end lisp}.  In such examples, you can indicate the results of
-evaluation or an expansion using @samp{@result{}} or
-@samp{@expansion{}}.  Likewise, there are commands to insert glyphs 
-to indicate
-printed output, error messages, equivalence of expressions, and the
-location of point.@refill
-
-The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an example, but
-most often they are.  Every  glyph-insertion command is followed by a pair of
-left- and right-hand braces.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Glyphs Summary::              
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-@end menu
-
-@node Glyphs Summary, result, Glyphs, Glyphs
-@ifinfo
-@heading Glyphs Summary
-
-Here are the different glyph commands:@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@table @asis
-@item @result{}
-@code{@@result@{@}} points to the result of an expression.@refill
-
-@item @expansion{}
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} shows the results of a macro expansion.@refill
-
-@item @print{}
-@code{@@print@{@}} indicates printed output.@refill
-
-@item @error{}
-@code{@@error@{@}} indicates that the following text is an error
-message.@refill
-
-@item @equiv{}
-@code{@@equiv@{@}} indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.@refill
-
-@item @point{}
-@code{@@point@{@}} shows the location of point.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node result, expansion, Glyphs Summary, Glyphs
-@section @result{}: Indicating Evaluation
-@cindex Result of an expression
-@cindex Indicating evaluation
-@cindex Evaluation glyph
-@cindex Value of an expression, indicating
-
-Use the @code{@@result@{@}} command to indicate the result of
-evaluating an expression.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{=>} in Info and
-as @samp{@result{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@result{}} in Info
-and as a double stemmed arrow in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Thus, the following,
-
-@lisp
-(cdr '(1 2 3))
-     @result{} (2 3)
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-may be read as ``@code{(cdr '(1 2 3))} evaluates to @code{(2 3)}''.
-
-@node expansion, Print Glyph, result, Glyphs
-@section @expansion{}: Indicating an Expansion
-@cindex Expansion, indicating it
-
-When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression.
-You can indicate the result of the expansion with the
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==>} in Info and
-as @samp{@expansion{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@expansion{}}
-in Info and as a long arrow with a flat base in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@need 700
-For example, the following
-
-@example
-@group
-@@lisp
-(third '(a b c))
-     @@expansion@{@} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-     @@result@{@} c
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-@group
-(third '(a b c))
-     @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-     @result{} c
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-which may be read as: 
-
-@quotation
-@code{(third '(a b c))} expands to @code{(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))};
-the result of evaluating the expression is @code{c}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} and @code{@@result@{@}} commands are indented
-five spaces.@refill
-
-@node Print Glyph, Error Glyph, expansion, Glyphs
-@section @print{}: Indicating Printed Output
-@cindex Printed output, indicating it
-
-Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution.  You
-can indicate the printed output with the @code{@@print@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-|} in Info and
-as @samp{@print{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@print{}} in Info
-and similarly, as a horizontal dash butting against a vertical bar, in
-the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-In the following example, the printed text is indicated with
-@samp{@print{}}, and the value of the expression follows on the
-last line.@refill
-
-@lisp
-@group
-(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-     @print{} foo
-     @print{} bar
-     @result{} bar
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows:
-
-@lisp
-@group
-@@lisp
-(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-     @@print@{@} foo
-     @@print@{@} bar
-     @@result@{@} bar
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@node Error Glyph, Equivalence, Print Glyph, Glyphs
-@section @error{}: Indicating an Error Message
-@cindex Error message, indicating it
-
-A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it.  You can
-designate the error message with the @code{@@error@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{error-->} in Info
-and as @samp{@error{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@error{}} in Info
-and as the word `error' in a box in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@need 700
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@lisp
-(+ 23 'x)
-@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@@end lisp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(+ 23 'x)
-@error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-This indicates that the following error message is printed
-when you evaluate the expression:
-
-@lisp
-Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@end lisp
-
-Note that @samp{@error{}} itself is not part of the error
-message.
-
-@node Equivalence, Point Glyph, Error Glyph, Glyphs
-@section @equiv{}: Indicating Equivalence
-@cindex Equivalence, indicating it
-
-Sometimes two expressions produce identical results.  You can indicate the
-exact equivalence of two forms with the @code{@@equiv@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==} in Info and
-as @samp{@equiv{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@equiv{}} in Info
-and as a three parallel horizontal lines in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@lisp
-(make-sparse-keymap) @@equiv@{@} (list 'keymap)
-@@end lisp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap)
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-This indicates that evaluating @code{(make-sparse-keymap)} produces
-identical results to evaluating @code{(list 'keymap)}.
-
-@c Cannot write point command here because it causes trouble with TOC.
-@node Point Glyph,  , Equivalence, Glyphs
-@section Indicating Point in a Buffer
-@cindex Point, indicating it in a buffer
-
-Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer.  In
-such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the
-buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer
-name.@refill
-
-You can use the @samp{@@point@{@}} command to show the location of point
-in the text in the buffer.  (The symbol for point, of course, is not
-part of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place @emph{between}
-two characters where point is located.)@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-!-} in Info and
-as @samp{@point{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@point{}} in Info
-and as a small five pointed star in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-The following example shows the contents of buffer @file{foo} before
-and after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word @code{changed}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the @point{}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-(insert "changed ")
-     @result{} nil
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the changed @point{}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@example
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the @@point@{@}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-(insert "changed ")
-     @@result@{@} nil
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the changed @@point@{@}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-@@end example
-@end example
-
-@node Breaks, Definition Commands, Glyphs, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Making and Preventing Breaks
-@cindex Making line and page breaks
-@cindex Preventing line and page breaks
-
-Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by @TeX{} and by one of the
-Info formatting commands.  Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes
-occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output.  You must
-ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the
-Info file.@refill
-
-For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in
-the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together
-using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across
-two pages.  Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none
-would occur normally.  Fortunately, problems like these do not often
-arise.  When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination
-commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks. 
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Break Commands, Line Breaks, Breaks, Breaks
-@heading The Break Commands
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The break commands create line and paragraph breaks:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@*
-Force a line break.
-
-@item @@sp @var{n}
-Skip @var{n} blank lines.@refill
-@end table
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one
-line:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@w@{@var{text}@}
-Prevent @var{text} from being split and hyphenated across two lines.@refill
-@end table
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info
-files do not have pages.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@page
-Start a new page in the printed manual.@refill
-
-@item @@group
-Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.@refill
-
-@item @@need @var{mils}
-Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Line Breaks, w, Break Commands, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@*}: Generate Line Breaks
-@findex * @r{(force line break)}
-@cindex Line breaks
-@cindex Breaks in a line
-
-The @code{@@*} command forces a line break in both the printed manual and
-in Info.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-This line @@* is broken @@*in two places.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line
- is broken
-in two places.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the space after the first @code{@@*} command is faithfully
-carried down to the next line.)@refill
-
-@need 800
-The @code{@@*} command is often used in a file's copyright page:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@@*
-and is for @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the @code{@@*} command keeps @TeX{} from stretching the
-line across the whole page in an ugly manner.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Do not write braces after an @code{@@*} command;
-they are not needed.@refill
-
-Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end of a paragraph
-containing an @code{@@*} command; it will cause the paragraph to be
-refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the line
-break.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node w, sp, Line Breaks, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@w}@{@var{text}@}: Prevent Line Breaks
-@findex w @r{(prevent line break)}
-@cindex Line breaks, preventing
-
-@code{@@w@{@var{text}@}} outputs @var{text} and prohibits line breaks
-within @var{text}.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@w} command to prevent @TeX{} from automatically
-hyphenating a long name or phrase that accidentally falls near the end
-of a line.@refill
-
-@example
-You can copy GNU software from @@w@{@@file@{prep.ai.mit.edu@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-You can copy GNU software from @w{@file{prep.ai.mit.edu}}.
-@end quotation
-
-In the Texinfo file, you must write the @code{@@w} command and its
-argument (all the affected text) all on one line.@refill  
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end
-of a paragraph containing an @code{@@w} command; it will cause the
-paragraph to be refilled and may thereby negate the effect of the
-@code{@@w} command.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node sp, page, w, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@sp} @var{n}: Insert Blank Lines
-@findex sp @r{(line spacing)}
-@cindex Spaces (blank lines)
-@cindex Blank lines
-@cindex Line spacing
-
-A line beginning with and containing only @code{@@sp @var{n}}
-generates @var{n} blank lines of space in both the printed manual and
-the Info file.  @code{@@sp} also forces a paragraph break.  For
-example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@sp 2
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-generates two blank lines.  
-
-The @code{@@sp} command is most often used in the title page.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@c node br, page, sp, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@c section @code{@@br}: Generate Paragraph Breaks
-@findex br @r{(paragraph breaks)}
-@cindex Paragraph breaks
-@cindex Breaks in a paragraph
-
-The @code{@@br} command forces a paragraph break.  It inserts a blank
-line.  You can use the command within or at the end of a line.  If
-used within a line, the @code{@@br@{@}} command must be followed by
-left and right braces (as shown here) to mark the end of the
-command.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-This line @@br@{@}contains and is ended by paragraph breaks@@br
-and is followed by another line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line 
-
-contains and is ended by paragraph breaks
-
-and is followed by another line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@br} command is seldom used.
-@end ignore
-
-@node page, group, sp, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@page}: Start a New Page
-@cindex Page breaks
-@findex page
-
-A line containing only @code{@@page} starts a new page in a printed
-manual.  The command has no effect on Info files since they are not
-paginated.  An @code{@@page} command is often used in the @code{@@titlepage}
-section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.@refill
-
-@node group, need, page, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@group}: Prevent Page Breaks
-@cindex Group (hold text together vertically)
-@cindex Holding text together vertically
-@cindex Vertically holding text together
-@findex group
-
-The @code{@@group} command (on a line by itself) is used inside an
-@code{@@example} or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical
-group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output.
-The group is terminated by a line containing only @code{@@end group}.
-These two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file
-output they have no effect at all.@refill
-
-@c Once said that these environments
-@c turn off vertical spacing between ``paragraphs''.
-@c Also, quotation used to work, but doesn't in texinfo-2.72
-Although @code{@@group} would make sense conceptually in a wide
-variety of contexts, its current implementation works reliably only
-within @code{@@example} and variants, and within @code{@@display},
-@code{@@format}, @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}.
-@xref{Quotations and Examples}.  (What all these commands have in
-common is that each line of input produces a line of output.)  In
-other contexts, @code{@@group} can cause anomalous vertical
-spacing.@refill
-
-@need 750
-This formatting requirement means that you should write:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-@@group
-@dots{}
-@@end group
-@@end example
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-with the @code{@@group} and @code{@@end group} commands inside the
-@code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} commands.
-
-The @code{@@group} command is most often used to hold an example
-together on one page.  In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples
-contain text that is enclosed between @code{@@group} and @code{@@end
-group}.
-
-If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable
-error messages when you run @TeX{}.  This is because @TeX{} keeps
-trying to put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does
-not start to generate error messages until it has processed
-considerable text.  It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing
-@code{@@end group} if you get incomprehensible error messages in
-@TeX{}.@refill
-
-@node need,  , group, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@need @var{mils}}: Prevent Page Breaks
-@cindex Need space at page bottom
-@findex need
-
-A line containing only @code{@@need @var{n}} starts
-a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils (thousandths
-of an inch) remain on the current page.  Do not use
-braces around the argument @var{n}.  The @code{@@need} command has no
-effect on Info files since they are not paginated.@refill
-
-@need 800
-This paragraph is preceded by an @code{@@need} command that tells
-@TeX{} to start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths
-inch) remain on the page.  It looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@need 800
-This paragraph is preceded by @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@need} command is useful for preventing orphans (single
-lines at the bottoms of printed pages).@refill
-
-@node Definition Commands, Footnotes, Breaks, Top
-@chapter Definition Commands
-@cindex Definition commands
-
-The @code{@@deffn} command and the other @dfn{definition commands}
-enable you to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user
-options, special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform
-format.@refill
-
-In the Info file, a definition causes the entity
-category---`Function', `Variable', or whatever---to appear at the
-beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the
-entity's name and arguments.  In the printed manual, the command
-causes @TeX{} to print the entity's name and its arguments on the left
-margin and print the category next to the right margin.  In both
-output formats, the body of the definition is indented.  Also, the
-name of the entity is entered into the appropriate index:
-@code{@@deffn} enters the name into the index of functions,
-@code{@@defvr} enters it into the index of variables, and so
-on.@refill
-
-A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for
-a given name.  An appendix containing a summary should use
-@code{@@table} rather than the definition commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::  
-@end menu
-
-@node Def Cmd Template, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands, Definition Commands
-@section The Template for a Definition
-@cindex Definition template
-@cindex Template for a definition
-
-The @code{@@deffn} command is used for definitions of entities that
-resemble functions.  To write a definition using the @code{@@deffn}
-command, write the @code{@@deffn} command at the beginning of a line
-and follow it on the same line by the category of the entity, the name
-of the entity itself, and its arguments (if any).  Then write the body
-of the definition on succeeding lines.  (You may embed examples in the
-body.)  Finally, end the definition with an @code{@@end deffn} command
-written on a line of its own.  (The other definition commands follow
-the same format.)@refill
-
-The template for a definition looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn Command forward-word count
-This command moves point forward @@var@{count@} words 
-(or backward if @@var@{count@} is negative). @dots{}
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@deffn Command forward-word count
-This function moves point forward @var{count} words
-(or backward if @var{count} is negative). @dots{}
-@end deffn
-@end quotation
-
-Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command',
-write braces around it.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward 
-@dots{} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the
-entity.@refill
-
-Some of the definition commands are more general than others.  The
-@code{@@deffn} command, for example, is the general definition command
-for functions and the like---for entities that may take arguments.  When
-you use this command, you specify the category to which the entity
-belongs.  The @code{@@deffn} command possesses three predefined,
-specialized variations, @code{@@defun}, @code{@@defmac}, and
-@code{@@defspec}, that specify the category for you: ``Function'',
-``Macro'', and ``Special Form'' respectively.  The @code{@@defvr}
-command also is accompanied by several predefined, specialized
-variations for describing particular kinds of variables.@refill
-
-The template for a specialized definition, such as @code{@@defun}, is
-similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you
-do not need to specify the category:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} 
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun buffer-end flag 
-This function returns @@code@{(point-min)@} if @@var@{flag@}
-is less than 1, @@code@{(point-max)@} otherwise.
-@dots{} 
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@defun buffer-end flag
-This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag} is less than 1,
-@code{(point-max)} otherwise.  @dots{}
-@end defun
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Sample Function Definition, Sample Function Definition, A Sample
-Function Definition}, for a more detailed example of a function
-definition, including the use of @code{@@example} inside the
-definition.@refill
-
-The other specialized commands work like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-
-@node Optional Arguments, deffnx, Def Cmd Template, Definition Commands
-@section Optional and Repeated Arguments
-@cindex Optional and repeated arguments
-@cindex Repeated and optional arguments
-@cindex Arguments, repeated and optional
-@cindex Syntax, optional & repeated arguments
-@cindex Meta-syntactic chars for arguments
-
-Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be
-specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and
-ellipses.  For @w{example}, a special form often breaks its argument list
-into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a
-straightforward function.@refill
-
-@iftex
-An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional.
-Thus, the phrase
-@samp{@code{@r{[}@var{optional-arg}@r{]}}} means that
-@var{optional-arg} is optional.  
-An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional
-and may be repeated more than once.  
-@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual
-Thus, @samp{@var{repeated-args}@dots{}} stands for zero or more arguments.  
-Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped
-into additional levels of list structure in Lisp.  
-@end iftex
-@c The following looks better in Info (no `r', `samp' and `code'):
-@ifinfo
-An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional.  
-Thus, [@var{optional-arg}] means that @var{optional-arg} is optional.  
-An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional 
-and may be repeated more than once.  
-@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual
-Thus, @var{repeated-args}@dots{} stands for zero or more arguments.  
-Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped
-into additional levels of list structure in Lisp.
-@end ifinfo
-
-Here is the @code{@@defspec} line of an example of an imaginary
-special form:@refill
-
-@quotation
-@defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to} [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{}
-@end defspec
-@tex
-\vskip \parskip
-@end tex
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-In this example, the arguments @var{from} and @var{to} are optional,
-but must both be present or both absent.  If they are present,
-@var{inc} may optionally be specified as well.  These arguments are
-grouped with the argument @var{var} into a list, to distinguish them
-from @var{body}, which includes all remaining elements of the
-form.@refill
-
-In a Texinfo source file, this @code{@@defspec} line is written like
-this (except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this
-example).@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defspec foobar (@@var@{var@} [@@var@{from@} @@var@{to@}
-     [@@var@{inc@}]]) @@var@{body@}@@dots@{@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under
-@samp{foobar}.@refill
-
-@node deffnx, Def Cmds in Detail, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands
-@section Two or More `First' Lines
-@cindex Two `First' Lines for @code{@@deffn}
-@cindex Grouping two definitions together
-@cindex Definitions grouped together
-@findex deffnx
-
-To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition, follow
-the first @code{@@deffn} line by a line beginning with @code{@@deffnx}.
-The @code{@@deffnx} command works exactly like @code{@@deffn}
-except that it does not generate extra vertical white space between it
-and the preceding line.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward 
-@@deffnx @{Interactive Command@} isearch-backward
-These two search commands are similar except @dots{} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward 
-@deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward
-These two search commands are similar except @dots{} 
-@end deffn
-
-Each of the other definition commands has an `x' form: @code{@@defunx},
-@code{@@defvrx}, @code{@@deftypefunx}, etc.
-
-The `x' forms work just like @code{@@itemx}; see @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.
-
-@node Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmd Conventions, deffnx, Definition Commands
-@section The Definition Commands
-
-Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which
-are described in this section.@refill
-
-The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in
-the appropriate index: for example, @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun},
-and @code{@@defmac} enter function names in the index of functions;
-@code{@@defvr} and @code{@@defvar} enter variable names in the index
-of variables.@refill
-
-Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the commands
-can be used for other programming languages.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-@end menu
-
-@node Functions Commands, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Functions and Similar Entities
-
-This section describes the commands for describing functions and similar
-entities:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deffn
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deffn} command is the general definition command for
-functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take
-arguments.  You must choose a term to describe the category of entity
-being defined; for example, ``Function'' could be used if the entity is
-a function.  The @code{@@deffn} command is written at the beginning of a
-line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity being
-described, the name of this particular entity, and its arguments, if
-any.  Terminate the definition with @code{@@end deffn} on a line of its
-own.@refill
-
-@need 750
-For example, here is a definition:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn Command forward-char nchars 
-Move point forward @@var@{nchars@} characters.
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This shows a rather terse definition for a ``command'' named
-@code{forward-char} with one argument, @var{nchars}.
-
-@code{@@deffn} prints argument names such as @var{nchars} in italics or
-upper case, as if @code{@@var} had been used, because we think of these
-names as metasyntactic variables---they stand for the actual argument
-values.  Within the text of the description, write an argument name
-explicitly with @code{@@var} to refer to the value of the argument.  In
-the example above, we used @samp{@@var@{nchars@}} in this way.
-
-The template for @code{@@deffn} is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@findex defun
-@item @@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defun} command is the definition command for functions.
-@code{@@defun} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Function
-@dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun set symbol new-value
-Change the value of the symbol @@var@{symbol@}
-to @@var@{new-value@}.
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-shows a rather terse definition for a function @code{set} whose
-arguments are @var{symbol} and @var{new-value}.  The argument names on
-the @code{@@defun} line automatically appear in italics or upper case as
-if they were enclosed in @code{@@var}.  Terminate the definition with
-@code{@@end defun} on a line of its own.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} 
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defun} creates an entry in the index of functions.
-
-@findex defmac
-@item @@defmac @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defmac} command is the definition command for macros.
-@code{@@defmac} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}} and
-works like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-
-@findex defspec
-@item @@defspec @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defspec} command is the definition command for special
-forms.  (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a function.)
-@code{@@defspec} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@}
-@dots{}} and works like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Variables Commands, Typed Functions, Functions Commands, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Variables and Similar Entities
-
-Here are the commands for defining variables and similar
-entities:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex defvr
-@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defvr} command is a general definition command for
-something like a variable---an entity that records a value.  You must
-choose a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for
-example, ``Variable'' could be used if the entity is a variable.
-Write the @code{@@defvr} command at the beginning of a line and
-followed it on the same line by the category of the entity and the
-name of the entity.@refill
-
-Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-category contains spaces, as in the name `User Option', write braces
-around it.  Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name
-of the entity, for example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvr @{User Option@} fill-column 
-This buffer-local variable specifies 
-the maximum width of filled lines.  
-@dots{} 
-@@end defvr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Terminate the definition with @code{@@end defvr} on a line of its
-own.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvr @var{category} @var{name} 
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end defvr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defvr} creates an entry in the index of variables for @var{name}.
-
-@findex defvar
-@item @@defvar @var{name}
-The @code{@@defvar} command is the definition command for variables.
-@code{@@defvar} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr Variable
-@dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 750
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvar kill-ring 
-@dots{} 
-@@end defvar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvar @var{name} 
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end defvar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defvar} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex defopt
-@item @@defopt @var{name}
-The @code{@@defopt} command is the definition command for user
-options.  @code{@@defopt} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr @{User
-Option@} @dots{}} and works like @code{@@defvar}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Typed Functions, Typed Variables, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Functions in Typed Languages
-
-The @code{@@deftypefn} command and its variations are for describing
-functions in C or any other language in which you must declare types
-of variables and functions.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftypefn
-@item @@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftypefn} command is the general definition command for
-functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are
-typed.  The @code{@@deftypefn} command is written at the beginning of
-a line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity
-being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this
-particular entity, and its arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn @{Library Function@} int foobar 
-   (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@})
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-(where the text before the ``@dots{}'', shown above as two lines, would
-actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the following
-in Info:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
--- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@iftex
-
-In a printed manual, it produces:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-@dots{}
-@end deftypefn
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-This means that @code{foobar} is a ``library function'' that returns an
-@code{int}, and its arguments are @var{foo} (an @code{int}) and
-@var{bar} (a @code{float}).@refill
-
-The argument names that you write in @code{@@deftypefn} are not subject
-to an implicit @code{@@var}---since the actual names of the arguments in
-@code{@@deftypefn} are typically scattered among data type names and
-keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help.  Instead, you must write
-@code{@@var} explicitly around the argument names.  In the example
-above, the argument names are @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}.@refill
-
-The template for @code{@@deftypefn} is:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments} @dots{}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Note that if the @var{category} or @var{data type} is more than one
-word then it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.@refill
-
-If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages,
-such as Ada, you might consider using @code{@@deftypefn} in a manner
-somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding
-paragraphs.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn stacks private push 
-        (@@var@{s@}:in out stack; 
-        @@var@{n@}:in integer)
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The @code{@@deftypefn} arguments are shown split into three lines, but
-would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.)
-
-In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the
-package @code{stacks} rather than classified as a `procedure' and its
-data type is described as @code{private}.  (The name of the procedure
-is @code{push}, and its arguments are @var{s} and @var{n}.)@refill
-
-@code{@@deftypefn} creates an entry in the index of functions for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex deftypefun
-@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftypefun} command is the specialized definition command
-for functions in typed languages.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@deftypefun int foobar (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@})
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefun
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-@dots{}
-@end deftypefun
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefun @var{type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypefun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypefun} creates an entry in the index of functions for
-@var{name}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Typed Variables, Abstract Objects, Typed Functions, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Variables in Typed Languages
-
-Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to
-functions in typed languages.  @xref{Typed Functions}.  The general
-definition command @code{@@deftypevr} corresponds to
-@code{@@deftypefn} and the specialized definition command
-@code{@@deftypevar} corresponds to @code{@@deftypefun}.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftypevr
-@item @@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-The @code{@@deftypevr} command is the general definition command for
-something like a variable in a typed language---an entity that records
-a value.  You must choose a term to describe the category of the
-entity being defined; for example, ``Variable'' could be used if the
-entity is a variable.@refill
-
-The @code{@@deftypevr} command is written at the beginning of a line
-and is followed on the same line by the category of the entity
-being described, the data type, and the name of this particular
-entity.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevr @{Global Flag@} int enable
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypevr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Global Flag: int enable
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-@dots{}
-@end deftypevr
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypevr
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypevr} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex deftypevar
-@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name}
-The @code{@@deftypevar} command is the specialized definition command
-for variables in typed languages.  @code{@@deftypevar} is equivalent
-to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevar int fubar
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypevar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Variable: int fubar
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypevar int fubar
-@dots{}
-@end deftypevar
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypevar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypevar} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Abstract Objects, Data Types, Typed Variables, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Object-Oriented Programming
-
-Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract
-objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming.  A class is
-a defined type of abstract object.  An instance of a class is a
-particular object that has the type of the class.  An instance
-variable is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each
-instance has its own value.@refill
-
-In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in the
-programming system for a class, then you should write an @code{@@code}
-around it.  Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex defcv
-@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defcv} command is the general definition command for
-variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming.  The
-@code{@@defcv} command is followed by three arguments: the category of
-thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
-name.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defcv @{Class Option@} Window border-pattern
-@dots{}
-@@end defcv
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of the
-@code{border-pattern} class option of the class @code{Window}.@refill
-
-The template is
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-@dots{}
-@@end defcv
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defcv} creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-@findex defivar
-@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defivar} command is the definition command for instance
-variables in object-oriented programming.  @code{@@defivar} is
-equivalent to @samp{@@defcv @{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defivar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defivar} creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-@findex defop
-@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defop} command is the general definition command for
-entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming.  
-These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated
-with particular classes of objects.@refill
-
-For example, some systems have constructs called @dfn{wrappers} that
-are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like
-macros than like functions.  You could use @code{@@defop Wrapper} to
-describe one of these.@refill
-
-Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and @dfn{operations}.
-You can think of an operation as the specification for a method.
-Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a
-method named @code{expose}; we would say that this window system
-defines an @code{expose} operation on windows in general.  Typically,
-the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of arguments;
-all methods that implement the operation must accept the same
-arguments, since applications that use the operation do so without
-knowing which method will implement it.@refill
-
-Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods.  For
-example, window application developers need to know about the
-@code{expose} operation, but need not be concerned with whether a
-given class of windows has its own method to implement this operation.
-To describe this operation, you would write:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defop Operation windows expose
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@defop} command is written at the beginning of a line and
-is followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of
-operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
-operation, and its arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defop
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defop} creates an entry, such as `@code{expose} on
-@code{windows}', in the index of functions.@refill
-
-@findex defmethod
-@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defmethod} command is the definition command for methods
-in object-oriented programming.  A method is a kind of function that
-implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its
-subclasses.  In the Lisp Machine, methods actually were functions, but
-they were usually defined with @code{defmethod}.
-
-@code{@@defmethod} is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}.
-The command is written at the beginning of a line and is followed by
-the name of the class of the method, the name of the method, and its
-arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defmethod @code{bar-class} bar-method argument
-@dots{}
-@@end defmethod
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-illustrates the definition for a method called @code{bar-method} of
-the class @code{bar-class}.  The method takes an argument.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defmethod
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defmethod} creates an entry, such as `@code{bar-method} on
-@code{bar-class}', in the index of functions.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Data Types,  , Abstract Objects, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Data Types
-
-Here is the command for data types:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftp
-@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftp} command is the generic definition command for data
-types.  The command is written at the beginning of a line and is
-followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type
-(which is a word like @code{int} or @code{float}), and then by names of
-attributes of objects of that type.  Thus, you could use this command
-for describing @code{int} or @code{float}, in which case you could use
-@code{data type} as the category.  (A data type is a category of
-certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be
-performed on them.)@refill
-
-In Lisp, for example,  @dfn{pair} names a particular data
-type, and an object of that type has two slots called the
-@sc{car} and the @sc{cdr}.  Here is how you would write the first line
-of a definition of @code{pair}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftp @{Data type@} pair car cdr
-@dots{}
-@@end deftp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end deftp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftp} creates an entry in the index of data types.
-@end table
-
-@node Def Cmd Conventions, Sample Function Definition, Def Cmds in Detail, Definition Commands
-@section Conventions for Writing Definitions
-@cindex Definition conventions
-@cindex Conventions for writing definitions
-
-When you write a definition using @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, or
-one of the other definition commands, please take care to use
-arguments that indicate the meaning, as with the @var{count} argument
-to the @code{forward-word} function.  Also, if the name of an argument
-contains the name of a type, such as @var{integer}, take care that the
-argument actually is of that type.@refill
-
-@node Sample Function Definition,  , Def Cmd Conventions, Definition Commands
-@section A Sample Function Definition
-@cindex Function definitions
-@cindex Command definitions
-@cindex Macro definitions
-@cindex Sample function definition
-
-A function definition uses the @code{@@defun} and @code{@@end defun}
-commands.  The name of the function follows immediately after the
-@code{@@defun} command and it is followed, on the same line, by the
-parameter list.@refill
-
-Here is a definition from @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
-(@xref{Calling Functions, , Calling Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
-Lisp Reference Manual}.)
-
-@quotation
-@defun apply function &rest arguments
-@code{apply} calls @var{function} with @var{arguments}, just
-like @code{funcall} but with one difference: the last of
-@var{arguments} is a list of arguments to give to
-@var{function}, rather than a single argument.  We also say
-that this list is @dfn{appended} to the other arguments.
-
-@code{apply} returns the result of calling @var{function}.
-As with @code{funcall}, @var{function} must either be a Lisp
-function or a primitive function; special forms and macros
-do not make sense in @code{apply}.
-
-@example
-(setq f 'list)
-     @result{} list
-(apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-@error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z
-(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-     @result{} 10
-(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-     @result{} 10
-
-(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-     @result{} (a b c x y z)
-@end example
-
-An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found in the description
-of @code{mapcar}.@refill
-@end defun
-@end quotation
-
-@need 1200
-In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun apply function &rest arguments
-
-@@code@{apply@} calls @@var@{function@} with
-@@var@{arguments@}, just like @@code@{funcall@} but with one
-difference: the last of @@var@{arguments@} is a list of
-arguments to give to @@var@{function@}, rather than a single
-argument.  We also say that this list is @@dfn@{appended@}
-to the other arguments.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@code@{apply@} returns the result of calling
-@@var@{function@}.  As with @@code@{funcall@},
-@@var@{function@} must either be a Lisp function or a
-primitive function; special forms and macros do not make
-sense in @@code@{apply@}.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@example
-(setq f 'list)
-     @@result@{@} list
-(apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: listp, z
-(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-     @@result@{@} 10
-(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-     @@result@{@} 10
-
-(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-     @@result@{@} (a b c x y z)
-@@end example
-@end group
-
-@group
-An interesting example of using @@code@{apply@} is found
-in the description of @@code@{mapcar@}.@@refill
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable
-Index under @code{apply}.@refill
-
-Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like
-that for functions except that variables do not take arguments.
-
-@node Footnotes, Conditionals, Definition Commands, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Footnotes
-@cindex Footnotes
-@findex footnote
-
-A @dfn{footnote} is for a reference that documents or elucidates the
-primary text.@footnote{A footnote should complement or expand upon
-the primary text, but a reader should not need to read a footnote to
-understand the primary text.  For a thorough discussion of footnotes,
-see @cite{The Chicago Manual of Style}, which is published by the
-University of Chicago Press.}@refill
-
-In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the @code{@@footnote} command.
-This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text
-of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace.  The template
-is: 
-
-@example
-@@footnote@{@var{text}@}
-@end example
-
-Footnotes may be of any length, but are usually short.@refill
-
-For example, this clause is followed by a sample
-footnote@footnote{Here is the sample footnote.}; in the Texinfo
-source, it looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{}a sample footnote @@footnote@{Here is the sample 
-footnote.@}; in the Texinfo source@dots{}
-@end example
-
-In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a
-small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote is written at
-the bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.@refill
-
-In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses
-with the footnote number between them, like this: @samp{(1)}.@refill
-
-Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the
-footnote is located:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex @samp{@r{End}} node footnote style
-@item 
-In the `End' node style, all the footnotes for a single node
-are placed at the end of that node.  The footnotes are separated from
-the rest of the node by a line of dashes with the word
-@samp{Footnotes} within it.  Each footnote begins with an
-@samp{(@var{n})} reference mark.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
- --------- Footnotes ---------
-
-(1)  Here is a sample footnote.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@cindex @samp{@r{Separate}} footnote style
-@item 
-In the `Separate' node style, all the footnotes for a single
-node are placed in an automatically constructed node of
-their own.  In this style, a ``footnote reference'' follows
-each @samp{(@var{n})} reference mark in the body of the
-node.  The footnote reference is actually a cross reference
-which you use to reach the footnote node.@refill
-
-The name of the node containing the footnotes is constructed
-by appending @w{@samp{-Footnotes}} to the name of the node
-that contains the footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes'
-node for the @file{Footnotes} node is
-@w{@file{Footnotes-Footnotes}}!)  The footnotes' node has an
-`Up' node pointer that leads back to its parent node.@refill
-
-@noindent
-Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being
-formatted for Info in the separate node style:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-File: texinfo.info  Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview
-
-(1) Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is 
-pronounced like "speck", not "hex". @dots{}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end itemize
-
-A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either footnote
-style.@refill
-
-@findex footnotestyle
-Use the @code{@@footnotestyle} command to specify an Info file's
-footnote style.  Write this command at the beginning of a line followed
-by an argument, either @samp{end} for the end node style or
-@samp{separate} for the separate node style.  
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@footnotestyle end
-@end example
-@noindent
-or
-@example
-@@footnotestyle separate
-@end example
-
-Write an @code{@@footnotestyle} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you
-include the @code{@@footnotestyle} command between the start-of-header
-and end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format
-footnotes as specified.)@refill
-
-If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use
-their default style.  Currently, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and
-@code{texinfo-format-region} use the `separate' style and
-@code{makeinfo} uses the `end' style.@refill
-
-@c !!! note: makeinfo's --footnote-style option overrides footnotestyle
-@ignore
-If you use @code{makeinfo} to create the Info file, the
-@samp{--footnote-style} option determines which style is used,
-@samp{end} for the end of node style or @samp{separate} for the
-separate node style.  Thus, to format the Texinfo manual in the
-separate node style, you would use the following shell command:@refill
-
-@example
-makeinfo --footnote-style=separate texinfo.texi
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-To format the Texinfo manual in the end of node style, you would
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-makeinfo --footnote-style=end texinfo.texi
-@end example
-@end ignore
-@ignore
-If you use @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
-@code{texinfo-format-region} to create the Info file, the value of the
-@code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable controls the footnote style.
-It can be either @samp{"separate"} for the separate node style or
-@samp{"end"} for the end of node style.  (You can change the value of
-this variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit
-Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), or
-with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, , Examining
-and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable also controls the style if
-you use the @kbd{M-x makeinfo-region} or @kbd{M-x makeinfo-buffer}
-command in Emacs.@refill
-@end ignore
-This chapter contains two footnotes.@refill
-
-@node Conditionals, Format/Print Hardcopy, Footnotes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Conditionally Visible Text
-@cindex Conditionally visible text
-@cindex Text, conditionally visible
-@cindex Visibility of conditional text
-@cindex If text conditionally visible
-@findex ifinfo
-@findex iftex
-
-Sometimes it is good to use different text for a printed manual and
-its corresponding Info file.  In this case, you can use the
-@dfn{conditional commands} to specify which text is for the printed manual
-and which is for the Info file.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or @TeX{}.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all @TeX{} commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-@end menu
-
-@node Conditional Commands, Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals, Conditionals
-@ifinfo
-@heading Using @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@iftex}
-@end ifinfo
-
-@code{@@ifinfo} begins segments of text that should be ignored 
-by @TeX{} when it
-typesets the printed manual.  The segment of text appears only 
-in the Info file.
-The @code{@@ifinfo} command should appear on a line by itself;  end
-the Info-only text with a line containing @code{@@end ifinfo} by
-itself.  At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info permissions are
-contained within a region marked by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo}. (@xref{Info Summary and Permissions}.)@refill
-
-The @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands are similar to the
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands, except that they
-specify text that will appear in the printed manual but not in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@iftex
-This text will appear only in the printed manual.
-@@end iftex
-
-@@ifinfo
-However, this text will appear only in Info.
-@@end ifinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The preceding example produces the following line:
-
-@iftex
-This text will appear only in the printed manual.
-@end iftex
-
-@ifinfo
-However, this text will appear only in Info.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@noindent
-Note how you only see one of the two lines, depending on whether you
-are reading the Info version or the printed version of this
-manual.@refill
-
-The @code{@@titlepage} command is a special variant of @code{@@iftex} that
-is used for making the title and copyright pages of the printed
-manual. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.) @refill
-
-@node Using Ordinary TeX Commands, set clear value, Conditional Commands, Conditionals
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands
-@cindex @TeX{} commands, using ordinary
-@cindex Ordinary @TeX{} commands, using
-@cindex Commands using ordinary @TeX{}
-@cindex Plain@TeX{}
-
-Inside a region delineated by @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex},
-you can embed some Plain@TeX{} commands.  Info will ignore these
-commands since they are only in that part of the file which is seen by
-@TeX{}.  You can write the @TeX{} commands as you would write them in
-a normal @TeX{} file, except that you must replace the @samp{\} used
-by @TeX{} with an @samp{@@}.  For example, in the @code{@@titlepage}
-section of a Texinfo file, you can use the @TeX{} command
-@code{@@vskip} to format the copyright page.  (The @code{@@titlepage}
-command causes Info to ignore the region automatically, as it does
-with the @code{@@iftex} command.)@refill
-
-However, many features of Plain@TeX{} will not work, as they are
-overridden by features of Texinfo.
-
-@findex tex
-You can enter Plain@TeX{} completely, and use @samp{\} in the @TeX{}
-commands, by delineating a region with the @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end
-tex} commands.  (The @code{@@tex} command also causes Info to ignore the
-region, like the @code{@@iftex}
-command.)@refill
-
-@cindex Mathematical expressions
-For example, here is a mathematical expression written in
-Plain@TeX{}:@refill
-
-@example
-@@tex
-$$ \chi^2 = \sum_@{i=1@}^N 
-          \left (y_i - (a + b x_i) 
-          \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
-@@end tex
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual.  If
-you are reading this in Info, you will not see anything after this
-paragraph.
-@iftex
-In a printed manual, the above expression looks like
-this:
-@end iftex
-
-@tex
-$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N 
-          \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) 
-          \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
-@end tex
-
-@node set clear value,  , Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value}
-
-You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore parts
-of a Texinfo file with the @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, @code{@@ifset},
-and @code{@@ifclear} commands.@refill
-
-In addition, you can use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to set the
-value of @var{flag} to a string of characters; and use
-@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} to insert that string.  You can use
-@code{@@set}, for example, to set a date and use @code{@@value} to
-insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@menu
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string. 
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-@end menu
-
-@node ifset ifclear, value, set clear value, set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@ifset} and @code{@@ifclear}
-
-@findex ifset
-When a @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and @code{@@end
-ifset} commands.  When the @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting
-commands do @emph{not} format the text.
-
-Use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to turn on, or @dfn{set}, a
-@var{flag}; a @dfn{flag} can be any single word.  The format for the
-command looks like this:@refill
-@findex set
- 
-@example
-@@set @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-Write the conditionally formatted text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}}
-and @code{@@end ifset} commands, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifset @var{flag}
-@var{conditional-text}
-@@end ifset
-@end group
-@end example
-
-For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such as
-a manual for a `large' and `small' model:@refill
-
-@example
-You can use this machine to dig up shrubs 
-without hurting them.
-
-@@set large
-
-@@ifset large
-It can also dig up fully grown trees.
-@@end ifset
-
-Remember to replant promptly @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between
-@code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} because the @code{large}
-flag is set.@refill
-
-@findex clear
-Use the @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command to turn off, or @dfn{clear},
-a flag.  Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag.  The
-command looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@clear @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Write the command on a line of its own.
-
-When @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do
-@emph{not} format the text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and
-@code{@@end ifset}; that text is ignored and does not appear in either
-printed or Info output.@refill
-
-For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by writing
-an @code{@@clear large} command after the @code{@@set large} command
-(but before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands
-ignore the text between the @code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset}
-commands.  In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both
-printed and Info output, you see only the lines that say, ``You can use
-this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them.  Remember to replant
-promptly @dots{}''.
-
-@findex ifclear
-If a flag is cleared with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command, then
-the formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of
-@code{@@ifclear} and @code{@@end ifclear} commands.  But if the flag
-is set with @code{@@set @var{flag}}, then the formatting commands do
-@emph{not} format text between an @code{@@ifclear} and an @code{@@end
-ifclear} command; rather, they ignore that text.  An @code{@@ifclear}
-command looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@ifclear @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-In brief, the commands are:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@set @var{flag}
-Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is set.@refill
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is cleared.@refill
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format
-the text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill
-
-If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
-ignore text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag} 
-If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore
-the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} command.@refill
-
-If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
-format the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear}
-command.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node value, value Example, ifset ifclear, set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@value}
-@findex value
-
-You can use the @code{@@set} command to specify a value for a flag,
-which is expanded by the @code{@@value} command.  The value is a string
-a characters.
-
-Write the @code{@@set} command like this:
-
-@example
-@@set foo This is a string.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This sets the value of @code{foo} to ``This is a string.''
-
-The Texinfo formatters replace an @code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} command with
-the string to which @var{flag} is set.@refill
-
-Thus, when @code{foo} is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters convert
-
-@example
-@group
-@@value@{foo@}
-@exdent @r{to}
-This is a string.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-You can write an @code{@@value} command within a paragraph; but you
-must write an @code{@@set} command on a line of its own.
-
-If you write the @code{@@set} command like this:
-
-@example
-@@set foo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-without specifying a string, the value of @code{foo} is an empty string.
-
-If you clear a previously set flag with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}}
-command, a subsequent @code{@@value@{flag@}} command is invalid and the
-string is replaced with an error message that says @samp{@{No value for
-"@var{flag}"@}}.
-
-For example, if you set @code{foo} as follows:@refill
-
-@example
-@@set how-much very, very, very
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-then the formatters transform
-
-@example
-@group
-It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day.
-@exdent @r{into}
-It is a very, very, very wet day.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-If you write
-
-@example
-@@clear how-much
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-then the formatters transform
-
-@example
-@group
-It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day.
-@exdent @r{into}
-It is a @{No value for "how-much"@} wet day.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node value Example,  , value, set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@value} Example
-
-You can use the @code{@@value} command to limit the number of places you
-need to change when you record an update to a manual.  
-Here is how it is done in @cite{The GNU Make Manual}:
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-Set the flags:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@set EDITION 0.35 Beta
-@@set VERSION 3.63 Beta
-@@set UPDATED 14 August 1992
-@@set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Write text for the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the
-Texinfo file:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, 
-last updated @@value@{UPDATED@},
-of @@cite@{The GNU Make Manual@}, 
-for @@code@{make@}, Version @@value@{VERSION@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-Write text for the title page, for people reading the printed manual:
-@c List only the month and the year since that looks less fussy on a
-@c printed cover than a date that lists the day as well.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@title GNU Make
-@@subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation
-@@subtitle Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, @dots{}
-@@subtitle @@value@{UPDATE-MONTH@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less
-fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.)
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Write text for the Top node, for people reading the Info file:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@} 
-of the @@cite@{GNU Make Manual@},
-last updated @@value@{UPDATED@}
-for @@code@{make@} Version @@value@{VERSION@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-After you format the manual, the text in the first @code{@@ifinfo}
-section looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992, 
-of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you do
-not need to rewrite the three sections.
-
-@node Format/Print Hardcopy, Create an Info File, Conditionals, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Format and Print Hardcopy
-@cindex Format and print hardcopy
-@cindex Hardcopy, printing it
-@cindex Making a printed manual
-@cindex Sorting indices
-@cindex Indices, sorting
-@cindex @TeX{} index sorting
-@findex texindex
-
-There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual from a
-Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file that will be
-printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for printing the
-formatted document.  When you use the shell commands, you can either
-work directly in the operating system shell or work within a shell
-inside GNU Emacs.@refill
-
-If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo
-mode instead of shell commands.  In addition to the three commands to
-format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode
-offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the
-print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Use TeX::                     Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy.
-* Format with tex/texindex::    How to format in a shell.
-* Format with texi2dvi::        A simpler way to use the shell.
-* Print with lpr::              How to print.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        @TeX{} formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use @TeX{}.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-@end menu
-
-@node Use TeX, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@ifinfo
-@heading Use @TeX{}
-@end ifinfo
-
-The typesetting program called @TeX{} is used for formatting a Texinfo
-file.  @TeX{} is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used right,
-does an exceptionally good job.  @xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain
-@TeX{}}, for information on how to obtain @TeX{}.@refill
-
-The @code{makeinfo}, @code{texinfo-format-region}, and
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands read the very same @@-commands
-in the Texinfo file as does @TeX{}, but process them differently to
-make an Info file; see @ref{Create an Info File}.@refill
-
-@node Format with tex/texindex, Format with texi2dvi, Use TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Format using @code{tex} and @code{texindex}
-@cindex Shell formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex}
-@cindex Formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex}
-@cindex DVI file
-
-Format the Texinfo file with the shell command @code{tex} followed by
-the name of the Texinfo file.  This command produces a formatted
-@sc{dvi} file as well as several auxiliary files containing indices,
-cross references, etc.  The @sc{dvi} file (for @dfn{DeVice Independent}
-file) can be printed on a wide variety of printers.@refill
-
-The @code{tex} formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it
-writes an output file of unsorted index data.  This is a misfeature of
-@TeX{}.  (The @code{texi2dvi} command automatically generates indices;
-see @ref{Format with texi2dvi, , Format using @code{texi2dvi}}.)  To
-generate a printed index after running the @code{tex} command, you first
-need a sorted index to work from.  The @code{texindex} command sorts
-indices.  (The source file @file{texindex.c} comes as part of the
-standard GNU distribution and is usually installed when Emacs is
-installed.)@refill
-@findex texindex
-@ignore
-Usage: texindex [-k] [-T tempdir] infile [-o outfile] ...
-
-Each infile arg can optionally be followed by a `-o outfile' arg;
-for each infile that is not followed by a -o arg, the infile name with
-`s' (for `sorted') appended is used for the outfile.
-
--T dir is the directory to put temp files in, instead of /tmp.
--k means `keep tempfiles', for debugging.
-@end ignore
-
-The @code{tex} formatting command outputs unsorted index files under
-names that obey a standard convention.  These names are the name of
-your main input file to the @code{tex} formatting command, with
-everything after the first period thrown away, and the two letter
-names of indices added at the end.  For example, the raw index output
-files for the input file @file{foo.texinfo} would be @file{foo.cp},
-@file{foo.vr}, @file{foo.fn}, @file{foo.tp}, @file{foo.pg} and
-@file{foo.ky}.  Those are exactly the arguments to give to
-@code{texindex}.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Or else, you can use @samp{??} as ``wild-cards'' and give the command in
-this form:@refill
-
-@example
-texindex foo.??
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This command will run @code{texindex} on all the unsorted index files,
-including any that you have defined yourself using @code{@@defindex}
-or @code{@@defcodeindex}.  (You may execute @samp{texindex foo.??}
-even if there are similarly named files with two letter extensions
-that are not index files, such as @samp{foo.el}.  The @code{texindex}
-command reports but otherwise ignores such files.)@refill
-
-For each file specified, @code{texindex} generates a sorted index file
-whose name is made by appending @samp{s} to the input file name.  The
-@code{@@printindex} command knows to look for a file of that name.
-@code{texindex} does not alter the raw index output file.@refill
-
-After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the @code{tex}
-formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This regenerates a formatted
-@sc{dvi} file with up-to-date index entries.@footnote{If you use more
-than one index and have cross references to an index other than the
-first, you must run @code{tex} @emph{three times} to get correct output:
-once to generate raw index data; again (after @code{texindex}) to output
-the text of the indices and determine their true page numbers; and a
-third time to output correct page numbers in cross references to them.
-However, cross references to indices are rare.}@refill
-
-To summarize, this is a three step process:
- 
-@enumerate
-@item 
-Run the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-generates the formatted @sc{dvi} file as well as the raw index files
-with two letter extensions.@refill
-
-@item 
-Run the shell command @code{texindex} on the raw index files to sort
-them.  This creates the corresponding sorted index files.@refill
-
-@item 
-Rerun the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-regenerates a formatted @sc{dvi} file with the index entries in the
-correct order.  This second run also corrects the page numbers for 
-the cross references.  (The tables of contents are always correct.)@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-You need not run @code{texindex} each time after you run the
-@code{tex} formatting.  If you do not, on the next run, the @code{tex}
-formatting command will use whatever sorted index files happen to
-exist from the previous use of @code{texindex}.  This is usually
-@sc{ok} while you are debugging.@refill
-
-@node Format with texi2dvi, Print with lpr, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Format using @code{texi2dvi}
-@findex texi2dvi @r{(shell script)}
-
-The @code{texi2dvi} command is a shell script that automatically runs
-both @code{tex} and @code{texindex} as needed to produce a @sc{dvi} file
-with up-to-date, sorted indices.  It simplifies the
-@code{tex}---@code{texindex}---@code{tex} sequence described in the
-previous section.
-
-@need 1000
-The syntax for @code{texi2dvi} is like this (where @samp{%} is the
-shell prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% texi2dvi @var{filename}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-@node Print with lpr, Within Emacs, Format with texi2dvi, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Shell Print Using @code{lpr -d}
-@findex lpr @r{(@sc{dvi} print command)}
-
-You can print a @sc{dvi} file with the @sc{dvi} print command.  The
-precise printing command to use depends on your system; @samp{lpr -d} is
-common.  The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name without any
-extension or with a @samp{.dvi} extension.@refill
-
-@need 1200
-The following commands, for example, sort the indices, format, and
-print the @cite{Bison Manual} (where @samp{%} is the shell
-prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-% tex bison.texinfo
-% texindex bison.??
-% tex bison.texinfo
-% lpr -d bison.dvi
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but
-these are commonly used versions.)@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Using the @code{texi2dvi} shell script, you simply need type:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-% texi2dvi bison.texinfo
-% lpr -d bison.dvi
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Within Emacs, Texinfo Mode Printing, Print with lpr, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section From an Emacs Shell @dots{}
-@cindex Print, format from Emacs shell
-@cindex Format, print from Emacs shell
-@cindex Shell, format, print from
-@cindex Emacs shell, format, print from
-@cindex GNU Emacs shell, format, print from
-
-You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU
-Emacs.  To create a shell within Emacs, type @kbd{M-x shell}.  In this
-shell, you can format and print the document.  @xref{Format/Print
-Hardcopy, , Format and Print Hardcopy}, for details.@refill
-
-You can switch to and from the shell buffer while @code{tex} is
-running and do other editing.  If you are formatting a long document
-on a slow machine, this can be very convenient.@refill
-
-You can also use @code{texi2dvi} from an Emacs shell.  For example,
-here is how to use @code{texi2dvi} to format and print @cite{Using and
-Porting GNU CC} from a shell within Emacs (where @samp{%} is the shell
-prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-% texi2dvi gcc.texinfo
-% lpr -d gcc.dvi
-@end group
-@end example
-@ifinfo
-
-@xref{Texinfo Mode Printing}, for more information about formatting
-and printing in Texinfo mode.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Printing, Compile-Command, Within Emacs, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@section Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode
-@cindex Region printing in Texinfo mode
-@cindex Format and print in Texinfo mode
-@cindex Print and format in Texinfo mode
-
-Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for @TeX{}
-formatting and printing.  These include commands for sorting indices,
-looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and
-recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations
-occur.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-t C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer
-Run @code{texi2dvi} on the current buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-r 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region
-Run @TeX{} on the current region.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex
-Sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print
-Print a @sc{dvi} file that was made with @code{texinfo-tex-region} or
-@code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-q
-@itemx M-x tex-show-print-queue
-Show the print queue.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-d
-@itemx M-x texinfo-delete-from-print-queue
-Delete a job from the print queue; you will be prompted for the job
-number shown by a preceding @kbd{C-c C-t C-q} command
-(@code{texinfo-show-tex-print-queue}).@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-k
-@itemx M-x tex-kill-job
-Kill the currently running @TeX{} job started by
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, or any other
-process running in the Texinfo shell buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-x
-@itemx M-x texinfo-quit-job
-Quit a @TeX{} formatting job that has stopped because of an error by
-sending an @key{x} to it.  When you do this, @TeX{} preserves a record
-of what it did in a @file{.log} file.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-l
-@itemx M-x tex-recenter-output-buffer
-Redisplay the shell buffer in which the @TeX{} printing and formatting
-commands are run to show its most recent output.@refill
-@end table
-
-@need 1000
-Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as
-follows (with comments to the right):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-t C-b             @r{Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer.}
-C-c C-t C-p             @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.}
-C-c C-t C-q             @r{Display the printer queue.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The Texinfo mode @TeX{} formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs
-called the @file{*tex-shell*}.  The @code{texinfo-tex-command},
-@code{texinfo-texindex-command}, and @code{tex-dvi-print-command}
-commands are all run in this shell.  
-
-You can watch the commands operate in the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer,
-and you can switch to and from and use the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer
-as you would any other shell buffer.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several variables.
-The default values are:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-     @r{Variable}                              @r{Default value}
-
-texinfo-texi2dvi-command                  "texi2dvi"
-texinfo-tex-command                       "tex"
-texinfo-texindex-command                  "texindex"
-texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command   "lprm"
-texinfo-tex-trailer                       "@@bye"
-tex-start-of-header                       "%**start"
-tex-end-of-header                         "%**end"
-tex-dvi-print-command                     "lpr -d"
-tex-show-queue-command                    "lpq"
-@end group
-@end example
-
-You can change the values of these variables with the @kbd{M-x
-edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values,
-emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command
-(@pxref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU
-Emacs Manual}), or with your @file{.emacs} initialization file
-(@pxref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill
-
-@node Compile-Command, Requirements Summary, Texinfo Mode Printing, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Using the Local Variables List
-@cindex Local variables
-@cindex Compile command for formatting
-@cindex Format with the compile command
-
-Yet another way to apply the @TeX{} formatting command to a Texinfo file
-is to put that command in a @dfn{local variables list} at the end of the
-Texinfo file.  You can then specify the @code{tex} or @code{texi2dvi}
-commands as a @code{compile-command} and have Emacs run it by typing
-@kbd{M-x compile}.  This creates a special shell called the
-@file{*compilation*} buffer in which Emacs runs the compile command.
-For example, at the end of the @file{gdb.texinfo} file, after the
-@code{@@bye}, you could put the following:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@c Local Variables:
-@@c compile-command: "texi2dvi gdb.texinfo"
-@@c End:
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile programs
-this way; see @ref{Compilation, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.@refill
-
-@node Requirements Summary, Preparing for TeX, Compile-Command, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @TeX{} Formatting Requirements Summary
-@cindex Requirements for formatting 
-@cindex Formatting requirements
-
-Every Texinfo file that is to be input to @TeX{} must begin with a
-@code{\input} command and contain an @code{@@settitle} command:@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The first command instructs @TeX{} to load the macros it needs to
-process a Texinfo file and the second command specifies the title of
-printed manual.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates @TeX{}
-processing and forces out unfinished pages:@refill
-
-@example
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-Strictly speaking, these three lines are all a Texinfo file needs for
-@TeX{}, besides the body.  (The @code{@@setfilename} line is the only
-line that a Texinfo file needs for Info formatting.)@refill
-
-Usually, the file's first line contains an @samp{@@c -*-texinfo-*-}
-comment that causes Emacs to switch to Texinfo mode when you edit the
-file.  In addition, the beginning usually includes an
-@code{@@setfilename} for Info formatting, an @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command, a title page, a copyright page, and permissions.  Besides an
-@code{@@bye}, the end of a file usually includes indices and a table of
-contents.@refill
-
-@iftex
-For more information, see
-@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},
-@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},
-@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},
-@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and
-@ref{Contents}.
-@end iftex
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-For more information, see@*
-@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},@*
-@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},@*
-@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},@*
-@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and@*
-@ref{Contents}.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Preparing for TeX, Overfull hboxes, Requirements Summary, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Preparing to Use @TeX{}
-@cindex Preparing to use @TeX{}
-@cindex @TeX{} input initialization
-@cindex @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable
-@vindex TEXINPUTS
-@cindex @b{.profile} initialization file
-@cindex @b{.cshrc} initialization file
-@cindex Initialization file for @TeX{} input
-
-@TeX{} needs to know where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file
-that you have told it to input with the @samp{\input texinfo} command
-at the beginning of the first line.  The @file{texinfo.tex} file tells
-@TeX{} how to handle @@-commands.  (@file{texinfo.tex} is
-included in the standard GNU distributions.)@refill
-
-Usually, the @file{texinfo.tex} file is put in the default directory
-that contains @TeX{} macros (the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} 
-directory) when GNU Emacs or other GNU software is installed.  
-In this case, @TeX{} will
-find the file and you do not need to do anything special.
-Alternatively, you can put @file{texinfo.tex} in the directory in
-which the Texinfo source file is located, and @TeX{} will find it
-there.@refill
-
-However, you may want to specify the location of the @code{\input} file
-yourself.  One way to do this is to write the complete path for the file
-after the @code{\input} command.  Another way is to set the
-@code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or
-@file{.profile} file.  The @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable will tell
-@TeX{} where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file and any other file that
-you might want @TeX{} to use.@refill
-
-Whether you use a @file{.cshrc} or @file{.profile} file depends on
-whether you use @code{csh}, @code{sh}, or @code{bash} for your shell
-command interpreter.  When you use @code{csh}, it looks to the
-@file{.cshrc} file for initialization information, and when you use
-@code{sh} or @code{bash}, it looks to the @file{.profile} file.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could use the following @code{csh} command
-sequence:@refill
-
-@example
-setenv TEXINPUTS .:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-In a @file{.profile} file, you could use the following @code{sh} command
-sequence:
-
-@example
-@group
-TEXINPUTS=.:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-export TEXINPUTS
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This would cause @TeX{} to look for @file{\input} file first in the current
-directory, indicated by the @samp{.}, then in a hypothetical user's
-@file{me/mylib} directory, and finally in the system library.@refill
-
-@node Overfull hboxes, smallbook, Preparing for TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Overfull ``hboxes''
-@cindex Overfull @samp{hboxes}
-@cindex @samp{hboxes}, overfull
-@cindex Final output
-
-@TeX{} is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into
-the right margin.  This can occur when @TeX{} comes upon what it
-interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an
-electronic mail network address or a very long title.  When this
-happens, @TeX{} prints an error message like this:@refill
-
-@example
-Overfull \hbox (20.76302pt too wide)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(In @TeX{}, lines are in ``horizontal boxes'', hence the term, ``hbox''.
-The backslash, @samp{\}, is the @TeX{} equivalent of @samp{@@}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and
-the text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that
-@TeX{} knows how to hyphenate words.  
-@xref{Debugging with TeX, , Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting},
-for more information about typesetting errors.@refill
-
-If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the sentence
-so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to leave it.  A
-small excursion into the right margin often does not matter and may not
-even be noticeable.@refill
-
-@cindex Black rectangle in hardcopy
-@cindex Rectangle, ugly, black in hardcopy
-However, unless told otherwise, @TeX{} will print a large, ugly, black
-rectangle beside the line that contains the overful hbox.  This is so
-you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a
-draft.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-@findex finalout
-To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write
-the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own,
-before the @code{@@titlepage} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@@finalout
-@end example
-
-@node smallbook, A4 Paper, Overfull hboxes, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printing ``Small'' Books
-@findex smallbook
-@cindex Small book size
-@cindex Book, printing small
-@cindex Page sizes for books
-@cindex Size of printed book
-
-By default, @TeX{} typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch
-format.  However, you can direct @TeX{} to typeset a document in a 7 by
-9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the
-following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo
-file, before the title page:@refill
-
-@example
-@@smallbook
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Since regular sized books are often about 7 by 9.25 inches, this
-command might better have been called the @code{@@regularbooksize}
-command, but it came to be called the @code{@@smallbook} command by
-comparison to the 8.5 by 11 inch format.)@refill
-
-If you write the @code{@@smallbook} command between the
-start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode @TeX{}
-region formatting command, @code{texinfo-tex-region}, will format the
-region in ``small'' book size (@pxref{Start of Header}).@refill
-
-The Free Software Foundation distributes printed copies of @cite{The GNU
-Emacs Manual} and other manuals in the ``small'' book size.
-@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@smalllisp}}, for information about commands that make it easier
-to produce examples for a smaller manual.@refill
-
-@node A4 Paper, Cropmarks and Magnification, smallbook, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printing on A4 Paper
-@cindex A4 paper, printing on
-@cindex Paper size, European A4
-@cindex European A4 paper
-@findex afourpaper
-
-You can tell @TeX{} to typeset a document for printing on European size
-A4 paper with the @code{@@afourpaper} command.  Write the command on a
-line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} lines near
-the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill
-
-For example, this is how you would write the header for this manual:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo    @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename texinfo
-@@settitle Texinfo
-@@syncodeindex vr fn
-@@iftex
-@@afourpaper
-@@end iftex
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Cropmarks and Magnification,  , A4 Paper, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Cropmarks and Magnification
-
-@findex cropmarks 
-@cindex Cropmarks for printing
-@cindex Printing cropmarks
-You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to print cropmarks at the corners of
-pages with the @code{@@cropmarks} command.  Write the @code{@@cropmarks}
-command on a line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end
-iftex} lines near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title
-page, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@cropmarks
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one
-sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a
-book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the @code{@@smallbook} command.
-(Printers will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is
-printed on regular sized paper.)  Since different printing machines work
-in different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a
-spirit of adventure.  You may have to redefine the command in the
-@file{texinfo.tex} definitions file.@refill
-
-@findex mag @r{(@TeX{} command)}
-@cindex Magnified printing
-@cindex Larger or smaller pages
-You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to typeset pages larger or smaller than
-usual with the @code{\mag} @TeX{} command.  Everything that is typeset
-is scaled proportionally larger or smaller.  (@code{\mag} stands for
-``magnification''.)  This is @emph{not} a Texinfo @@-command, but is a
-Plain@TeX{} command that is prefixed with a backslash.  You have to
-write this command between @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end tex}
-(@pxref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{}
-Commands}).@refill
-
-Follow the @code{\mag} command with an @samp{=} and then a number that
-is 1000 times the magnification you desire.  For example, to print pages
-at 1.2 normal size, write the following near the beginning of the
-Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@tex
-\mag=1200
-@@end tex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies that
-look better than usual by using a larger-than-normal master.@refill
-
-Depending on your system, @code{\mag} may not work or may work only at
-certain magnifications.  Be prepared to experiment.@refill
-
-@node Create an Info File, Install an Info File, Format/Print Hardcopy, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating an Info File
-@cindex Creating an Info file
-@cindex Info, creating an on-line file
-@cindex Formatting a file for Info
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are
-GNU Emacs functions that do the same.@refill
-
-A Texinfo file must possess an @code{@@setfilename} line near its
-beginning, otherwise the Info formatting commands will fail.@refill
-
-For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see
-@ref{Install an Info File}.@refill
-
-@menu
-* makeinfo advantages::         @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative 
-                                  to @code{makeinfo}.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info 
-                                  to run better.
-@end menu
-
-@node makeinfo advantages, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File, Create an Info File
-@ifinfo
-@heading @code{makeinfo} Preferred
-@end ifinfo
-
-The @code{makeinfo} utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source
-file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and
-provides better error messages.  We recommend it.  @code{makeinfo} is a
-C program that is independent of Emacs.  You do not need to run Emacs to
-use @code{makeinfo}, which means you can use @code{makeinfo} on machines
-that are too small to run Emacs. You can run @code{makeinfo} in
-any one of three ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell
-inside Emacs, or by typing a key command in Texinfo mode in Emacs.
-@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and the @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands are useful if you cannot run @code{makeinfo}.  Also, in some
-circumstances, they format short regions or buffers more quickly than
-@code{makeinfo}.@refill
-
-@node Invoking makeinfo, makeinfo options, makeinfo advantages, Create an Info File
-@section Running @code{makeinfo} from a Shell
-
-To create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type @code{makeinfo}
-followed by the name of the Texinfo file.  Thus, to create the Info
-file for Bison, type the following at the shell prompt (where @samp{%}
-is the prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo bison.texinfo
-@end example
-
-(You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing @kbd{M-x
-shell}.)@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-Sometimes you will want to specify options.  For example, if you wish
-to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} you are using,
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --version
-@end example
-
-@xref{makeinfo options}, for more information.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node makeinfo options, Pointer Validation, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Options for @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex @code{makeinfo} options
-@cindex Options for @code{makeinfo}
-
-The @code{makeinfo} command takes a number of options.  Most often,
-options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the
-footnote style.  Each command line option is a word preceded by
-@samp{--}@footnote{@samp{--} has replaced @samp{+}, the old introductory
-character, to maintain POSIX.2 compatibility without losing long-named
-options.} or a letter preceded by @samp{-}.  You can use abbreviations
-for the option names as long as they are unique.@refill
-
-For example, you could use the following command to create an Info
-file for @file{bison.texinfo} in which each line is filled to only 68
-columns (where @samp{%} is the prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo
-@end example
-
-You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long
-file and would also set the fill column to 70.@refill
-
-@iftex
-If you wish to discover which version of @code{makeinfo}
-you are using, type:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --version
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-The options are:@refill
-
-@need 100
-@table @code
-@item -D @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be defined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 150
-@item --error-limit @var{limit}
-Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report
-before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless).
-The default number of errors that can be reported before
-@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --fill-column @var{width}
-Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand
-edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this
-width.  (Filling is the process of breaking up and connecting lines so
-that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number specified
-as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.) The default value
-for @code{fill-column} is 72.
-@refill
-
-@item --footnote-style @var{style}
-Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.  The value
-set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@footnotestyle} command.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the
-footnotes found in the current node.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end
-of the current node.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -I @var{dir}
-Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are
-included using the @code{@@include} command.  By default,
-@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-headers
-Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in an
-@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain
-the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a
-single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-split
-Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally, large
-output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
-smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you specify
-@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output
-file.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --no-pointer-validate
-@item --no-validate
-Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally,
-after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to
-ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
-@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-warn
-Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does @emph{not}
-suppress the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might
-want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually
-exist.@refill
-
-@item --no-number-footnotes
-Suppress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, @code{makeinfo}
-numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-@need 150
-@item --output @var{file}
-@itemx -o @var{file}
-Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the
-file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo
-source.  @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies
-standard output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent}
-Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}.  The value set by
-this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@paragraphindent} command.  The value of @var{indent} is
-interpreted as follows:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the
-existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing
-indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each
-paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 100
-@item --reference-limit @var{limit}
-Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has more
-than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the
-references but also report a warning.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -U @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be undefined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --verbose
-Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing.
-Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or
-warnings.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --version
-Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Pointer Validation, makeinfo in Emacs, makeinfo options, Create an Info File
-@section Pointer Validation
-@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Validation of pointers
-
-If you do not suppress pointer-validation, @code{makeinfo} will check
-the validity of the final Info file.  Mostly, this means ensuring that
-nodes you have referenced really exist.  Here is a complete list of what
-is checked:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to
-@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill
-
-@item
-In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, 
-then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill
-
-@item
-Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@item
-The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the
-current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference.
-This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill
-
-@item
-If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference
-of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer
-must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node.
-This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node
-of the next chapter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@node makeinfo in Emacs, texinfo-format commands, Pointer Validation, Create an Info File
-@section Running @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs
-@cindex Running @code{makeinfo} in Emacs
-@cindex @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs
-@cindex Shell, running @code{makeinfo} in
-
-You can run @code{makeinfo} in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the
-@code{makeinfo-region} or the @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands.  In
-Texinfo mode, the commands are bound to @kbd{C-c C-m C-r} and @kbd{C-c
-C-m C-b} by default.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-r
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-region
-Format the current region for Info.@refill
-@findex makeinfo-region
-
-@item C-c C-m C-b
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer
-Format the current buffer for Info.@refill
-@findex makeinfo-buffer
-@end table
-
-When you invoke either @code{makeinfo-region} or
-@code{makeinfo-buffer}, Emacs prompts for a file name, offering the
-name of the visited file as the default.  You can edit the default
-file name in the minibuffer if you wish, before typing @key{RET} to
-start the @code{makeinfo} process.@refill
-
-The Emacs @code{makeinfo-region} and @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands
-run the @code{makeinfo} program in a temporary shell buffer.  If
-@code{makeinfo} finds any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in
-the temporary buffer.@refill
-
-@cindex Errors, parsing
-@cindex Parsing errors
-@findex next-error
-You can parse the error messages by typing @kbd{C-x `}
-(@code{next-error}).  This causes Emacs to go to and position the
-cursor on the line in the Texinfo source that @code{makeinfo} thinks
-caused the error.  @xref{Compilation, , Running @code{make} or
-Compilers Generally, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about using the @code{next-error} command.@refill
-
-In addition, you can kill the shell in which the @code{makeinfo}
-command is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent
-output.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-k
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-kill-job
-@findex makeinfo-kill-job
-Kill the current running @code{makeinfo} job created by
-@code{makeinfo-region} or @code{makeinfo-buffer}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-m C-l
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer
-@findex makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer
-Redisplay the @code{makeinfo} shell buffer to display its most recent
-output.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a @TeX{}
-job are @kbd{C-c C-t C-k} and @kbd{C-c C-t C-l}.  @xref{Texinfo Mode
-Printing}.)@refill
-
-You can specify options for @code{makeinfo} by setting the
-@code{makeinfo-options} variable with either the @kbd{M-x
-edit-options} or the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command, or by setting the
-variable in your @file{.emacs} initialization file.@refill
-
-For example, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} file:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-(setq makeinfo-options 
-      "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split 
-       --fill-column=70 --verbose")
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c If you write these three cross references using xref, you see
-@c three references to the same named manual, which looks strange.
-@iftex
-For more information, see @ref{makeinfo options, , Options for
-@code{makeinfo}}, as well as ``Editing Variable Values,''``Examining and
-Setting Variables,'' and ``Init File'' in the @cite{The GNU Emacs
-Manual}.
-@end iftex
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-For more information, see@*
-@ref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@*
-@ref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@*
-@ref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and@*
-@ref{makeinfo options, , Options for @code{makeinfo}}.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node texinfo-format commands, Batch Formatting, makeinfo in Emacs, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} Commands
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-
-In GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo
-file with the @code{texinfo-format-region} command.  This formats the
-current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer
-called @samp{*Info Region*}.@refill
-
-Similarly, you can format a buffer with the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command.  This command creates a new
-buffer and generates the Info file in it.  Typing @kbd{C-x C-s} will
-save the Info file under the name specified by the
-@code{@@setfilename} line which must be near the beginning of the
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-e C-r
-@itemx @code{texinfo-format-region}
-Format the current region for Info.
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-
-@item C-c C-e C-b
-@itemx @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-Format the current buffer for Info.
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-@end table
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands provide you with some error checking, and other functions can
-provide you with further help in finding formatting errors.  These
-procedures are described in an appendix; see @ref{Catching Mistakes}.
-However, the @code{makeinfo} program is often faster and
-provides better error checking (@pxref{makeinfo in Emacs}).@refill
-
-@node Batch Formatting, Tag and Split Files, texinfo-format commands, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Batch Formatting
-@cindex Batch formatting for Info
-@cindex Info batch formatting
-
-You can format Texinfo files for Info using @code{batch-texinfo-format}
-and Emacs Batch mode.  You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell,
-including a shell inside of Emacs.  (@xref{Command Switches, , Command
-Line Switches and Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)@refill
-
-Here is the command to format all the files that end in @file{.texinfo}
-in the current directory (where @samp{%} is the shell prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an
-error occurs while attempting to format some of them.@refill
-
-Run @code{batch-texinfo-format} only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown;
-it is not interactive.  It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.@refill
-
-@code{batch-texinfo-format} is convenient if you lack @code{makeinfo}
-and want to format several Texinfo files at once.  When you use Batch
-mode, you create a new Emacs process.  This frees your current Emacs, so
-you can continue working in it.  (When you run
-@code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, you cannot
-use that Emacs for anything else until the command finishes.)@refill
-
-@node Tag and Split Files,  , Batch Formatting, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tag Files and Split Files
-@cindex Making a tag table automatically
-@cindex Tag table, making automatically
-
-If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes,
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} automatically creates a tag table
-for its Info file;  @code{makeinfo} always creates a tag table.  With
-a @dfn{tag table}, Info can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can
-otherwise.@refill
-
-@cindex Indirect subfiles
-In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000
-bytes, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{makeinfo} split the
-large Info file into shorter @dfn{indirect} subfiles of about 50,000
-bytes each.  Big files are split into smaller files so that Emacs does
-not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info
-file; instead, Emacs allocates just enough memory for the small, split
-off file that is needed at the time.  This way, Emacs avoids wasting
-memory when you run Info.  (Before splitting was implemented, Info
-files were always kept short and @dfn{include files} were designed as
-a way to create a single, large printed manual out of the smaller Info
-files.  @xref{Include Files}, for more information.  Include files are
-still used for very large documents, such as @cite{The Emacs Lisp
-Reference Manual}, in which each chapter is a separate file.)@refill
-
-When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of
-the original file that contains just the tag table and references to
-the files that were split off.  The split off files are called
-@dfn{indirect} files.@refill
-
-The split off files have names that are created by appending @w{@samp{-1}},
-@w{@samp{-2}}, @w{@samp{-3}} and so on to the file name specified by the
-@code{@@setfilename} command.  The shortened version of the original file
-continues to have the name specified by @code{@@setfilename}.@refill
-
-At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file was saved
-as @file{test-texinfo} and that file looked like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-Info file: test-texinfo,    -*-Text-*-
-produced by texinfo-format-buffer
-from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo
-
-^_
-Indirect:
-test-texinfo-1: 102
-test-texinfo-2: 50422
-@end group
-@group
-test-texinfo-3: 101300
-^_^L
-Tag table:
-(Indirect)
-Node: overview^?104
-Node: info file^?1271
-@end group
-@group
-Node: printed manual^?4853
-Node: conventions^?6855
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(But @file{test-texinfo} had far more nodes than are shown here.)  Each of
-the split off, indirect files, @file{test-texinfo-1},
-@file{test-texinfo-2}, and @file{test-texinfo-3}, is listed in this file
-after the line that says @samp{Indirect:}.  The tag table is listed after
-the line that says @samp{Tag table:}. @refill
-
-In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name
-records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files,
-not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions
-text in each file.  In the tag table, the number following the node name
-records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the
-beginning.@refill
-
-If you are using @code{texinfo-format-buffer} to create Info files,
-you may want to run the @code{Info-validate} command.  (The
-@code{makeinfo} command does such a good job on its own, you do not
-need @code{Info-validate}.)  However, you cannot run the @kbd{M-x
-Info-validate} node-checking command on indirect files.  For
-information on how to prevent files from being split and how to
-validate the structure of the nodes, see @ref{Using
-Info-validate}.@refill
-
-@node Install an Info File, Command List, Create an Info File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Installing an Info File
-@cindex Installing an Info file
-@cindex Info file installation
-@cindex @file{dir} directory for Info installation
-
-Info files are usually kept in the @file{info} directory.  You can read
-Info files using the standalone Info program or the Info reader built
-into Emacs.  (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for an introduction to Info.)
-
-@menu
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are 
-                                  located in other directories.
-@end menu
-
-@node Directory file, New Info File, Install an Info File, Install an Info File
-@ifinfo
-@heading The @file{dir} File
-@end ifinfo
-
-For Info to work, the @file{info} directory must contain a file that
-serves as a top level directory for the Info system.  By convention,
-this file is called @file{dir}.  (You can find the location of this file
-within Emacs by typing @kbd{C-h i} to enter Info and then typing
-@kbd{C-x C-f} to see the pathname to the @file{info} directory.)
-
-The @file{dir} file is itself an Info file.  It contains the top level
-menu for all the Info files in the system.  The menu looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-* Menu:
-
-* Info:    (info).     Documentation browsing system.
-* Emacs:   (emacs).    The extensible, self-documenting
-                       text editor.
-* Texinfo: (texinfo).  With one source file, make 
-                       either a printed manual using 
-                       TeX or an Info file.
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file
-that is named in parentheses.  (The menu entry does not need to
-specify the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node
-name is mentioned.  @xref{Other Info Files, , Nodes in Other Info
-Files}.)@refill
-
-Thus, the @samp{Info} entry points to the `Top' node of the
-@file{info} file and the @samp{Emacs} entry points to the `Top' node
-of the @file{emacs} file.@refill
-
-In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers
-back to the @code{dir} file.  For example, the line for the `Top'
-node of the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:@refill
-
-@example
-File: emacs  Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in this case, the @file{dir} file name is written in upper
-case letters---it can be written in either upper or lower case.  Info
-has a feature that it will change the case of the file name to lower
-case if it cannot find the name as written.)@refill
-
-@c !!! Can any file name be written in upper or lower case, 
-@c     or is dir a special case?
-@c     Yes, apparently so, at least with Gillespie's Info.  --rjc 24mar92
-@c
-@node New Info File, Other Info Directories, Directory file, Install an Info File
-@section Listing a New Info File
-@cindex Adding a new info file
-@cindex Listing a new info file
-@cindex New info file, listing it in @file{dir} file
-@cindex Info file, listing new one
-@cindex @file{dir} file listing
-
-To add a new Info file to your system, write a menu entry for it in the
-menu in the @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory.  Also, move
-the new Info file itself to the @file{info} directory.  For example, if
-you were adding documentation for GDB, you would write the following new
-entry:@refill
-
-@example
-* GDB: (gdb).           The source-level C debugger.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a
-colon.  The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses,
-followed by a period.  The third part is the description.@refill
-
-Conventionally, the name of an Info file has a @file{.info} extension.  
-Thus, you might list the name of the file like this:
-
-@example
-* GDB: (gdb.info).           The source-level C debugger.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, Info will look for a file with a @file{.info} extension if it
-does not find the file under the name given in the menu.  This means
-that you can refer to the file @file{gdb.info} as @file{gdb}, as shown
-in the first example.  This looks better.
-
-@node Other Info Directories,  , New Info File, Install an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Info Files in Other Directories
-@cindex Installing Info in another directory
-@cindex Info installed in another directory
-@cindex Another Info directory
-
-If an Info file is not in the @file{info} directory, there are three
-ways to specify its location:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write the pathname in the @file{dir} file as the second part of the
-menu.@refill
-
-@item
-If you are using Emacs, list the name of the file in a second @file{dir}
-file, in its directory; and then add the name of that directory to the
-@code{Info-directory-list} variable in your personal or site
-initialization file.
-
-This tells Emacs's Info reader reader where to look for @file{dir}
-files.  Emacs merges the files named @file{dir} from each of the listed
-directories.  (In Emacs Version 18, you can set the
-@code{Info-directory} variable to the name of only one
-directory.)@refill
-
-@item
-Specify the @file{info} directory name in an environment variable in
-your @file{.profile} or @file{.cshrc} initialization file.  (Only you
-and others who set this environment variable will be able to find Info
-files whose location is specified this way.)@refill
-@end itemize
-
-For example, to reach a test file in the @file{~bob/manuals}
-directory, you could add an entry like this to the menu in the
-@file{dir} file:@refill
-
-@example
-* Test: (/usr/bob/manuals/info-test).  Bob's own test file.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the absolute file name of the @file{info-test} file is
-written as the second part of the menu entry.@refill
-
-@vindex Info-directory-list 
-Alternatively, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs}
-file:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-(setq Info-directory-list
-      '("/usr/bob/manuals" 
-        "/usr/local/emacs/info"))
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c reworded to avoid overfill hbox
-This tells Emacs to merge the @file{dir} file from the
-@file{/usr/bob/manuals} directory with the @file{dir} file from the
-@file{"/usr/local/emacs/info}" directory.  Info will list the
-@file{/usr/bob/manuals/info-test} file as a menu entry in the
-@file{/usr/bob/manuals/dir} file.@refill
-
-@vindex INFOPATH
-Finally, you can tell Info where to look by setting the
-@code{INFOPATH} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or
-@file{.profile} file.@refill
-
-If you use @code{sh} or @code{bash} for your shell command interpreter,
-you must set the @code{INFOPATH} environment variable in the
-@file{.profile} initialization file; but if you use @code{csh}, you must
-set the variable in the @file{.cshrc} initialization file.  The two
-files require slightly different command formats.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could set the @code{INFOPATH}
-variable as follows:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-setenv INFOPATH .:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-@end smallexample
-
-@item
-In a @file{.profile} file, you would achieve the same effect by
-writing:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-INFOPATH=.:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-export INFOPATH
-@end smallexample
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-The @samp{.}  indicates the current directory.  Emacs uses the
-@code{INFOPATH} environment variable to initialize the value of Emacs's
-own @code{Info-directory-list} variable.
-
-@c ================ Appendix starts here ================
-
-@node Command List, Tips, Install an Info File, Top
-@appendix @@-Command List
-@cindex Alphabetical @@-command list
-@cindex List of  @@-commands
-@cindex @@-command list
-
-Here is an alphabetical list of the @@-commands in Texinfo.  Square
-brackets, @t{[}@w{ }@t{]}, indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis,
-@samp{@dots{}}, indicates repeated text.@refill
-
-@sp 1
-@table @code
-@item @@*
-Force a line break. Do not end a paragraph that uses @code{@@*} with
-an @code{@@refill} command.  @xref{Line Breaks}.@refill
-
-@item @@.
-Stands for a period that really does end a sentence (usually after an
-end-of-sentence capital letter).  @xref{Controlling Spacing}.@refill
-
-@item @@:
-Indicate to @TeX{} that an immediately preceding period, question
-mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence.  Prevent
-@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a
-sentence.  The command has no effect on the Info file output.
-@xref{Controlling Spacing}.@refill
-
-@item @@@@
-Stands for @samp{@@}.  @xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting
-@samp{@@}}.@refill
-
-@item @@@{
-Stands for a left-hand brace, @samp{@{}.@*
-@xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting @@ braces and periods}.@refill
-
-@item @@@}
-Stands for a right-hand brace, @samp{@}}.@*
-@xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting @@ braces and periods}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendix @var{title}
-Begin an appendix.  The title appears in the table
-of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with asterisks.  @xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The
-@code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsec @var{title}
-@itemx @@appendixsection @var{title}
-Begin an appendix section within an appendix.  The section title appears
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with equal signs.  @code{@@appendixsection} is a longer
-spelling of the @code{@@appendixsec} command.  @xref{unnumberedsec
-appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsec @var{title}
-Begin an appendix subsection within an appendix.  The title appears
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with hyphens.  @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec
-subheading, , Subsection Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsubsec @var{title}
-Begin an appendix subsubsection within a subappendix.  The title
-appears in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the
-title is underlined with periods.  @xref{subsubsection,, The `subsub'
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@asis
-Used following @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable} to
-print the table's first column without highlighting (``as is'').
-@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.@refill
-
-@item @@author @var{author}
-Typeset @var{author} flushleft and underline it.  @xref{title
-subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} and @code{@@author}
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@b@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @b{bold} font.  No effect in Info.  @xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@br
-Force a paragraph break.  If used within a line, follow @code{@@br}
-with braces.  @xref{br, , @code{@@br}}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@bullet@{@}
-Generate a large round dot, or the closest possible
-thing to one.  @xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}}.@refill
-
-@item @@bye
-Stop formatting a file.  The formatters do not see the contents of a
-file following an @code{@@bye} command.  @xref{Ending a File}.@refill
-
-@item @@c @var{comment}
-Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for
-@code{@@comment}.  @xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill
-
-@item @@cartouche
-Highlight an example or quotation by drawing a box with rounded
-corners around it.  Pair with @code{@@end cartouche}.  No effect in
-Info.  @xref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill
-
-@item @@center @var{line-of-text}
-Center the line of text following the command.
-@xref{titlefont center sp, , @code{@@center}}.@refill
-
-@item @@lowersections
-Change subsequent chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so
-on. @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and
-@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill
-
-@item @@chapheading @var{title}
-Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-asterisks.  @xref{majorheading & chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading}
-and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@chapter @var{title}
-Begin a chapter.  The chapter title appears in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-asterisks.  @xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.@refill
-
-@item @@cindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of concepts.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@}
-Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a
-companion Info file.  @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.@refill
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Unset @var{flag}, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from
-formatting text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}}
-and @code{@@end ifset} commands, and preventing
-@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} from expanding to the value to which
-@var{flag} is set.  
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@}
-Highlight text that is an expression, a syntactically complete token
-of a program, or a program name.  @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.@refill
-
-@item @@comment @var{comment}
-Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for @code{@@c}.
-@xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill
-
-@item @@contents
-Print a complete table of contents.  Has no effect in Info, which uses
-menus instead.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@item @@copyright@{@}
-Generate a copyright symbol.  @xref{copyright symbol, ,
-@code{@@copyright}}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-Describe an @sc{ascii} control character.  Insert actual control character
-into Info file.  @xref{ctrl, , @code{@@ctrl}}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@defcodeindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in an
-@code{@@code} font.  @xref{New Indices, , Defining New
-Indices}.@refill
-
-@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-Format a description for a variable associated with a class in
-object-oriented programming.  Takes three arguments: the category of
-thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its name.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function, interactive command, or similar
-entity that may take arguments.  @code{@@deffn} takes as arguments the
-category of entity being described, the name of this particular
-entity, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in a roman
-font.  @xref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}.@refill
-
-@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after},
-Create new @@-command for Info that marks text by enclosing it in
-strings that precede and follow the text.  Write definition inside of
-@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo}. @xref{Customized
-Highlighting}.@refill
-
-@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name}
-This command formats a description for an instance variable in
-object-oriented programming.  The command is equivalent to @samp{@@defcv
-@{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defmac @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a macro.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a method in object-oriented programming.  The
-command is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}.  Takes as
-arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the
-method, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for an operation in object-oriented programming.
-@code{@@defop} takes as arguments the overall name of the category of
-operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
-operation, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@defopt @var{option-name}
-Format a description for a user option.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@defvr @{User Option@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@defspec @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a special form.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-Format a description for a data type.  @code{@@deftp} takes as
-arguments the category, the name of the type (which is a word like
-@samp{int} or @samp{float}), and then the names of attributes of
-objects of that
-type.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypefn @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function or similar entity that may take
-arguments and that is typed.  @code{@@deftypefn} takes as arguments
-the classification of entity being described, the type, the name of
-the entity, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function in a typed language.
-The command is equivalent to @samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypevr @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-Format a description for something like a variable in a typed
-language---an entity that records a value.  Takes as arguments the
-classification of entity being described, the type, and the name of
-the entity.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{variable-name}
-Format a description for a variable in a typed language.  The command is
-equivalent to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for functions.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn Function @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defvar @var{variable-name}
-Format a description for variables.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@defvr Variable @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name}
-Format a description for any kind of variable.  @code{@@defvr} takes
-as arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@}
-Highlight the introductory or defining use of a term.
-@xref{dfn, , @code{@@dfn}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@display
-Begin a kind of example.  Indent text, do not fill, do not select a
-new font.  Pair with @code{@@end display}.  @xref{display, ,
-@code{@@display}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@}
-Format a dimension.  Cause @TeX{} to insert a narrow space before
-@var{dimension}.  No effect in Info.  Use for writing a number
-followed by an abbreviation of a dimension name, such as
-@samp{12@dmn{pt}}, written as @samp{12@@dmn@{pt@}}, with no space
-between the number and the @code{@@dmn} command.  @xref{dmn, ,
-@code{@@dmn}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@dots@{@}
-Insert an ellipsis: @samp{@dots{}}.
-@xref{dots, , @code{@@dots}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@emph@{@var{text}@}
-Highlight @var{text}; text is displayed in @emph{italics} in printed
-output, and surrounded by asterisks in Info.  @xref{Emphasis, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@enumerate [@var{number-or-letter}]
-Begin a numbered list, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Optionally, start list with @var{number-or-letter}.  Pair with
-@code{@@end enumerate}.  @xref{enumerate, ,
-@code{@@enumerate}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@equiv@{@}
-Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a
-glyph: @samp{@equiv{}}.  @xref{Equivalence}.@refill
-
-@item @@error@{@}
-Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is
-an error message: @samp{@error{}}.  @xref{Error Glyph}.@refill
-
-@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@evenheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@everyfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@everyheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@example
-Begin an example.  Indent text, do not fill, and select fixed-width font.
-Pair with @code{@@end example}.  @xref{example, ,
-@code{@@example}}.@refill
-
-@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text}
-Remove any indentation a line might have.  @xref{exdent, ,
-Undoing the Indentation of a Line}.@refill
-
-@item @@expansion@{@}
-Indicate the result of a macro expansion to the reader with a special
-glyph: @samp{@expansion{}}.  
-@xref{expansion, , @expansion{} Indicating an Expansion}.@refill
-
-@item @@file@{@var{filename}@}
-Highlight the name of a file, buffer, node, or directory.  @xref{file, ,
-@code{@@file}}.@refill
-
-@item @@finalout
-Prevent @TeX{} from printing large black warning rectangles beside
-over-wide lines.  @xref{Overfull hboxes}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@findex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of functions.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@flushleft
-Left justify every line but leave the right end ragged.
-Leave font as is.  Pair with @code{@@end flushleft}.
-@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and
-@code{@@flushright}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@flushright
-Right justify every line but leave the left end ragged.
-Leave font as is.  Pair with @code{@@end flushright}.
-@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and
-@code{@@flushright}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@footnote@{@var{text-of-footnote}@}
-Enter a footnote.  Footnote text is printed at the bottom of the page
-by @TeX{}; Info may format in either `End' node or `Separate' node style.
-@xref{Footnotes}.@refill
-
-@item @@footnotestyle @var{style}
-Specify an Info file's footnote style, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.
-@xref{Footnotes}.@refill
-
-@item @@format
-Begin a kind of example.  Like @code{@@example} or @code{@@display},
-but do not narrow the margins and do not select the fixed-width font.
-Pair with @code{@@end format}.  @xref{example, ,
-@code{@@example}}.@refill
-
-@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-index of functions.  Pair with @code{@@end ftable}.  The same as
-@code{@@table}, except for indexing.  @xref{ftable vtable, ,
-@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill
-
-@item @@group
-Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.  Pair with
-@code{@@end group}.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{group, ,
-@code{@@group}}.@refill
-
-@item @@heading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered section-like heading in the text, but not in the
-table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with equal signs.  @xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading,
-, Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double}
-Turn page headings on or off, or specify single-sided or double-sided
-page headings for printing.  @code{@@headings on} is synonymous with
-@code{@@headings double}.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}.@refill
-
-@item @@i@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @i{italic} font.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between @code{@@ifclear @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end
-ifclear} command.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifinfo
-Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored by @TeX{} when it
-typesets the printed manual.  The text appears only in the Info file.
-Pair with @code{@@end ifinfo}.  @xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally
-Visible Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end ifset}
-command.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@iftex
-Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in the Info file, but
-will be processed only by @TeX{}.  Pair with @code{@@end iftex}.
-@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@ignore
-Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in either the Info file
-or the printed output.  Pair with @code{@@end ignore}.
-@xref{Comments, , Comments and Ignored Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@include @var{filename}
-Incorporate the contents of the file @var{filename} into the Info file
-or printed document.  @xref{Include Files}.@refill
-
-@item @@inforef@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry-name}], @var{info-file-name}@}
-Make a cross reference to an Info file for which there is no printed
-manual.  @xref{inforef, , Cross references using
-@code{@@inforef}}.@refill
-
-@item \input @var{macro-definitions-file}
-Use the specified macro definitions file.  This command is used only
-in the first line of a Texinfo file to cause @TeX{} to make use of the
-@file{texinfo} macro definitions file.  The backslash in @code{\input}
-is used instead of an @code{@@} because @TeX{} does not properly
-recognize @code{@@} until after it has read the definitions file.
-@xref{Header, , The Texinfo File Header}.@refill
-
-@item @@item
-Indicate the beginning of a marked paragraph for @code{@@itemize} and
-@code{@@enumerate}; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column
-entry for @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable}.
-@xref{Lists and Tables}.@refill
-
-@item @@itemize  @var{mark-generating-character-or-command}
-Produce a sequence of indented paragraphs, with a mark inside the left
-margin at the beginning of each paragraph.  Pair with @code{@@end
-itemize}.  @xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.@refill
-
-@item @@itemx
-Like @code{@@item} but do not generate extra vertical space above the
-item text.  @xref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill
-
-@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-Indicate text that consists of characters of input to be typed by
-users.  @xref{kbd, , @code{@@kbd}}.@refill
-
-@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@}
-Highlight @var{key-name}, a conventional name for a key on a keyboard.
-@xref{key, , @code{@@key}}.@refill
-
-@item @@kindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of keys.  @xref{Index Entries, , Defining the
-Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@global@@let@var{new-command}=@var{existing-command}
-Equate a new highlighting command with an existing one.  Only for
-@TeX{}.  Write definition inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{} @code{@@end
-iftex}. @xref{Customized Highlighting}.@refill
-
-@item @@lisp
-Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, and select
-fixed-width font.  Pair with @code{@@end lisp}.  @xref{Lisp Example, ,
-@code{@@lisp}}.@refill
-
-@item @@majorheading  @var{title}
-Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  Generate more vertical whitespace before
-the heading than the @code{@@chapheading} command.  In Info, the chapter
-heading line is underlined with asterisks.  @xref{majorheading &
-chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@}
-Format a mathematical expression.
-@xref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}.
-
-@item @@menu
-Mark the beginning of a menu of nodes in Info.  No effect in a printed
-manual.  Pair with @code{@@end menu}.  @xref{Menus}.@refill
-
-@item @@minus@{@}
-Generate a minus sign.  @xref{minus, , @code{@@minus}}.@refill
-
-@item @@need @var{n}
-Start a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils
-(thousandths of an inch) remain on the current page.  @xref{need, ,
-@code{@@need}}.@refill
-
-@item @@node @var{name, next, previous, up}
-Define the beginning of a new node in Info, and serve as a locator for
-references for @TeX{}.  @xref{node, , @code{@@node}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@noindent
-Prevent text from being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
-@xref{noindent, , @code{@@noindent}}.@refill
-
-@item @@oddfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@oddheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@page
-Start a new page in a printed manual.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{page, , @code{@@page}}.@refill
-
-@item @@paragraphindent @var{indent}
-Indent paragraphs by @var{indent} number of spaces; delete indentation
-if the value of @var{indent} is 0; and do not change indentation if
-@var{indent} is @code{asis}. @xref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph
-Indenting}.@refill
-
-@item @@pindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of programs.  @xref{Index Entries, , Defining
-the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@point@{@}
-Indicate the position of point in a buffer to the reader with a
-glyph: @samp{@point{}}.  @xref{Point Glyph, , Indicating
-Point in a Buffer}.@refill
-
-@item @@print@{@}
-Indicate printed output to the reader with a glyph:
-@samp{@print{}}.  @xref{Print Glyph}.@refill
-
-@item @@printindex @var{index-name}
-Print an alphabetized two-column index in a printed manual or generate
-an alphabetized menu of index entries for Info.  @xref{Printing
-Indices & Menus}.@refill
-
-@item @@pxref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference that starts with a lower case `see' in a printed
-manual.  Use within parentheses only.  Do not follow command with a
-punctuation mark.  The Info formatting commands automatically insert
-terminating punctuation as needed, which is why you do not need to
-insert punctuation.  Only the first argument is mandatory.
-@xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.@refill
-
-@item @@quotation
-Narrow the margins to indicate text that is quoted from another real
-or imaginary work.  Write command on a line of its own.  Pair with
-@code{@@end quotation}.  @xref{quotation, ,
-@code{@@quotation}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@r@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @r{roman} font.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@item @@raisesections
-Change subsequent sections to chapters, subsections to sections, and so
-on.  @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and
-@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference.  In a printed manual, the reference does not start
-with a `See'.  Follow command with a punctuation mark.  Only the first
-argument is mandatory.  @xref{ref, , @code{@@ref}}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@refill
-In Info, refill and indent the paragraph after all the other processing
-has been done.  No effect on @TeX{}, which always refills.  This command
-is no longer needed, since all formatters now automatically refill.
-@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@result@{@}
-Indicate the result of an expression to the reader with a special
-glyph: @samp{@result{}}.  @xref{result, , @code{@@result}}.@refill
-
-@item @@samp@{@var{text}@}
-Highlight @var{text} that is a literal example of a sequence of
-characters.  Used for single characters, for statements, and often for
-entire shell commands.  @xref{samp, , @code{@@samp}}.@refill
-
-@item @@sc@{@var{text}@}
-Set @var{text} in a printed output in @sc{the small caps font} and
-set text in the Info file in uppercase letters.
-@xref{Smallcaps}.@refill
-
-@item @@section @var{title}
-Begin a section within a chapter.  In a printed manual, the section
-title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.  In Info, the
-title is underlined with equal signs.  @xref{section, ,
-@code{@@section}}.@refill
-
-@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}]
-Make @var{flag} active, causing the Texinfo formatting commands to
-format text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and
-@code{@@end ifset} commands.  Optionally, set value of @var{flag} to
-@var{string}.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@setchapternewpage @var{on-off-odd}
-Specify whether chapters start on new pages, and if so, whether on
-odd-numbered (right-hand) new pages.  @xref{setchapternewpage, ,
-@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.@refill
-
-@c awkward wording prevents overfull hbox
-@item @@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-Provide a name to be used by the Info file.  @xref{setfilename, ,
-@code{@@setfilename}}.@refill 
-
-@item @@settitle @var{title}
-Provide a title for page headers in a printed manual.
-@xref{settitle, , @code{@@settitle}}.@refill
-
-@item @@shortcontents
-Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-@code{@@summarycontents}.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smallbook
-Cause @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
-rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.  @xref{smallbook, ,
-Printing Small Books}.  Also, see @ref{smallexample & smalllisp, ,
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smallexample
-Indent text to indicate an example.  Do not fill, select fixed-width
-font.  In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a smaller font than
-with @code{@@example}.  Pair with @code{@@end smallexample}.
-@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smalllisp
-Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, select
-fixed-width font.  In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a
-smaller font.  Pair with @code{@@end smalllisp}.  @xref{smallexample &
-smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@item @@sp @var{n}
-Skip @var{n} blank lines.  @xref{sp, , @code{@@sp}}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@item @@strong @var{text} 
-Emphasize @var{text} by typesetting it in a @strong{bold} font for the
-printed manual and by surrounding it with asterisks for Info.
-@xref{emph & strong, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@subheading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered subsection-like heading in the text, but not in
-the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with hyphens.  @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec
-subheading, , @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec}
-@code{@@subheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsection @var{title}
-Begin a subsection within a section.  In a printed manual, the
-subsection title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.  In
-Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.  @xref{subsection, ,
-@code{@@subsection}}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubheading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered subsubsection-like heading in the text, but not in
-the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with periods.  @xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub'
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubsection @var{title}
-Begin a subsubsection within a subsection.  In a printed manual,
-the subsubsection title is numbered and appears in the table of
-contents.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.
-@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@subtitle @var{title}
-In a printed manual, set a subtitle in a normal sized font flush to
-the right-hand side of the page.  Not relevant to Info, which does not
-have title pages.  @xref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title}
-@code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@summarycontents
-Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-@code{@@shortcontents}.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@syncodeindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-the second argument, printing the entries from the first index in
-@code{@@code} font.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-the second argument.  Do not change the font of @var{from-index}
-entries.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@t@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in a @t{fixed-width}, typewriter-like font.
-No effect in Info.  @xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@table @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.  Write
-each first column entry on the same line as @code{@@item}.  First
-column entries are printed in the font resulting from
-@var{formatting-command}.  Pair with @code{@@end table}.
-@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.
-Also see @ref{ftable vtable, , @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}, 
-and @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill
-
-@item @@TeX@{@}
-Insert the logo @TeX{}.  @xref{TeX and copyright, , Inserting @TeX{}
-and @copyright{}}.@refill
-
-@item @@tex
-Enter @TeX{} completely.  Pair with @code{@@end tex}.  @xref{Using
-Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@thischapter
-In a heading or footing, stands for the number and name of the current
-chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thischaptername
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current chapter.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thisfile
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current
-@code{@@include} file.  Does not insert anything if not within an
-@code{@@include} file.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own
-Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thispage
-In a heading or footing, stands for the current page number.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@thissection
-In a heading or footing, stands for the title of the current section.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@thistitle
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the document, as specified
-by the @code{@@settitle} command.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to
-Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@tindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of data types.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@title @var{title}
-In a printed manual, set a title flush to the left-hand side of the
-page in a larger than normal font and underline it with a black rule.
-Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.  @xref{title
-subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and
-@code{@@author} Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@titlefont@{@var{text}@}
-In a printed manual, print @var{text} in a larger than normal font.
-Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.
-@xref{titlefont center sp, , The @code{@@titlefont} @code{@@center}
-and @code{@@sp} Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@titlepage
-Indicate to Texinfo the beginning of the title page.  Write command on
-a line of its own.  Pair with @code{@@end titlepage}.  Nothing between
-@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} appears in Info.
-@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item @@today@{@}
-Insert the current date, in `1 Jan 1900' style.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@top @var{title}
-In a Texinfo file to be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, identify the
-topmost @code{@@node} line in the file, which must be written on the line
-immediately preceding the @code{@@top} command.  Used for
-@code{makeinfo}'s node pointer insertion feature.  The title is
-underlined with asterisks.  Both the @code{@@node} line and the @code{@@top}
-line normally should be enclosed by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo}.  In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top}
-command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}.  @xref{makeinfo
-Pointer Creation, , Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}}.
-
-@item @@unnumbered @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin a chapter that appears without chapter
-numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents of a
-printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with asterisks.
-@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered} and
-@code{@@appendix}}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin a section that appears without section
-numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents of a
-printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with equal signs.
-@xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsection within a
-chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.
-@xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, ,
-@code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec}
-@code{@@subheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsubsection within a
-chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.
-@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@value@{@var{flag}@}
-Replace @var{flag} with the value to which it is set by @code{@@set
-@var{flag}}.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-Highlight a metasyntactic variable, which is something that stands for
-another piece of text.  @xref{var, , Indicating Metasyntactic
-Variables}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of variables.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vskip @var{amount}
-In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the
-remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page.  Used in
-formatting the copyright page with the argument @samp{0pt plus
-1filll}.  (Note spelling of @samp{filll}.)  @code{@@vskip} may be used
-only in contexts ignored for Info.  @xref{Copyright & Permissions, ,
-The Copyright Page and Printed Permissions}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vtable @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-index of variables.  Pair with @code{@@end vtable}.  The same as
-@code{@@table}, except for indexing.  @xref{ftable vtable, ,
-@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@w@{@var{text}@}
-Prevent @var{text} from being split across two lines.  Do not end a
-paragraph that uses @code{@@w} with an @code{@@refill} command.
-In the Texinfo file, keep @var{text} on one line.
-@xref{w, , @code{@@w}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@xref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference that starts with `See' in a printed manual.  Follow
-command with a punctuation mark.  Only the first argument is
-mandatory.  @xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Tips, Sample Texinfo File, Command List, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Tips and Hints
-
-Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:@refill
-
-@cindex Tips
-@cindex Usage tips
-@cindex Hints
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write in the present tense, not in the past or the future.
-
-@item
-Write actively!  For example, write ``We recommend that @dots{}'' rather
-than ``It is recommended that @dots{}''.
-
-@item
-Use 70 or 72 as your fill column.  Longer lines are hard to read.
-
-@item
-Include a copyright notice and copying permissions.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Index, index, index!  
-
-Write many index entries, in different ways.
-Readers like indices; they are helpful and convenient.
-
-Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body of
-the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards.  In either
-case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies.  This
-way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is
-split across pages.
-
-Here are more hints we have found valuable:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write each index entry differently, so each entry refers to a different
-place in the document.  The index of an Info file lists only one
-location for each entry.  
-
-@item
-Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly.  For
-example, it is not useful to index ``debugging information'' in a
-chapter on reporting bugs.  Someone who wants to know about debugging
-information will certainly not find it in that chapter.
-
-@item
-Consistently capitalize the first word of every concept index entry,
-or else consistently use lower case.  Terse entries often call for
-lower case; longer entries for capitalization.  Whichever case
-convention you use, please use one or the other consistently!  Mixing
-the two styles looks bad.
-
-@item
-Always capitalize or use upper case for those words in an index for
-which this is proper, such as names of countries or acronyms.  Always
-use the appropriate case for case-sensitive names, such as those in C or
-Lisp.
-
-@item 
-Write the indexing commands that refer to a whole section immediately
-after the section command, and write the indexing commands that refer to
-the paragraph before the paragraph.
-
-@need 1000
-In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index
-entry for ``Leaping'':
-
-@example
-@group
-@@section The Dog and the Fox
-@@cindex Jumping, in general
-@@cindex Leaping
-
-@@cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over
-@@cindex Lazy dog jumped over
-@@cindex Fox, jumps over dog
-@@cindex Quick fox jumps over dog
-The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are
-written in different ways---@samp{Lazy dog}, and @samp{Dog, lazy}---so
-readers can look up the concept in different ways.)
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Blank lines
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Insert a blank line between a sectioning command and the first following
-sentence or paragraph, or between the indexing commands associated with
-the sectioning command and the first following sentence or paragraph, as
-shown in the tip on indexing.  Otherwise, a formatter may fold title and
-paragraph together.
-
-@item
-Always insert a blank line before an @code{@@table} command and after an
-@code{@@end table} command; but never insert a blank line after an
-@code{@@table} command or before an @code{@@end table} command.  
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-Types of fox:
-
-@@table @@samp
-@@item Quick
-Jump over lazy dogs.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@item Brown
-Also jump over lazy dogs.
-@@end table
-
-@end group
-@group
-@@noindent
-On the other hand, @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Insert blank lines before and after @code{@@itemize} @dots{} @code{@@end
-itemize} and @code{@@enumerate} @dots{} @code{@@end enumerate} in the
-same way.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Complete phrases
-
-Complete phrases are easier to read than @dots{}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write entries in an itemized list as complete sentences; or at least, as
-complete phrases.  Incomplete expressions @dots{} awkward @dots{} like
-this.
-
-@item
-Write the prefatory sentence or phrase for a multi-item list or table as
-a complete expression.  Do not write ``You can set:''; instead, write
-``You can set these variables:''.  The former expression sounds cut off.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Editions, dates and versions
-
-Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in every
-manual:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-In the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the Texinfo file.
-
-@item
-In the @code{@@titlepage} section, for people reading the printed manual.
-
-@item
-In the `Top' node, for people reading the Info file.
-@end enumerate
-
-@noindent
-Also, it helps to write a note before the first @code{@@ifinfo}
-section to explain what you are doing.
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@c ===> NOTE! <==
-@@c Specify the edition and version numbers and date 
-@@c in *three* places: 
-@@c   1. First ifinfo section  2. title page  3. top node
-@@c To find the locations, search for !!set
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@c !!set edition, date, version
-This is Edition 4.03, January 1992, 
-of the @@cite@{GDB Manual@} for GDB Version 4.3.
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
----or use @code{@@set} and @code{@@value} 
-(@pxref{value Example, , @code{@@value} Example}).
-
-@subsubheading Definition Commands
-
-Definition commands are @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun},
-@code{@@defmac}, and the like, and enable you to write descriptions in
-a uniform format.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write just one definition command for each entity you define with a
-definition command.  The automatic indexing feature creates an index
-entry that leads the reader to the definition. 
-
-@item
-Use @code{@@table} @dots{} @code{@@end table} in an appendix that
-contains a summary of functions, not @code{@@deffn} or other definition
-commands.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Capitalization
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Capitalize @samp{Texinfo}; it is a name.  Do not write the @samp{x} or
-@samp{i} in upper case.
-
-@item
-Capitalize @samp{Info}; it is a name.
-
-@item
-Write @TeX{} using the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command.  Note the uppercase
-@samp{T} and @samp{X}.  This command causes the formatters to
-typeset the name according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote
-@TeX{}.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Spaces
-
-Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of
-@code{@@example} @dots{} @code{@@end example} and similar commands.
-
-@need 700
-For example, @TeX{} fills the following:
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@kbd@{C-x v@}
-    @@kbd@{M-x vc-next-action@}
-       Perform the next logical operation 
-       on the version-controlled file
-       corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-@noindent
-so it looks like this:
-
-@iftex
-@quotation
-    @kbd{C-x v}
-    @kbd{M-x vc-next-action}
-       Perform the next logical operation on the version-controlled file
-       corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@quotation
-`C-x v' `M-x vc-next-action' Perform the next logical operation on the
-version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end quotation
-@end ifinfo
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the text should be formatted with
-@code{@@table}, @code{@@item}, and @code{@@itemx}, to create a table.
-
-@subsubheading @@code, @@samp, @@var, and @samp{---}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Use @code{@@code} around Lisp symbols, including command names.
-For example,
-       
-@example
-The main function is @@code@{vc-next-action@}, @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@item
-Avoid putting letters such as @samp{s} immediately after an
-@samp{@@code}.  Such letters look bad.
-
-@item
-Use @code{@@var} around meta-variables.  Do not write angle brackets
-around them.
-
-@item
-Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, to indicate a long dash.  @TeX{}
-typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three
-hyphens to two.  
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Periods Outside of Quotes
-
-Place periods and other punctuation marks @emph{outside} of quotations,
-unless the punctuation is part of the quotation.  This practice goes against
-convention, but enables the reader to distinguish between the contents
-of the quotation and the whole passage.
-
-For example, you should write the following sentence with the period
-outside the end quotation marks:
-
-@example
-Evidently, @samp{au} is an abbreviation for ``author''.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-since @samp{au} does @emph{not} serve as an  abbreviation for
-@samp{author.} (with a period following the word).
-
-@subsubheading Introducing New Terms
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Introduce new terms so that a user who does not know them can understand
-them from context; or write a definition for the term.
-
-For example, in the following, the terms ``check in'', ``register'' and
-``delta'' are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence should be
-rewritten so they are understandable.
-
-@quotation
-The major function assists you in checking in a file to your
-version control system and registering successive sets of changes to
-it as deltas.
-@end quotation
-
-@item
-Use the @code{@@dfn} command around a word being introduced, to indicate
-that the user should not expect to know the meaning already, and should
-expect to learn the meaning from this passage.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading @@pxref
-
-@c !!! maybe include this in the tips on pxref
-@ignore
-By the way, it is okay to use pxref with something else in front of
-it within the parens, as long as the pxref is followed by the close
-paren, and the material inside the parents is not part of a larger
-sentence.  Also, you can use xref inside parens as part of a complete
-sentence so long as you terminate the cross reference with punctuation.
-@end ignore
-Absolutely never use @code{@@pxref} except in the special context for
-which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis
-following immediately after the closing brace.  One formatter
-automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not.  This
-means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info
-file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses.
-
-@subsubheading Invoking from a Shell
-
-You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and GAWK from a shell.
-The documentation for each program should contain a section that
-describes this.  Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these
-sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the
-section.@refill
-
-Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word 
-@w{`Invoking @dots{}'}, as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way 
-users can find the section easily.
-
-@subsubheading @sc{ansi c} Syntax
-
-When you use @code{@@example} to describe a C function's calling
-conventions, use the @sc{ansi c} syntax, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-void dld_init (char *@@var@{path@});
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by
-writing the same argument names, again highlighted with
-@code{@@var}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-#include <dld.h>
-
-dld_init (path)
-char *path;
-@end example
-
-Also, it is best to avoid writing @code{#include} above the
-declaration just to indicate that the function is declared in a
-header file.  The practice may give the misimpression that the
-@code{#include} belongs near the declaration of the function.  Either
-state explicitly which header file holds the declaration or, better
-yet, name the header file used for a group of functions at the
-beginning of the section that describes the functions.@refill
-
-@subsubheading Bad Examples
-
-Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid:
-
-In this example, say, `` @dots{} you must @code{@@dfn}@{check
-in@} the new version.''  That flows better.
-
-@quotation
-When you are done editing the file, you must perform a 
-@code{@@dfn}@{check in@}.
-@end quotation
-
-In the following example, say, ``@dots{} makes a unified interface such as VC
-mode possible.''
-
-@quotation
-SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar
-functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which makes
-a unified control mode like this possible).
-@end quotation
-
-And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to:
-
-@quotation
-If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating
-everyone's changes so they do not step on each other.
-@end quotation
-
-@subsubheading And Finally @dots{}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Pronounce @TeX{} as if the @samp{X} were a Greek `chi', as the last
-sound in the name `Bach'.  But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck':
-@samp{teckinfo}.
-
-@item
-Write notes for yourself at the very end of a Texinfo file after the
-@code{@@bye}.  None of the formatters process text after the
-@code{@@bye}; it is as if the text were within @code{@@ignore} @dots{}
-@code{@@end ignore}.
-@end itemize
-
-@node Sample Texinfo File, Sample Permissions, Tips, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix A Sample Texinfo File
-@cindex Sample Texinfo file, no comments
-
-Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any commentary.
-You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter.
-@xref{Short Sample, , A Short Sample Texinfo File}.
-
-@sp 1
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@@ifinfo
-This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-
-Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end ifinfo
-
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@comment The title is printed in a large font.
-@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@}
-
-@@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-@@comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-
-@@menu
-* First Chapter::    The first chapter is the 
-                     only chapter in this sample.
-* Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-@@end menu
-
-@@node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Sample index entry
-
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-@@cindex Another sample index entry
-
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@@item
-This is the second item.
-@@end enumerate
-
-The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@}
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-
-@@node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-@@comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@node Sample Permissions, Include Files, Sample Texinfo File, Top
-@appendix Sample Permissions
-@cindex Permissions
-@cindex Copying permissions
-
-Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they
-have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file,
-and the printed manual.@refill
-
-Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain
-that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public
-License (GPL) or provide a reference to it.  @xref{Distrib, ,
-Distribution, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for an example of the text
-that could be used in the software ``Distribution'', ``General Public
-License'', and ``NO WARRANTY'' sections of a document.  @xref{Copying,
-, Texinfo Copying Conditions}, for an example of a brief explanation
-of how the copying conditions provide you with rights. @refill
-
-@menu
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-@end menu
-
-@node Inserting Permissions, ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions, Sample Permissions
-@ifinfo
-@appendixsec Inserting Permissions
-@end ifinfo
-
-In a Texinfo file, the first @code{@@ifinfo} section usually begins
-with a line that says what the file documents.  This is what a person
-reading the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info
-command @kbd{g *} sees first.  @inforef{Expert, Advanced Info
-commands, info}, for more information. (A reader using the regular
-Info commands usually starts reading at the first node and skips
-this first section, which is not in a node.)@refill
-
-In the @code{@@ifinfo} section, the summary sentence is followed by a
-copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice.  One of
-the copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and
-@code{@@end ignore} commands.  This paragraph states that the Texinfo
-file can be processed through @TeX{} and printed, provided the printed
-manual carries the proper copying permission notice.  This paragraph
-is not made part of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info
-file; but it is a mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits
-people to process the Texinfo file in @TeX{} and print the
-results.@refill
-
-In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying permission
-notice follows the copyright notice and publishing information and is
-located within the region delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.  The copying permission notice is exactly
-the same as the notice in the @code{@@ifinfo} section except that the
-paragraph enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} commands is
-not part of the notice.@refill
-
-To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of
-the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are
-reproduced in full below.@refill
-
-Note that you may need to specify the correct name of a section
-mentioned in the permission notice.  For example, in @cite{The GDB
-Manual}, the name of the section referring to the General Public
-License is called the ``GDB General Public License'', but in the
-sample shown below, that section is referred to generically as the
-``GNU General Public License''.  If the Texinfo file does not carry a
-copy of the General Public License, leave out the reference to it, but
-be sure to include the rest of the sentence.@refill
-
-@node ifinfo Permissions, Titlepage Permissions, Inserting Permissions, Sample Permissions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec @samp{ifinfo} Copying Permissions
-@cindex @samp{ifinfo} permissions
-
-In the @code{@@ifinfo} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:@refill
-
-@example
-This file documents @dots{}
-
-Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-
-@@ignore 
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX
-and print the results, provided the printed document
-carries a copying permission notice identical to this
-one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
-paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for
-verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-translations of this manual into another language, 
-under the above conditions for modified versions, 
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end example
-
-@node Titlepage Permissions,  , ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Titlepage Copying Permissions
-@cindex Titlepage permissions
-
-In the @code{@@titlepage} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright
-notice and publishing information.  The standard phrasing is as
-follows:@refill
-
-@example
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for
-verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-translations of this manual into another language, 
-under the above conditions for modified versions, 
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end example
-
-@node Include Files, Headings, Sample Permissions, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Include Files
-@cindex Include files
-
-When @TeX{} or an Info formatting command sees an @code{@@include}
-command in a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named
-by the command and incorporates them into the @sc{dvi} or Info file being
-created.  Index entries from the included file are incorporated into
-the indices of the output file.@refill
-
-Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of
-conveniently small parts.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the @code{@@include} command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the @code{@@include} command
-                                  has changed over time.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Include Files, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files, Include Files
-@appendixsec How to Use Include Files 
-@findex include
-
-To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the
-@code{@@include} command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
-the same line by the name of a file to be included.  For
-example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@include buffers.texi
-@end example
-
-An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect to
-be included as is into the overall or @dfn{outer} Texinfo file; it
-should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo
-file.  In particular, you should not start an included file with a
-line saying @samp{\input texinfo}; if you do, that phrase is inserted
-into the output file as is.  Likewise, you should not end an included
-file with an @code{@@bye} command; nothing after @code{@@bye} is
-formatted.@refill
-
-In the past, you were required to write an @code{@@setfilename} line at the
-beginning of an included file, but no longer.  Now, it does not matter
-whether you write such a line.  If an @code{@@setfilename} line exists
-in an included file, it is ignored.@refill
-
-Conventionally, an included file begins with an @code{@@node} line that
-is followed by an @code{@@chapter} line.  Each included file is one
-chapter.  This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating
-and updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the
-included file.  However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and
-updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files.  Thus you
-cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers of the @code{@@node} line that begins the included file.  Also,
-you cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the
-whole file.  Either you must insert the menus and the `Next',
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs
-Texinfo mode command, @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, that is
-designed for @code{@@include} files.@refill
-
-@node texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include File Requirements, Using Include Files, Include Files
-@appendixsec @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}
-@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update
-
-GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}
-command.  This command creates or updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers of included files as well as those in the outer or overall
-Texinfo file, and it creates or updates a main menu in the outer file.
-Depending whether you call it with optional arguments, the command
-updates only the pointers in the first @code{@@node} line of the
-included files or all of them:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called without any arguments:@refill
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Create or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of the
-first @code{@@node} line in each file included in an outer or overall
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-overall file.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update a main menu in the outer file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@item C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called with @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument:
-
-@itemize @minus{}
-@item
-Create or update pointers in the first @code{@@node} line in each
-included file.
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file.
-
-@item
-Create and insert a master menu in the outer file.  The master menu
-is made from all the menus in all the included files.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@item C-u 8 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}:
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Create or update @strong{all} the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-of all the included files.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update @strong{all} the menus of all the included
-files.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-overall file.@refill
-
-@item
-And then create a master menu in the outer file.  This is similar to
-invoking @code{texinfo-master-menu} with an argument when you are
-working with just one file.@refill
-@end itemize
-@end table
-
-Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a regular
-prefix argument, just @w{@kbd{C-u}}, the
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command inserts a master menu;
-with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, the command
-updates @strong{every} pointer and menu in @strong{all} the files and then inserts a
-master menu.@refill
-
-@node Include File Requirements, Sample Include File, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files
-@appendixsec Include File Requirements
-@cindex Include file requirements
-@cindex Requirements for include files
-
-If you plan to use the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command,
-the outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should
-contain nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and
-a number of @code{@@include} commands listing the included files.  It
-should not even include indices, which should be listed in an included
-file of their own.@refill
-
-Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest
-level node (conventionally, @code{@@chapter} or equivalent),
-and this node must be the first node in the included file.
-Furthermore, each of these highest level nodes in each included file
-must be at the same hierarchical level in the file structure.
-Usually, each is an @code{@@chapter}, an @code{@@appendix}, or an
-@code{@@unnumbered} node.  Thus, normally, each included file contains
-one, and only one, chapter or equivalent-level node.@refill
-
-The outer file should contain only @emph{one} node, the `Top' node.  It
-should @emph{not} contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node.  The
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command will not process
-them.@refill
-
-@node Sample Include File, Include Files Evolution, Include File Requirements, Include Files
-@appendixsec Sample File with @code{@@include}
-@cindex Sample @code{@@include} file
-@cindex Include file sample
-@cindex @code{@@include} file sample
-
-Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with @code{@@include} files
-within it before running @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, which
-would insert a main or master menu:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename  include-example.info
-@@settitle Include Example
-@c %**end of header
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 12
-@@center @@titlefont@{Include Example@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center by Whom Ever
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@node Top, First, (dir), (dir)
-@@top Master Menu
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@include foo.texinfo
-@@include bar.texinfo
-@@include concept-index.texinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@summarycontents
-@@contents
-
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-An included file, such as @file{foo.texinfo}, might look like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node First, Second, , Top
-@@chapter First Chapter
-
-Contents of first chapter @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The full contents of @file{concept-index.texinfo} might be as simple as this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Concept Index, , Second, Top
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The outer Texinfo source file for @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
-Manual} is named @file{elisp.texi}.  This outer file contains a master
-menu with 417 entries and a list of 41 @code{@@include}
-files.@refill
-
-@node Include Files Evolution,  , Sample Include File, Include Files
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Evolution of Include Files
-
-When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small
-Info files on one subject.  Each Info file was formatted from its own
-Texinfo source file.  This custom meant that Emacs did not need to
-make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when
-someone wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough
-memory for the small Info file that contained the particular
-information sought.  This way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.@refill
-
-References from one file to another were made by referring to the file
-name as well as the node name. (@xref{Other Info Files, , Referring to
-Other Info Files}.  Also, see @ref{Four and Five Arguments, , 
-@code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments}.)@refill
-
-Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single,
-large printed manual out of several smaller Info files.  In a printed
-manual, all the references were within the same document, so @TeX{}
-could automatically determine the references' page numbers.  The Info
-formatting commands used include files only for creating joint
-indices; each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for
-Info individually.  (Each, therefore, required its own
-@code{@@setfilename} line.)@refill
-
-However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is
-no longer necessary to keep them small.@refill
-
-Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents,
-such as @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and for projects
-in which several different people write different sections of a
-document simultaneously.@refill
-
-In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work
-with the @code{@@include} command so as to create a single large Info
-file that is split into smaller files if necessary.  This means that
-you can write menus and cross references without naming the different
-Texinfo files.@refill
-
-@node Headings, Catching Mistakes, Include Files, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Page Headings
-@cindex Headings
-@cindex Footings
-@cindex Page numbering
-@cindex Page headings
-@cindex Formatting headings and footings
-
-Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page
-except the title and copyright pages.  Some manuals also contain
-footings.  (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is
-not paginated.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-@end menu
-
-@node Headings Introduced, Heading Format, Headings, Headings
-@ifinfo
-@heading Headings Introduced
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are printed
-on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are printed on
-both sides of the paper.  Usually, you will use one or other of these
-formats, but you can specify your own format, if you wish.@refill
-
-In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new
-page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if
-chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be
-odd-numbered pages.@refill
-
-By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.
-When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and
-chapters begin on right-hand pages---a preceding left-hand page is
-left blank if necessary.  Reports, however, are often printed on just
-one side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately
-following the end of the preceding chapter.  In short or informal
-reports, chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are
-separated from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.@refill
-
-The @code{@@setchapternewpage} command controls whether chapters begin
-on new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used.
-In addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you
-can use to generate your own heading and footing formats.@refill
-
-In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and
-bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings.
-Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a
-middle part, and a right part.  Any part, or a whole line, may be left
-blank.  Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set
-flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the
-right part is set flushright.@refill
-
-@node Heading Format, Heading Choice, Headings Introduced, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Standard Heading Formats
-
-Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals printed
-on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals printed
-on both sides of the paper.
-
-By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file,
-so the footing remains blank.@refill
-
-The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header
-line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the
-central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page
-number.@refill
-
-@need 950
-A single-sided page looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-   _______________________
-  |                       |
-  | chapter   page number |
-  |                       |
-  | Start of text ...     |
-  | ...                   |
-  |                       |
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the page
-number is even or odd.  By convention, even-numbered pages are on the
-left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right.  (@TeX{} will adjust the
-widths of the left- and right-hand margins.  Usually, widths are
-correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that
-pages will bind properly---sometimes a printer will produce output in
-which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the
-odd-numbered pages.)@refill
-
-In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand
-(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is
-blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the
-@code{@@settitle} command).  The left part of the right-hand
-(odd-numbered) page contains the name of the chapter, the central part
-is blank, and the right part contains the page number.@refill
-
-@need 750
-Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-   _______________________     _______________________
-  |                       |   |                       |
-  | page number     title |   | chapter   page number |
-  |                       |   |                       |
-  | Start of text ...     |   | More  text ...        |
-  | ...                   |   | ...                   |
-  |                       |   |                       |
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The chapter name is preceded by the word @samp{Chapter}, the chapter
-number and a colon.  This makes it easier to keep track of where you
-are in the manual.@refill
-
-@node Heading Choice, Custom Headings, Heading Format, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Specifying the Type of Heading
-
-@TeX{} does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo
-file until it reaches the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  Thus, the
-title and copyright pages are not numbered.  The @code{@@end
-titlepage} command causes @TeX{} to begin to generate page headings
-according to a standard format specified by the
-@code{@@setchapternewpage} command that precedes the
-@code{@@titlepage} section.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-There are four possibilities:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command 
-Cause @TeX{} to specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters
-on new pages. This is the same as @code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} 
-Specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} 
-Cause @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the same page as the last page of
-the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.  Also
-cause @TeX{} to typeset for single-sided printing.  (You can override
-the headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see
-@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} 
-Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Texinfo lacks an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill
-
-@node Custom Headings,  , Heading Choice, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec How to Make Your Own Headings
-
-You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify
-your own.@refill
-
-@c Following paragraph is verbose to prevent overfull hboxes.
-Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and
-footings.  The @code{@@everyheading} command and
-@code{@@everyfooting} command generate page headers and footers
-that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered pages.
-The @code{@@evenheading} command and @code{@@evenfooting}
-command generate headers and footers for even-numbered
-(left-hand) pages; and the @code{@@oddheading} command and
-@code{@@oddfooting} command generate headers and footers for
-odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.@refill
-
-Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately
-after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  Enclose your specifications
-between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands since the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command may not recognize them.  Also,
-you must cancel the predefined heading commands with the
-@code{@@headings off} command before defining your own
-specifications.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Here is how to tell @TeX{} to place the chapter name at the left, the
-page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header
-for both even- and odd-numbered pages:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@headings off
-@@everyheading @@thischapter @@| @@thispage @@| @@today@{@}
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central
-part from the right had part by inserting @samp{@@|} between parts.
-Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where
-the text for one part ends and the next part begins.@refill
-
-Each part can contain text or @@-commands.  The text
-is printed as if the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the
-body of the page.  The @@-commands replace
-themselves with the page number, date, chapter name, or
-whatever.@refill
-
-@need 950
-Here are the six heading and footing commands:@refill
-
-@findex everyheading
-@findex everyfooting
-@table @code
-@item @@everyheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@everyfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-The `every' commands specify the format for both even- and odd-numbered
-pages.  These commands are for documents that are printed on one side
-of each sheet of paper, or for documents in which you want symmetrical
-headers or footers.@refill
-
-@findex evenheading
-@findex evenfooting
-@findex oddheading
-@findex oddfooting
-@item @@evenheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@oddheading  @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-@itemx @@evenfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@oddfooting  @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-The `even' and `odd' commands specify the format for even-numbered
-pages and odd-numbered pages.  These commands are for books and
-manuals that are printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.@refill
-@end table
-
-Use the @samp{@@this@dots{}} series of @@-commands to
-provide the names of chapters
-and sections and the page number.  You can use the
-@samp{@@this@dots{}} commands in the left, center, or right portions
-of headers and footers, or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as
-they are between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Here are the @samp{@@this@dots{}} commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex thispage
-@item @@thispage
-Expands to the current page number.@refill
-@c !!! Karl Berry says that `thissection' fails on page breaks.
-@ignore
-@item @@thissection
-Expands to the name of the current section.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@findex thischaptername
-@item @@thischaptername
-Expands to the name of the current chapter.@refill
-
-@findex thischapter
-@item @@thischapter
-Expands to the number and name of the current
-chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.@refill
-
-@findex thistitle
-@item @@thistitle   
-Expands to the name of the document, as specified by the
-@code{@@settitle} command.@refill
-
-@findex thisfile
-@item @@thisfile   
-For @code{@@include} files only: expands to the name of the current
-@code{@@include} file.  If the current Texinfo source file is not an
-@code{@@include} file, this command has no effect.  This command does
-@emph{not} provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless
-it is an @code{@@include} file.  (@xref{Include Files}, for more
-information about @code{@@include} files.)@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-You can also use the @code{@@today@{@}} command, which expands to the
-current date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.@refill
-@findex today
-
-Other @@-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as
-if they were in the body of a page.  It is useful to incorporate text,
-particularly when you are writing drafts:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@headings off
-@@everyheading @@emph@{Draft!@} @@| @@thispage @@| @@thischapter
-@@everyfooting @@| @@| Version: 0.27: @@today@{@}
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the
-header or footer and blot it out.@refill
-
-@node Catching Mistakes, Refilling Paragraphs, Headings, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Formatting Mistakes
-@cindex Structure, catching mistakes in
-@cindex Nodes, catching mistakes
-@cindex Catching mistakes
-@cindex Correcting mistakes
-@cindex Mistakes, catching
-@cindex Problems, catching
-@cindex Debugging the Texinfo structure
-
-Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there
-are two kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo:  you can make mistakes
-with @@-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the
-nodes and chapters.@refill
-
-Emacs has two tools for catching the @@-command mistakes and two for
-catching structuring mistakes.@refill
-
-For finding problems with @@-commands, you can run @TeX{} or a region
-formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can
-run these commands on each region as you write it.@refill
-
-For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you can use
-@kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{texinfo-show-structure}) and the related @code{occur}
-command and you can use the @kbd{M-x Info-validate} command.@refill
-
-@menu
-* makeinfo preferred::          @code{makeinfo} finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-@end menu
-
-@node makeinfo preferred, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes, Catching Mistakes
-@ifinfo
-@heading @code{makeinfo} Find Errors
-@end ifinfo
-
-The @code{makeinfo} program does an excellent job of catching errors
-and reporting them---far better than @code{texinfo-format-region} or
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer}.  In addition, the various functions for
-automatically creating and updating node pointers and menus remove
-many opportunities for human error.@refill
-
-If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers
-and menus.  These prevent many errors.  Then use @code{makeinfo} (or
-its Texinfo mode manifestations, @code{makeinfo-region} and
-@code{makeinfo-buffer}) to format your file and check for other
-errors.  This is the best way to work with Texinfo.  But if you
-cannot use @code{makeinfo}, or your problem is very puzzling, then you
-may want to use the tools described in this appendix.@refill
-
-@node Debugging with Info, Debugging with TeX, makeinfo preferred, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting
-@cindex Catching errors with Info formatting
-@cindex Debugging with Info formatting
-
-After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} or the @code{makeinfo-region} command to
-see whether the region formats properly.@refill
-
-Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some
-reason you cannot use the @code{makeinfo-region} command; therefore, the
-rest of this section presumes that you are using
-@code{texinfo-format-region}.@refill
-
-If you have made a mistake with an @@-command,
-@code{texinfo-format-region} will stop processing at or after the
-error and display an error message.  To see where in the buffer the
-error occurred, switch to the @samp{*Info Region*} buffer; the cursor
-will be in a position that is after the location of the error.  Also,
-the text will not be formatted after the place where the error
-occurred (or more precisely, where it was detected).@refill
-
-For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command @code{@@end
-menus} with an `s' on the end, instead of with @code{@@end menu}, you
-will see an error message that says:@refill
-
-@example
-@@end menus is not handled by texinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error
-occurs, or not long after it.  The buffer will look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-* Menu:
-
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use  
-                                  `texinfo-show-structure'
-                                  to catch mistakes.
-* Running Info-Validate::         How to check for 
-                                  unreferenced nodes.
-@@end menus
-@point{}
----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} command sometimes provides slightly
-odd error messages.  For example, the following cross reference fails to format:@refill
-
-@example
-(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes, for more info.)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, @code{texinfo-format-region} detects the missing closing
-brace but displays a message that says @samp{Unbalanced parentheses}
-rather than @samp{Unbalanced braces}.  This is because the formatting
-command looks for mismatches between braces as if they were
-parentheses.@refill
-
-Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} fails to detect mistakes.  For
-example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the
-closing parenthesis:@refill
-
-@example
-(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes), for more info.@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Formatting produces:
-@example
-(*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes)
-@end example
-
-The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the
-reference should have looked like this:@refill
-
-@example
-(*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.)
-@end example
-
-Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type @kbd{f
-@key{RET}} (@code{Info-follow-reference}), you will generate an error
-message that says:
-
-@example
-No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first
-cross reference in this node and if you type a @key{RET} immediately
-after typing the Info @kbd{f} command, Info will attempt to go to the
-referenced node.  If you type @kbd{f catch @key{TAB} @key{RET}}, Info
-will complete the node name of the correctly written example and take
-you to the `Catching Mistakes' node.  (If you try this, you can return
-from the `Catching Mistakes' node by typing @kbd{l}
-(@code{Info-last}).)
-
-@c !!! section on using Elisp debugger ignored.
-@ignore
-Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} will stop long after the
-original error; this is because it does not discover the problem until
-then.  In this case, you will need to backtrack.@refill
-
-@c menu
-@c * Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger::  How to use the Emacs Lisp debugger.
-@c end menu
-
-@c node Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger
-@c appendixsubsec Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger
-@c index Using the Emacs Lisp debugger
-@c index Emacs Lisp debugger
-@c index Debugger, using the Emacs Lisp 
-
-If an error is especially elusive, you can turn on the Emacs Lisp
-debugger and look at the backtrace; this tells you where in the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} function the problem occurred.  You can
-turn on the debugger with the command:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} t @key{RET}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and turn it off with
-
-@example
-M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} nil @key{RET}
-@end example
-
-Often, when you are using the debugger, it is easier to follow what is
-going on if you use the Emacs Lisp files that are not byte-compiled.
-The byte-compiled sources send octal numbers to the debugger that may
-look mysterious.  To use the uncompiled source files, load
-@file{texinfmt.el} and @file{texinfo.el} with the @kbd{M-x load-file}
-command.@refill
-
-The debugger will not catch an error if @code{texinfo-format-region}
-does not detect one.  In the example shown above,
-@code{texinfo-format-region} did not find the error when the whole
-list was formatted, but only when part of the list was formatted.
-When @code{texinfo-format-region} did not find an error, the debugger
-did not find one either. @refill
-
-However, when @code{texinfo-format-region} did report an error, it
-invoked the debugger.  This is the backtrace it produced:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
-Signalling: (search-failed "[@},]")
-  re-search-forward("[@},]")
-  (while ...)
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-parse-args()
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-xref()
-  funcall(texinfo-format-xref)
-  (if ...)
-  (let ...)
-  (if ...)
-  (while ...)
-  texinfo-format-scan()
-  (save-excursion ...)
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-region(103370 103631)
-* call-interactively(texinfo-format-region)
----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
-@end example
-
-The backtrace is read from the bottom up.
-@code{texinfo-format-region} was called interactively; and it, in
-turn, called various functions, including @code{texinfo-format-scan},
-@code{texinfo-format-xref} and @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}.
-Inside the function @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}, the function
-@code{re-search-forward} was called; it was this function that could
-not find the missing right-hand brace.@refill
-
-@xref{Lisp Debug, , Debugging Emacs Lisp, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}, for more information.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@node Debugging with TeX, Using texinfo-show-structure, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting
-@cindex Catching errors with @TeX{} formatting
-@cindex Debugging with @TeX{} formatting
-
-You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with @TeX{}.@refill
-
-Usually, you will want to do this after you have run
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} (or, better, @code{makeinfo-buffer}) on
-the same file, because @code{texinfo-format-buffer} sometimes displays
-error messages that make more sense than @TeX{}.  (@xref{Debugging
-with Info}, for more information.)@refill
-
-For example, @TeX{} was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown
-here:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-name of the Texinfo file as an extension.  The
-@@samp@{??@} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to
-substitute all the raw index files.  (@@xref@{sorting
-indices, for more information about sorting
-indices.)@@refill
----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.)
-@TeX{} produced the following output, after which it stopped:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ----------
-Runaway argument?
-@{sorting indices, for more information about sorting 
-indices.) @@refill @@ETC.
-! Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete.
-<to be read again> 
-                   @@par 
-l.27 
-     
-? 
----------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ----------
-@end example
-
-In this case, @TeX{} produced an accurate and
-understandable error message: 
-
-@example
-Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@samp{@@par} is an internal @TeX{} command of no relevance to Texinfo.
-@samp{l.27} means that @TeX{} detected the problem on line 27 of the
-Texinfo file.  The @samp{?} is the prompt @TeX{} uses in this
-circumstance.@refill
-
-Unfortunately, @TeX{} is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must
-truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.@refill
-
-In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of three
-things.@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and ignore just this error by
-typing @key{RET} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-
-@item 
-You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and to ignore all errors as best
-it can by typing @kbd{r @key{RET}} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-
-This is often the best thing to do.  However, beware: the one error
-may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its consequences
-are felt through the rest of the file.  (To stop @TeX{} when it is
-producing such an avalanche of error messages, type @kbd{C-d} (or
-@kbd{C-c C-d}, if you are running a shell inside Emacs.))@refill
-
-@item 
-You can tell @TeX{} to stop this run by typing @kbd{x @key{RET}} 
-at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Please note that if you are running @TeX{} inside Emacs, you need to
-switch to the shell buffer and line at which @TeX{} offers the @samp{?}
-prompt.@refill
-
-Sometimes @TeX{} will format a file without producing error messages even
-though there is a problem.  This usually occurs if a command is not ended
-but @TeX{} is able to continue processing anyhow.  For example, if you fail
-to end an itemized list with the @code{@@end itemize} command, @TeX{} will
-write a @sc{dvi} file that you can print out.  The only error message that
-@TeX{} will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that@refill
-
-@example
-(@@end occurred inside a group at level 1)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, if you print the @sc{dvi} file, you will find that the text
-of the file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if
-it were part of the last item in the itemized list.  The error message
-is the way @TeX{} says that it expected to find an @code{@@end}
-command somewhere in the file; but that it could not determine where
-it was needed.@refill
-
-Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing
-@code{@@end group} command.  If you ever are stumped by
-incomprehensible errors, look for a missing @code{@@end group} command
-first.@refill
-
-If the Texinfo file lacks header lines,
-@TeX{} may stop in the
-beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following.
-The @samp{*} indicates that @TeX{} is waiting for input.@refill
-
-@example
-This is TeX, Version 2.0 for Berkeley UNIX 
-(preloaded format=plain-cm 87.10.25) 
-(test.texinfo [1])
-*
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, simply type @kbd{\end @key{RET}} after the asterisk.  Then
-write the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the @TeX{} command
-again. (Note the use of the backslash, @samp{\}.  @TeX{} uses @samp{\}
-instead of @samp{@@}; and in this circumstance, you are working
-directly with @TeX{}, not with Texinfo.)@refill
-
-@node Using texinfo-show-structure, Using occur, Debugging with TeX, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Using @code{texinfo-show-structure}
-@cindex Showing the structure of a file
-@findex texinfo-show-structure
-
-It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters, sections, and
-subsections of a Texinfo file.  This is especially true if you are revising
-or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has written.@refill
-
-In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the @code{texinfo-show-structure}
-command lists all the lines that begin with the @@-commands that
-specify the structure: @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section},
-@code{@@appendix}, and so on.  With an argument (@w{@kbd{C-u}}
-as prefix argument, if interactive), 
-the command also shows the @code{@@node} lines.  The
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} command is bound to @kbd{C-c C-s} in
-Texinfo mode, by default.@refill
-
-The lines are displayed in a buffer called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer,
-indented by hierarchical level.  For example, here is a part of what was
-produced by running @code{texinfo-show-structure} on this manual:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
- Lines matching "^@@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\|
- unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" 
- in buffer texinfo.texi.
- @dots{}
- 4177:@@chapter Nodes
- 4198:    @@heading Two Paths
- 4231:    @@section Node and Menu Illustration
- 4337:    @@section The @@code@{@@@@node@} Command
- 4393:        @@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names
- 4417:        @@subsection How to Write an @@code@{@@@@node@} Line
- 4469:        @@subsection @@code@{@@@@node@} Line Tips
- @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-This says that lines 4337, 4393, and 4417 of @file{texinfo.texi} begin
-with the @code{@@section}, @code{@@subheading}, and @code{@@subsection}
-commands respectively.  If you move your cursor into the @samp{*Occur*}
-window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the
-@kbd{C-c C-c} command (@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to
-the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file.  @xref{Other Repeating
-Search, , Using Occur, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about @code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}.@refill
-
-The first line in the @samp{*Occur*} window describes the @dfn{regular
-expression} specified by @var{texinfo-heading-pattern}.  This regular
-expression is the pattern that @code{texinfo-show-structure} looks for.
-@xref{Regexps, , Using Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},
-for more information.@refill
-
-When you invoke the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, Emacs will
-display the structure of the whole buffer.  If you want to see the
-structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example,
-use the @kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command to mark the
-region.  (@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)  This is
-how the example used above was generated.  (To see the whole buffer
-again, use @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen}).)@refill
-
-If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by
-typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list lines beginning with
-@code{@@node} as well as the lines beginning with the @@-sign commands
-for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like.@refill
-
-You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by looking at
-the list in the @samp{*Occur*} window; and if you have mis-named a node
-or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.@refill
-
-@node Using occur, Running Info-Validate, Using texinfo-show-structure, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Using @code{occur}
-@cindex Occurrences, listing with @code{@@occur} 
-@findex occur
-
-Sometimes the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command produces too much
-information.  Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall structure
-of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list produced by
-@code{texinfo-show-structure}.  In this case, you can use the @code{occur}
-command directly.  To do this, type@refill
-
-@example
-@kbd{M-x occur}
-@end example
-
-@noindent 
-and then, when prompted, type a @dfn{regexp}, a regular expression for
-the pattern you want to match.  (@xref{Regexps, , Regular Expressions,
-emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)  The @code{occur} command works from
-the current location of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the
-buffer.  If you want to run @code{occur} on the whole buffer, place
-the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.@refill
-
-For example, to see all the lines that contain the word
-@samp{@@chapter} in them, just type @samp{@@chapter}.  This will
-produce a list of the chapters.  It will also list all the sentences
-with @samp{@@chapter} in the middle of the line.@refill
-
-If you want to see only those lines that start with the word
-@samp{@@chapter}, type @samp{^@@chapter} when prompted by
-@code{occur}.  If you want to see all the lines that end with a word
-or phrase, end the last word with a @samp{$}; for example,
-@samp{catching mistakes$}.  This can be helpful when you want to see
-all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or section and
-therefore have the same `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@xref{Other Repeating Search, , Using Occur, emacs , The GNU Emacs Manual},
-for more information.@refill
-
-@node Running Info-Validate,  , Using occur, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-@findex Info-validate
-@cindex Nodes, checking for badly referenced
-@cindex Checking for badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Looking for badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Finding badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Badly referenced nodes 
-
-You can use the @code{Info-validate} command to check whether any of
-the `Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a
-node.  This command checks that every node pointer points to an
-existing node.  The @code{Info-validate} command works only on Info
-files, not on Texinfo files.@refill
-
-The @code{makeinfo} program validates pointers automatically, so you
-do not need to use the @code{Info-validate} command if you are using
-@code{makeinfo}.  You only may need to use @code{Info-validate} if you
-are unable to run @code{makeinfo} and instead must create an Info file
-using @code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, or
-if you write an Info file from scratch.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run @code{Info-validate}.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Info-validate, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate, Running Info-Validate
-@appendixsubsec Running @code{Info-validate}
-@cindex Running @code{Info-validate}
-@cindex Info validating a large file
-@cindex Validating a large file
-
-To use @code{Info-validate}, visit the Info file you wish to check and
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-validate
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the @code{Info-validate} command requires an upper case
-`I'.  You may also need to create a tag table before running
-@code{Info-validate}.  @xref{Tagifying}.)@refill
-
-If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says ``File appears
-valid''.  However, if you have a pointer that does not point to a node,
-error messages will be displayed in a buffer called @samp{*problems in
-info file*}.@refill
-
-For example, @code{Info-validate} was run on a test file that contained
-only the first node of this manual.  One of the messages said:@refill
-
-@example
-In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This meant that the node called @samp{Overview} had a `Next' pointer that
-did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test file
-had only one node in it).@refill
-
-Now suppose we add a node named @samp{Texinfo Mode} to our test case
-but we do not specify a `Previous' for this node.  Then we will get
-the following error message:@refill
-
-@example
-In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a
-`Previous' (in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.@refill
-
-@code{Info-validate} also checks that all menu entries and cross references
-point to actual nodes.@refill
-
-Note that @code{Info-validate} requires a tag table and does not work
-with files that have been split.  (The @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-command automatically splits large files.)  In order to use
-@code{Info-validate} on a large file, you must run
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} with an argument so that it does not split
-the Info file; and you must create a tag table for the unsplit
-file.@refill
-
-@node Unsplit, Tagifying, Using Info-validate, Running Info-Validate
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsubsec Creating an Unsplit File
-@cindex Creating an unsplit file
-@cindex Unsplit file creation
-
-You can run @code{Info-validate} only on a single Info file that has a
-tag table.  The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that
-are generated when a master file is split.  If you have a large file
-(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command in such
-a way that it does not create indirect subfiles.  You will also need
-to create a tag table for the Info file.  After you have done this,
-you can run @code{Info-validate} and look for badly referenced
-nodes.@refill
-
-The first step is to create an unsplit Info file.  To prevent
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} from splitting a Texinfo file into
-smaller Info files, give a prefix to the @kbd{M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer} command:@refill
-
-@example
-C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or else
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-e C-b
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create
-a tag table for it. @refill
-@cindex Making a tag table manually
-@cindex Tag table, making manually
-
-@node Tagifying, Splitting, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate
-@appendixsubsec Tagifying a File
-
-After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for
-it.  Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-tagify
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note the upper case @key{I} in @code{Info-tagify}.)  This creates an
-Info file with a tag table that you can validate.@refill
-
-The third step is to validate the Info file:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-validate
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note the upper case @key{I} in @code{Info-validate}.)
-In brief, the steps are:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-M-x Info-tagify
-M-x Info-validate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-After you have validated the node structure, you can rerun
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} in the normal way so it will construct a
-tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag
-table and split the file manually.@refill
-
-@node Splitting,  , Tagifying, Running Info-Validate
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually
-@cindex Splitting an Info file manually
-@cindex Info file, splitting manually
-
-You should split a large file or else let the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command do it
-for you automatically.  (Generally you will let one of the formatting
-commands do this job for you.  @xref{Create an Info File}.)@refill
-
-The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.@refill
-
-Info files are split to save memory.  With smaller files, Emacs does not
-have make such a large buffer to hold the information.@refill
-
-If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag
-table for it. @xref{Using Info-validate}, for information
-about creating a tag table.  (Again, tag tables are usually created
-automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag
-table yourself if you are doing the job manually.  Most likely, you
-will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run
-@code{Info-validate}.)@refill
-
-@c Info-split is autoloaded in `loaddefs.el' in Emacs 18.51
-@ignore
-Before running @code{Info-split}, you need to load the @code{info} library
-into Emacs by giving the command @kbd{M-x load-library @key{RET} info
-@key{RET}}.
-@end ignore
-
-Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two
-commands:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-tagify
-M-x Info-split
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the @samp{I} in @samp{Info} is upper case.)@refill
-
-When you use the @code{Info-split} command, the buffer is modified into a
-(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles.  This file should be
-saved in place of the original visited file.  The indirect subfiles are
-written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated
-by appending @samp{-} and a number to the original file name.@refill
-
-The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just
-the tag table and a directory of subfiles.@refill
-
-@node Refilling Paragraphs, Command Syntax, Catching Mistakes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Refilling Paragraphs
-@cindex Refilling paragraphs 
-@cindex Filling paragraphs 
-@findex refill
-
-The @code{@@refill} command refills and, optionally, indents the first
-line of a paragraph.@footnote{Perhaps the command should have been
-called the @code{@@refillandindent} command, but @code{@@refill} is
-shorter and the name was chosen before indenting was possible.} The
-@code{@@refill} command is no longer important, but we describe it here
-because you once needed it.  You will see it in many old Texinfo
-files.@refill
-
-Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @@-constructs may look
-bad after formatting because the formatter removes @@-commands and
-shortens some lines more than others.  In the past, neither the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} command nor the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command refilled paragraphs
-automatically.  The @code{@@refill} command had to be written at the
-end of every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them.  (Both
-@TeX{} and @code{makeinfo} have always refilled paragraphs
-automatically.)  Now, all the Info formatters automatically fill and
-indent those paragraphs that need to be filled and indented.@refill
-
-The @code{@@refill} command causes @code{texinfo-format-region} and
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} to refill a paragraph in the Info file
-@emph{after} all the other processing has been done.  For this reason,
-you can not use @code{@@refill} with a paragraph containing either
-@code{@@*} or @code{@@w@{ @dots{} @}} since the refilling action will
-override those two commands.@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands now automatically append @code{@@refill} to the end of each
-paragraph that should be filled.  They do not append @code{@@refill} to
-the ends of paragraphs that contain @code{@@*} or @w{@code{@@w@{ @dots{}@}}}
-and therefore do not refill or indent them.@refill
-
-@node Command Syntax, Obtaining TeX, Refilling Paragraphs, Top
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix @@-Command Syntax
-@cindex @@-command syntax
-
-The character @samp{@@} is used to start special Texinfo commands.
-(It has the same meaning that @samp{\} has in Plain@TeX{}.)  Texinfo
-has four types of @@-command:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@item 1. Non-alphabetic commands.
-These commands consist of an @@ followed by a punctuation mark or other
-character that is not part of the alphabet.  Non-alphabetic commands
-are almost always part of the text within a paragraph, and never take
-any argument.  The two characters (@@ and the other one) are complete
-in themselves; none is followed by braces.  The non-alphabetic
-commands are: @code{@@.}, @code{@@:}, @code{@@*}, @code{@@@@},
-@code{@@@{}, and @code{@@@}}.@refill
-
-@item 2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments.
-These commands start with @@ followed by a word followed by left- and
-right-hand braces.  These commands insert special symbols in the
-document; they do not require arguments.  For example,
-@code{@@dots@{@}} @result{} @samp{@dots{}}, @code{@@equiv@{@}}
-@result{} @samp{@equiv{}}, @code{@@TeX@{@}} @result{} `@TeX{}',
-and @code{@@bullet@{@}} @result{} @samp{@bullet{}}.@refill
-
-@item 3. Alphabetic commands that require arguments within braces.
-These commands start with @@ followed by a letter or a word, followed by an
-argument within braces.  For example, the command @code{@@dfn} indicates
-the introductory or defining use of a term; it is used as follows: @samp{In
-Texinfo, @@@@-commands are @@dfn@{mark-up@} commands.}@refill
-
-@item 4. Alphabetic commands that occupy an entire line.
-These commands occupy an entire line.  The line starts with @@,
-followed by the name of the command (a word); for example, @code{@@center}
-or @code{@@cindex}.  If no argument is needed, the word is followed by
-the end of the line.  If there is an argument, it is separated from
-the command name by a space.  Braces are not used.@refill
-@end table
-
-@cindex Braces and argument syntax
-Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have
-different argument syntaxes.  You cannot tell to which class a command
-belongs by the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the
-command's meaning: if the command stands for a glyph, it is in
-class 2 and does not require an argument; if it makes sense to use the
-command together with other text as part of a paragraph, the command
-is in class 3 and must be followed by an argument in braces;
-otherwise, it is in class 4 and uses the rest of the line as its
-argument.@refill
-
-The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3 and
-4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU
-Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly.  There is only one
-exception to this rule: the command @code{@@refill}, which is always
-used at the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period
-or other punctuation character.  @code{@@refill} takes no argument and
-does @emph{not} require braces.  @code{@@refill} never confuses the
-Emacs paragraph commands because it cannot appear at the beginning of
-a line.@refill
-
-@node Obtaining TeX, New Features, Command Syntax, Top
-@appendix How to Obtain @TeX{}
-@cindex Obtaining @TeX{}
-@cindex @TeX{}, how to obtain
-
-@c !!! Here is information about obtaining TeX.  Update it whenever.
-@c     Last updated by RJC on 1 March 1995, conversation with Mackay.
-@TeX{} is freely redistributable.  You can obtain @TeX{} for Unix
-systems via anonymous ftp or on tape or CD-ROM.  The core material
-consists of Karl Berry's @code{web2c} @TeX{} package.  
-
-On-line retrieval instructions are in @code{ftp.cs.umb.edu}
-@t{[158.121.104.33]} in @file{pub/tex/unixtex.ftp}
-
-The Free Software Foundation provides a core distribution on its
-Source Code CD-ROM; the University of Washington maintains and
-supports a tape distribution.
-
-For the FSF Source Code CD-ROM, please contact:
-
-@iftex
-@display
-@group
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place Suite 330
-Boston, MA @w{ } 02111-1307
-USA
-
-Telephone: @w{@t{+}1--617--542--5942}
-Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1--617--542--2652}
-Free Dial Fax (in Japan):
-@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031--13--2473 (KDD)
-@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066--3382--0158 (IDC)
-Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu}                
-@end group
-@end display
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@display
-@group
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place Suite 330
-Boston, MA @w{ } 02111-1307
-USA
-
-Telephone: @w{@t{+}1-617-542-5942}
-Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1-617-542-2652}
-Free Dial Fax (in Japan):
-@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031-13-2473 (KDD)
-@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066-3382-0158 (IDC)
-Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu}                
-@end group
-@end display
-@end ifinfo
-
-To order a full distribution from the University of Washington on either a
-1/4@dmn{inch} 4-track QIC-24 cartridge or a 4@dmn{mm} DAT cartridge, send
-$210.00 to:
-
-@iftex
-@display
-@group
-Pierre A. MacKay
-Department of Classics
-DH-10, Denny Hall 218
-University of Washington
-Seattle, WA @w{ } 98195
-USA
-
-Telephone: @t{+}1--206--543--2268
-Electronic mail: @code{mackay@@cs.washington.edu}
-@end group
-@end display
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@display
-@group
-Pierre A. MacKay
-Department of Classics
-DH-10, Denny Hall 218
-University of Washington
-Seattle, WA @w{ } 98195
-USA
-
-Telephone: @t{+}1-206-543-2268
-Electronic mail: @code{mackay@@cs.washington.edu}
-@end group
-@end display
-@end ifinfo
-
-Please make checks payable to the University of Washington.
-Checks must be in U.S.@: dollars, drawn on a U.S.@: bank.
-
-Prepaid orders are the only orders that can now be handled.  Overseas
-sites: please add to the base cost, if desired, $20.00 for shipment
-via air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier.
-
-Please check with the above for current prices and formats.
-
-@node  New Features, Command and Variable Index, Obtaining TeX, Top
-@appendix Second Edition Features
-
-@tex
-% Widen the space for the first column so three control-character
-% strings fit in the first column.  Switched back to default .8in
-% value at end of chapter.
-\global\tableindent=1.0in
-@end tex
-
-The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 20 new
-Texinfo mode commands and more than 50 previously undocumented Texinfo
-@@-commands.  This edition is more than twice the length of the first
-edition.@refill
-
-Here is a brief description of the new commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @@-commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Commands, New Features, New Features
-@appendixsec New Texinfo Mode Commands
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands and features especially designed for
-working with Texinfo files.  More than 20 new commands have been
-added, including commands for automatically creating and updating
-both nodes and menus.  This is a tedious task when done by hand.@refill
-
-The keybindings are intended to be somewhat mnemonic.@refill
-
-@subheading Update all nodes and menus
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu
-Create or update a master menu.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,
-first create or update all nodes
-and regular menus.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Update Pointers
-
-@noindent
-Create or update `Next', `Previous', and `Up' node pointers.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-n
-@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node
-Update a node.
-
-@item C-c C-u C-e
-@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update
-Update every node in the buffer.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Update Menus
-
-@noindent
-Create or update menus.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu
-Make or update a menu.
-
-@item C-c C-u C-a
-@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-Make or update all the menus in a buffer.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,
-first update all the nodes.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Insert Title as Description
-
-@noindent
-Insert a node's chapter or section title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line; position point so you can edit the
-insert.  (This command works somewhat differently than the other
-insertion commands, which insert only a predefined string.)@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-c C-d
-Insert title.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Format for Info
-
-@noindent
-Provide keybindings both for the Info formatting commands that are
-written in Emacs Lisp and for @code{makeinfo} that is written in
-C.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Info Formatting}.
-
-@noindent
-Use the Emacs lisp @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-e C-r
-Format the region.
-
-@item C-c C-e C-b
-Format the buffer.
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Use @code{makeinfo}:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-r
-Format the region.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-b
-Format the buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-l
-Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-k
-Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Typeset and Print
-
-@noindent
-Typeset and print Texinfo documents from within Emacs.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-@xref{Printing}.
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@noindent
-@xref{Printing, , Formatting and Printing}.
-@end iftex
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-t C-b
-Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-r
-Run @TeX{} on the region.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-Run @code{texindex}.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-Print the @sc{dvi} file.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-q
-Show the print queue.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-d
-Delete a job from the print queue.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-k
-Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-x
-Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-l
-Recenter the output buffer.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Other Updating Commands
-
-@noindent
-The ``other updating commands'' do not have standard keybindings because
-they are used less frequently.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Other Updating Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-Insert missing @code{@@node} lines using
-section titles as node names.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Update a multi-file document.
-With a numeric prefix, such as @kbd{C-u 8},
-update  @strong{every} pointer and
-menu in @strong{all} the files and
-then insert a master menu.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-Indent descriptions in menus.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-Insert node pointers in strict sequence.
-@end table
-
-@node New Commands,  , New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Features
-@appendixsec New Texinfo @@-Commands
-
-The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 50
-commands that were not described in the first edition.  A third or so
-of these commands existed in Texinfo but were not documented in the
-manual; the others are new.  Here is a listing, with brief
-descriptions of them:@refill
-
-@subheading Indexing
-
-@noindent
-Create your own index, and merge indices.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Indices}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@defindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.
-See also the @code{@@defcodeindex} command.
-
-@c written verbosely to avoid overful hbox
-@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the @var{from-index} index into the @var{into-index} index.
-See also the @code{@@syncodeindex} command.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Definitions
-
-@noindent
-Describe functions, variables, macros,
-commands, user options, special forms, and other such artifacts in a
-uniform format.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Definition Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for functions, interactive
-commands, and similar entities.
-
-@item @@defvr, @@defop, @dots{}
-15 other related commands.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Glyphs
-
-@noindent
-Indicate the results of evaluation, expansion,
-printed output, an error message, equivalence of expressions, and the
-location of point.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Glyphs}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@equiv@{@}    
-@itemx @equiv{}
-Equivalence:
-
-@item @@error@{@}    
-@itemx @error{}
-Error message
-
-@item @@expansion@{@}
-@itemx @expansion{}
-Macro expansion
-
-@item @@point@{@}    
-@itemx @point{}
-Position of point
-
-@item @@print@{@}    
-@itemx @print{}
-Printed output
-
-@item @@result@{@}   
-@itemx @result{}
-Result of an expression
-@end table
-
-@subheading Page Headings
-
-@noindent
-Customize page headings.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Headings}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double}
-Headings on or off, single, or double-sided.
-
-@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.
-
-@item @@evenheading, @@everyheading, @@oddheading, @dots{}
-Five other related commands.
-
-@item @@thischapter 
-Insert name of chapter and chapter number.
-
-@item @@thischaptername, @@thisfile, @@thistitle, @@thispage
-Related commands.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Formatting
-
-@noindent
-Format blocks of text.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Quotations and Examples}, and@*
-@ref{Lists and Tables, , Making Lists and Tables}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@cartouche
-Draw rounded box surrounding text (not in Info).
-
-@item @@enumerate @var{optional-arg}
-Enumerate a list with letters or numbers.
-
-@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text}
-Remove indentation.
-
-@item @@flushleft 
-Left justify.
-
-@item @@flushright
-Right justify.
-
-@item @@format    
-Do not narrow nor change font.
-
-@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command}
-@itemx @@vtable @var{formatting-command}
-Two-column table with indexing.
-
-@item @@lisp
-For an example of Lisp code.
-
-@item @@smallexample 
-@itemx @@smalllisp
-Like @@table and @@lisp @r{but for} @@smallbook.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Conditionals
-
-@noindent
-Conditionally format text.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}]    
-Set a flag.  Optionally, set value
-of @var{flag} to @var{string}.
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Clear a flag.
-
-@item @@value@{@var{flag}@}
-Replace with value to which @var{flag} is set.
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-Format, if @var{flag} is set.
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag}
-Ignore, if @var{flag} is set.
-@end table
-
-@subheading @@heading series for Titles
-
-@noindent
-Produce unnumbered headings that do not appear in a table of contents.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Structuring}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@heading @var{title}
-Unnumbered section-like heading not listed
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.
-
-@item @@chapheading, @@majorheading, @@subheading, @@subsubheading
-Related commands.
-@end table
-
-@need 1000
-@subheading Font commands
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-@xref{Smallcaps}, and @*
-@ref{Fonts}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@r@{@var{text}@}
-Print in roman font.
-      
-@item @@sc@{@var{text}@}
-Print in @sc{small caps} font.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Miscellaneous
-
-@noindent
-See @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands},@*
-see @ref{Customized Highlighting},@*
-see @ref{Overfull hboxes},@*
-see @ref{Footnotes},@*
-see @ref{dmn, , Format a Dimension},@*
-see @ref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections}},@*
-see @ref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}.@*
-see @ref{minus, , Inserting a Minus Sign},@*
-see @ref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph Indenting},@*
-see @ref{Cross Reference Commands},@*
-see @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author}}, and@*
-see @ref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.
-
-@need 700
-@table @kbd
-@item @@author @var{author}
-Typeset author's name.
-
-@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after},
-Define a highlighting command for Info.  (Info only.)
-
-@item @@finalout
-Produce cleaner printed output.
-
-@item @@footnotestyle @var{end-or-separate}
-Specify footnote style.
-
-@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@}
-Format a dimension.
-
-@item @@global@@let@var{new-cmd}=@var{existing-cmd}
-Define a highlighting command for @TeX{}. (@TeX{} only.)
-
-@item @@lowersections
-Reduce hierarchical level of sectioning commands.
-
-@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@}
-Format a mathematical expression.
-
-@item @@minus@{@}
-Generate a minus sign.
-
-@item @@paragraphindent @var{asis-or-number}
-Specify paragraph indentation.
-
-@item @@raisesections
-Raise hierarchical level of sectioning commands.
-
-@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, @r{[}@var{entry}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{topic-or-title}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{info-file}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{manual}@r{]}@}
-Make a reference.  In the printed manual, the
-reference does not start with the word `see'.
-
-@item @@title @var{title}  
-Typeset @var{title} in the alternative
-title page format.
-
-@item @@subtitle @var{subtitle}
-Typeset @var{subtitle} in the alternative
-title page format.
-
-@item @@today@{@}
-Insert the current date.
-@end table
-@tex
-% Switch width of first column of tables back to default value
-\global\tableindent=.8in
-@end tex
-
-@node Command and Variable Index, Concept Index, New Features, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@unnumbered Command and Variable Index
-
-This is an alphabetical list of all the @@-commands and several
-variables.  To make the list easier to use, the commands are listed
-without their preceding @samp{@@}.@refill
-
-@printindex fn
-
-@node Concept Index,  , Command and Variable Index, Top
-@comment  node-name,     next,  previous,      up
-@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@summarycontents
-@contents
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0801ec2c966..00000000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
-# Created: 1993-05-16
-# Last modified: 1994-03-25
-# Public domain
-
-errstatus=0
-
-for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do 
-   set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
-   shift
-
-   pathcomp=
-   for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do
-     pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
-     case "$pathcomp" in
-       -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
-     esac
-
-     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-        echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
-        mkdir "$pathcomp" || errstatus=$?
-     fi
-
-     pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
-   done
-done
-
-exit $errstatus
-
-# mkinstalldirs ends here